HP 200 Service Manual
îîîîîîî îîîîîî î
î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî î
î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî
î î! îî îî#î!îîî î"î îîî& î Copyright HewlettÄ P ackard Company 1994 This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated into another language without the prior written consent of HewlettÄ P ackard Company . HP internal order number C3187Ä90000 Second edition, September 1994 Printed in France î î!!îî#& The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. îî%îî##(î îîîî!î îîîî" îî %î!!îî#& îî îî& îîîî %î#î !îîî!î #î #îî" îî#î!îîîî îîîî$îîîîî î$# îî# îîîî#îî #îî #îî îî îîîî %î!!îî#îî" îî îî!îîîî#îîîîî#& îîî îî#îî"" îî! î î!#îî$îî! $! î"îî HewlettÄP ackard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. î îîîîîî The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . îîîî#!îîîî îîîîî îî'î!î Serious shock hazard leading to death or injury may result if you do not take the following precautions: î Ensure that the ac power outlet (mains) has a protective earth (ground) terminal. î Disconnect the plotter from the power source prior to performing any maintenance. î Prevent water or other liquids from running onto electrical components or circuits, or through openings in the enclosure. îîîî#!î"#î#îî î î"îîî!îî Refer to the beginning of Chapter 6 of this manual, for precautions you should take to prevent damage to the plotter circuits from electrostatic discharge. îîîî#& î&îîîî" General definitions of safety symbols are given immediately after the table of contents. Learning Products, Barcelona Division HewlettÄP ackard Española, S.A. A vda. Graells, 501 08190 Sant Cugat del V allès Spain
îîîîîîî îîîîîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî
ii Using this Manual C3187Ä90000 Using this Manual îîîîîîî This manual contains information necessary to test, calibrate and service D HP DesignJet 200 plotters (models C3180A and C3181A) D HP DesignJet 220 plotters (models C3187A and C3188A) F or information about using these plotters, refer to the corresponding user guides. îîîîîîîîîî The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . îîîîîîîî The HP ongoing training course CEV2Ä TIJ provides training for HP Customer Engineers, on servicing the complete HP DesignJet series of largeÄformat, thermalÄinkjet plotters. î îîî îîîîîîî P art numbers for plotter options, accessories and service parts are located in chapter 10. îîîîîîîîîîî The term îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîî refers generically to models C3180A and C3187A. The term îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîî refers generically to models C3181A and C3188A. A small arrow ' is used to indicate other parts of the Service Manual or User's Guide where you can find information related to the topic you are consulting. The w symbol is used to indicate the name of a referenced paragraph.
iii Contents C3187Ä90000 Contents Using this Manual ii .................................................. Safety Symbols xi ..................................................... î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Description 1Ä2 ........................................................... Applications 1Ä2 ....................................................... Graphic Languages 1Ä2 ................................................. Interfaces 1Ä2 .......................................................... Network Connections 1Ä2 ............................................... Memory 1Ä2 ........................................................... Accuracy 1Ä3 .......................................................... R esolution 1Ä3 ......................................................... Plotting Time 1Ä3 ...................................................... Legs and Media Bin 1Ä3 ................................................. Media Types 1Ä3 ....................................................... Media Sizes 1Ä4 ........................................................ Media Margins 1Ä4 ..................................................... Other Plotter F eatures 1Ä4 .............................................. Upgrading a DesignJet 200 1Ä4 .......................................... î îîîî îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî P ower R equirements 2Ä2 ................................................... Choosing an Interface Cable (more î User's Guide) 2Ä2 ........................... Choosing a Suitable Plotter Environment (more î User's Guide) 2Ä3 ............... Environmental Specifications 2Ä3 ........................................ Plotter Dimensions and W eight 2Ä3 ...................................... î îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîî Unpacking and Assembling the Plotter 3Ä2 ................................... Inspecting the Plotter for Damage 3Ä3 ....................................... R epacking the Plotter 3Ä3 ............................................... Assembling the Legs and Bin (Optional) 3Ä4 .................................. Installing the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä6 ..................................
iv Contents C3187Ä90000 Using the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä6 ..................................... DesignJet 200 Front P anel 3Ä6 .......................................... DesignJet 220 Front P anel 3Ä6 .......................................... Configuring the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä7 ................................ V erifying Plotter Operation 3Ä7 ............................................. P owerÄOn SelfÄ T est 3Ä7 ................................................. Demonstration Plot 3Ä7 ................................................. Example of Setup Sheet 3Ä8 ................................................ î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîîî Cleaning the Plotter 4Ä2 ................................................... General Cleaning 4Ä2 ................................................... Cleaning the Drive Roller 4Ä2 ........................................... î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî Loading the Media 5Ä2 ..................................................... Entry Platen 5Ä2 ....................................................... Sensing Media Presence 5Ä2 ................................................ Media Sensor 5Ä2 ...................................................... Gripping the Media 5Ä6 .................................................... Pinch Arms 5Ä6 ........................................................ PinchÄArm Sensor 5Ä6 ............................................... Advancing the Media 5Ä7 ................................................... MediaÄDrive Mechanics 5Ä7 ............................................. MediaÄDrive Accuracy 5Ä7 ............................................... Providing a F orce on top of the Media 5Ä8 .................................... Bail 5Ä8 ............................................................... BailÄLift Mechanics 5Ä8 ................................................. Bail Sensor 5Ä8 ........................................................ Stretching the Media 5Ä9 ................................................... Overdrive 5Ä9 .......................................................... Moving the Carriage 5Ä9 ................................................... CarriageÄDrive Mechanics 5Ä9 ........................................... Detecting the Media Edges 5Ä10 .............................................. Line Sensor 5Ä10 ........................................................ Media Margins 5Ä10 ..................................................... Media Sizes 5Ä10 ........................................................ Providing Ink 5Ä11 ......................................................... Print Cartridges 5Ä11 .................................................... Drop Growth 5Ä11 ................................................... Important P arameters 5Ä12 ........................................ Cartridge Chutes 5Ä12 ................................................... Electrical Contact 5Ä12 .................................................. Carriage PCA 5Ä12 ......................................................
v Contents C3187Ä90000 Producing an Image 5Ä13 .................................................... R aster T echnology 5Ä13 .................................................. R esolution (Dots P er Inch) 5Ä13 ....................................... Dot Size 5Ä14 ........................................................ T oo Much Ink 5Ä14 ................................................... Dot Depletion 5Ä14 ................................................... Print Quality 5Ä14 ................................................... Draft Mode 5Ä14 .................................................. Final Mode 5Ä14 .................................................. Enhanced Mode 5Ä14 .............................................. PrintÄMode Characteristics 5Ä15 .......................................... DesignJet 200 5Ä15 ................................................... DesignJet 220 5Ä15 ................................................... Aligning the Cartridges 5Ä16 ................................................. Servicing the Cartridges 5Ä17 ................................................ Service Station 5Ä17 ..................................................... Wiping 5Ä17 ............................................................ Capping 5Ä18 ........................................................... Spitting 5Ä18 ........................................................... Cooling the Electronics 5Ä18 ................................................. Fa n 5Ä18 ............................................................... System Data Flow 5Ä19 ..................................................... Input/Output 5Ä19 ...................................................... P arser 5Ä19 ............................................................. Display List 5Ä19 ........................................................ Converters 5Ä20 ......................................................... Swath Holding Area 5Ä20 ................................................ Swath Manager 5Ä20 .................................................... PrintÄEngine Controller 5Ä20 ............................................. Swath RAM 5Ä20 ........................................................ CartridgeÄInterface ASIC 5Ä20 ............................................ Carriage ASIC and Cartridge Drivers 5Ä20 ................................. Plotter Architecture 5Ä21 .................................................... Main PCA 5Ä22 ............................................................. Main Processor System 5Ä23 ............................................. Main Processor 5Ä23 ................................................. ROM 5Ä23 ........................................................... Processor Support ASIC 5Ä24 ......................................... Shuffler ASIC and Swath Memory 5Ä24 ................................ Input/Output Interfaces 5Ä24 ......................................... P arallel Input/Output Interfaces 5Ä24 ............................... What is BiÄTronics ? 5Ä24 .......................................... Serial Hardware 5Ä25 ............................................. Serial Input/Output Initialization 5Ä25 .............................. DRAM 5Ä25 ......................................................... P owerÄOn R eset Signals 5Ä25 ..........................................
vi Contents C3187Ä90000 Servo Processor System 5Ä26 ............................................. Servo Processor 5Ä26 ................................................. Processor Support ASIC 5Ä26 ......................................... FrontÄP anel Interface 5Ä27 ............................................ StepperÄMotor Driver 5Ä27 ............................................ CarriageÄProcessor Interface 5Ä27 ..................................... Sensors 5Ä27 ........................................................ EEROM 5Ä27 ........................................................ P ower Components 5Ä28 ................................................. Carriage and Media Motor Drivers 5Ä28 ................................ PrintÄCartridge V oltage R egulator 5Ä28 ................................ F an Driver 5Ä28 ...................................................... Carriage PCA 5Ä29 ......................................................... Carriage Processor System 5Ä29 .......................................... Carriage Processor 5Ä29 .............................................. Nozzle Timing ASIC 5Ä30 ............................................. Servo Processor Interface 5Ä30 ........................................ A/D Converter 5Ä30 .................................................. Print Cartridges 5Ä30 ................................................ Line Sensor 5Ä30 ..................................................... Front P anel PCA 5Ä31 ...................................................... LEDs 5Ä31 .............................................................. Key P ad 5Ä31 ........................................................... P ower Supply 5Ä32 ......................................................... î î îîîîîî îîî î îîîîî îîîîî Safety Precautions 6Ä2 ..................................................... ESD Precautions 6Ä2 ...................................................... R eassembly 6Ä2 ........................................................... R equired T ools 6Ä3 ........................................................ R epair Procedures 6Ä5 ..................................................... R emoving the ElectronicsÄEnclosure Cover 6Ä5 ............................ R emoving the Memory Module (DRAM SIMM) 6Ä7 ........................ R emoving the Main PCA 6Ä9 ............................................ R emoving the P owerÄSupply PCA 6Ä12 .................................... R emoving the F an 6Ä14 .................................................. R emoving the Window 6Ä15 .............................................. R emoving the Center Cover 6Ä16 ......................................... R emoving the Left Endcover 6Ä18 ......................................... R emoving the Right Endcover 6Ä19 .......................................
vii Contents C3187Ä90000 R emoving the Automatic CartridgeÄAdjust Linkage 6Ä20 .................... R emoving the Stepper Motor 6Ä21 ........................................ R emoving the PinchÄArm Sensor 6Ä23 ..................................... R emoving the Window Sensor 6Ä24 ....................................... R emoving the Media Sensor 6Ä26 ......................................... R eplacing the MediaÄSensor Flags 6Ä28 .................................... R emoving the Trailing Cable 6Ä29 ........................................ R emoving the FrontÄP anel Assembly 6Ä32 ................................. R emoving the FrontÄP anel PCA and LED Assembly 6Ä34 .................... R emoving the Carriage (Y ÄAxis) Motor 6Ä35 ................................ R emoving the Media (XÄAxis) Motor 6Ä37 .................................. R emoving The Encoder Strip 6Ä39 ........................................ R einstalling the Encoder Strip 6Ä41 ....................................... R emoving the TrailingÄCable Guide 6Ä43 .................................. R emoving the Y Ä Tensioner and Housing 6Ä45 ............................... R emoving the Cartridge Carriage and Main Drive Belt 6Ä48 ................. R emoving the Bail Sensor 6Ä55 ........................................... R emoving The Bail 6Ä56 ................................................. R emoving the Service Station 6Ä57 ........................................ R emoving the Overdrive Roller 6Ä60 ...................................... R emoving the Overdrive Enclosure 6Ä62 ................................... R eÄinstalling the Overdrive Enclosure 6Ä63 ................................ R emoving the Entry Platen 6Ä65 .......................................... R eÄinstalling the Entry Platen 6Ä67 ....................................... R emoving the Drive Roller 6Ä69 .......................................... R emoving the Automatic BailÄLift Mechanism 6Ä71 ......................... R emoving the PinchÄArm Lift Mechanism 6Ä72 ............................. î îîîî îîîîî îîî When to Calibrate the Plotter 7Ä2 ........................................... Service Mode 7Ä2 .......................................................... Entering Service Mode 7Ä2 .............................................. FrontÄP anel Keys in Service Mode 7Ä3 .................................... P erforming T ests and Calibrations 7Ä3 ................................... Cartridge Alignment 7Ä4 ................................................... Accuracy Calibration 7Ä6 ................................................... Bail Calibration 7Ä8 ....................................................... MediaÄSensor Calibration 7Ä9 ............................................... SetupÄSheet Calibration 7Ä10 ................................................
viii Contents C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî P ower On 8Ä2 ............................................................. P owerÄOn Self T est 8Ä2 ................................................. Extended P owerÄOn Self T est 8Ä3 ........................................ Mechanical Initialization 8Ä3 ............................................ What Y ou Should See and Hear 8Ä4 ...................................... Errors Indicated by LEDs 8Ä5 ............................................... User Errors 8Ä5 ........................................................ Error and Cartridges flashing 8Ä5 ...................................... Error and Ready flashing 8Ä5 ......................................... Error and Busy flashing 8Ä6 .......................................... Error and Load Media flashing 8Ä6 ..................................... System Errors 8Ä7 ...................................................... Error and Busy lit and steady: Input/output errors 8Ä7 .................. Error and Ready lit and steady: Memory errors 8Ä8 ..................... Error and Load Media lit and steady: MediaÄpath/servo errors 8Ä9 ........ Error and Cartridge lit and steady: Miscellaneous errors 8Ä10 ............. FirmwareÄCode R evision Level 8Ä11 .......................................... Troubleshooting Tips 8Ä11 .................................................. R epair Calibrate 8Ä11 ................................................. Print Quality 8Ä11 ....................................................... Diagnosing Problems 8Ä11 ............................................... Other Tips 8Ä11 ......................................................... Servo ControlÄSystem F ailures 8Ä12 .......................................... MediaÄAxis (XÄAxis) Shutdown 8Ä12 ....................................... CarriageÄAxis (Y ÄAxis) Shutdown 8Ä12 ..................................... Frequent Cartridge F ailure 8Ä12 ............................................. R emove T ape and Align Cartridges 8Ä12 ................................... Damaged Encoder Strip 8Ä12 ............................................. Incompatibility between Carriage and Firmware 8Ä12 ....................... Misaligned Cartridge Caps 8Ä13 ........................................... Function of the Cartridge Caps 8Ä13 ................................... What can Cause Cap Misalignment? 8Ä13 ............................... Checking CartridgeÄCap Alignment 8Ä13 ............................... BailÄLiftÄMechanism F ailure 8Ä14 ............................................ Normal BailÄLift Sequence 8Ä14 .......................................... Problems 8Ä14 .......................................................... T eflon W ashers versus CamÄGear Support 8Ä14 ............................. Cartridge Carriage Rubbing against Encoder Strip 8Ä15 ........................ Premature W earing of Drive Belts 8Ä15 ....................................... Sensor does not Correctly Find Media Edge 8Ä15 ............................... Last Swath is Clipped when R eplotting 8Ä15 ................................... Ink Smearing 8Ä16 .......................................................... Add Starwheel Mount 8Ä16 ............................................... Change Carriage R ear Bushing 8Ä16 ......................................
ix Contents C3187Ä90000 Plots Joined or Not Plotted 8Ä16 ............................................. HP ÄGL Timeout 8Ä16 .................................................... Incompatibility between Trailing Cable and Main PCA 8Ä16 ................. Incorrect Line Widths 8Ä16 .................................................. Plotter won't R ead Setup Sheet; Plots Solid Black Area Fill 8Ä17 ................ Problems in Loading Media 8Ä17 ............................................. Long Media doesn't Load 8Ä17 ............................................ Translucent Media doesn't Load 8Ä17 ..................................... Binding, or Missing Sensor Flags 8Ä17 ..................................... Media Skews Badly 8Ä17 ................................................. Service T ests 8Ä18 .......................................................... Description Bail Cycle Test 8Ä18 .................................................. BailÄSensor T est 8Ä18 ................................................ Electrical T est 8Ä18 .................................................. Input/Output T est 8Ä18 ............................................... MediaÄSensor T est 8Ä19 ............................................... PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 8Ä19 .......................................... Service Configuration Plot 8Ä19 ....................................... Service Monitor (Data Display) 8Ä19 ................................... Servo/Encoder T est 8Ä19 .............................................. StepperÄMotor T est 8Ä20 .............................................. WindowÄSensor T est 8Ä20 ............................................. Which Service Test to P erform 8Ä21 ....................................... P erforming the Service T ests 8Ä22 ........................................ Bail Cycle Test 8Ä22 .................................................. BailÄSensor T est 8Ä22 ................................................ Electrical T est 8Ä22 .................................................. Input/Output T est 8Ä23 ............................................... MediaÄSensor T est 8Ä23 ............................................... PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 8Ä23 .......................................... Service Configuration Plot 8Ä23 ....................................... Service Monitor (Data Display) 8Ä24 ................................... Servo/Encoder T est 8Ä24 .............................................. StepperÄMotor T est 8Ä24 .............................................. WindowÄSensor T est 8Ä24 ............................................. Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot 8Ä25 .............................. Analyzing the Bar P attern 8Ä25 ........................................... First F our Bars 8Ä25 ................................................. Fifth and Sixth Bars 8Ä25 ............................................. Seventh Bar 8Ä25 .................................................... P arameters Printed Below EEROM T ext Block 8Ä26 ........................ R eading the EEROM T ext Block 8Ä26 ..................................... Clearing the EEROM 8Ä29 ..................................................
x Contents C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî Introduction 9Ä2 .......................................................... SerialÄNumber F ormat 9Ä2 ................................................. Identifying a Printed Circuit Assembly 9Ä3 ................................... P art Number 9Ä3 ....................................................... R evision Letter 9Ä3 ..................................................... Firmware R evision Code 9Ä3 ............................................ P otential Ink Smearing Problem 9Ä4 ........................................ Problems Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.01 9Ä7 ......................... Problems that will be Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.02 9Ä8 .............. EPROMs and Masked ROMs 9Ä9 ............................................ R eÄinstalling T eflon W ashers 9Ä10 ............................................ New BailÄLiftÄMechanism Support 9Ä11 ....................................... Change in Trailing Cable 9Ä13 ............................................... Change in Carriage 9Ä14 .................................................... Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts 9Ä14 ...................................... îî î îîîî îîî î îîîîîîî Exchange Assemblies 10Ä2 .................................................. R eplacement P arts 10Ä3 ..................................................... P art Lists and ExplodedÄ V iew Diagrams: Legs and Media Bin 10Ä4 ................................................. Window , Center and Bottom Covers 10Ä6 .................................. Electronics Enclosure 10Ä8 ............................................... Left Endcover and Trim 10Ä10 ............................................. Right Endcover and Trim 10Ä12 ........................................... CarriageÄAxis Drive (Left End) 10Ä14 ....................................... Service Station 10Ä16 ..................................................... CarriageÄAxis Drive (Right End) 10Ä18 ..................................... Carriage Assembly 10Ä20 .................................................. Media Drive Assemblies 10Ä22 ............................................. Bail and Overdrive Assemblies 10Ä24 ....................................... PinchÄArm Assembly 10Ä26 ............................................... Accessories 10Ä28 ........................................................ Line Cord Set 10Ä30 ...................................................... Interface Cables 10Ä32 ....................................................
xi Safety C3187Ä90000 General Definition of Safety Symbols International caution symbol (refer to manual): the product is marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument. Indicates dangerous voltage (terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must also be marked). Protective conductor terminal. For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault. Used with field wiring terminals to indicate the terminal that must be connected to ground before operating equipment. Low-noise or noiseless, clean ground (earth) terminal. Used for a signal common, as well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault. A terminal marked with this symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation (operating) manual, and before operating the equipment. Frame or chassis terminal. A connection to the frame (chassis) of the equipment, which normally includes all exposed metal. Alternating current Direct current Alternating or direct current The W ARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure, practice, or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in personal injury . The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product. îîîîîîîîî îîîî îî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîî T ake care not to cut yourself on the encoder strip inside the plotter .
îîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îî
îîîî î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî
1Ä2 Product Information C3187Ä90000 Description îîîîîîîîîîîî HP DesignJet 200 and HP DesignJet 220 plotters are largeÄformat, monochrome, ink Äjet plotters that provide hardcopy output of computer program data. LargeÄformat plots of high resolution and quality are generated for applications such as D ComputerÄaided design (CAD) D ComputerÄaided manufacturing (CAM) D Mapping D Mechanical and architectural drawings D General drafting îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The plotters accept drawing data from C AD software programs supporting the following languages: D HewlettÄP ackard Graphics Language (HP ÄGL), a vector language D HP ÄGL/2, an enhanced version of HP ÄGL D HewlettÄP ackard Raster Transfer Language (HP ÄRTL), a raster language D Printer Job Language (PJL) The plotters support HP ÄGL/2 with both the Japanese Kanji and the Roman character sets. î îîîîîîîîî The plotters operate with a number of computer systems and graphic terminals, using either RS Ä232ÄC or Centronics/BiÄ Tronics interfaces. (More ' chapter 5, w Input/Output Interfaces.) îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Customers can connect their plotters to a network through an optional HP JetDirect EX external network interface. The following network operating systems are then supported: D Novell Netware (Ethernet and T oken Ring networks) D LAN Manager (Ethernet and T oken Ring networks) D TCP/IP (Ethernet networks only) D Apple Ethertalk (Ethernet networks only) îîîîîî The plotters have a standard 2 megabytes of onÄboard random access memory (RAM). They also have one RAMÄexpansion socket, which can hold an optional 2Ämegabyte, 4Ämegabyte or 8Ämegabyte, single inÄline memory module (SIMM). The maximum RAM is therefore 10 MB.
1Ä3 Product Information C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî The accuracy of the plotters in drawing a vector is î0.38 mm (0.015 in) or î 0.2% of the specified vector length, whichever is greater , at 23 _ C (73 _ F) at 50Ä60% relative humidity , on HP special polyester film. îîîîîîîîîî The resolution of the plotter output is measured in dots per inch (dpi). (Explanation ' chapter 5.) The plotter resolutions for different plotÄquality settings are as follows: Plot/Print Quality HP DesignJet 200 HP DesignJet 220 Draft 300 x 300 dpi, dot depleted 300 x 300 dpi, dot depleted Final T rue 300 x 300 dpi T rue 300 x 300 dpi Enhanced â Addressable 600 x 600 dpi. îîîîîîîî îîîî The plotting time for one plot on paper is as follows: Plot/Print-Quality HP DesignJet 200 HP DesignJet 220 D/A1-size plot E/A0-size plot D/A1-size plot E/A0-size plot Draft approx 3.8 min approx 7.5 min approx 2.3 min approx 3.9 min Final approx 5.0 min approx 10.0 min approx 3.1 min approx 5.3 min Enhanced â â approx 6.5 min approx 10.6 min îîîî îîî î îîîî îîî The plotter legs and media bin are optional. î îîîî îîîîî Media type Characteristics Cost Plotter paper Smooth surface, good for everyday use. Low T ranslucent bond Good for diazo reproductions and preliminary drawings. Low V ellum Diazo-reproducible, archivable, translucent. Moderate Single-matte inkjet polyester film Diazo-reproducible, archivable, very stable, pencil-writable on the matte side. High (Further advice ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w Choosing and using media.)
1Ä4 Product Information C3187Ä90000 îîîîî îîîîî The plotters handle only sheet media, not roll media. Supported standard sizes are as follows: D/A1-size plotters E/A0-size plotters (C3180A and C3187A) (C3181A and C3188A) ANSI A, B, C, D A, B, C, D, E ISO A4, A3, A2, A1 A4, A3, A2, A1, A0 Metric Oversize A2, A1 A2, A1, A0 Architectural C, D C, D, E, E1 JIS A4, A3, A2, A1 B4, B3, B2 A4, A3, A2, A1, A0 B4, B3, B2, B1, B0 The plotters handle media that does not exceed the following maxima and minima: îîîîî îîîîîîî The media margins define the real available plotting area on the media: îîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî î Automatic mediaÄedge sensing î Automatic cartridge alignment, testing and servicing î BuiltÄin diagnostic and demonstration plots îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî îîî Users can order an upgrade kit to upgrade a DesignJet 200 to a DesignJet 220. The kit should be installed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . 210 â 625 mm 8.3 â 24.6 in 210 â 1625 mm 8.3 â 64 in 210 â 917 mm 8.3 â 36.1 in C3180A C3187A 210 â 1625 mm 8.3 â 64 in plotters C3181A C3188A plotters portrait 17 mm 17 mm 5 mm 17 mm 17 mm 5 mm landscape 17 mm = 0.67 in 5 mm = 0.2 in 5 mm 5 mm All measurements /â 2mm (0.08 in)
îîîî î îîîî îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî
2Ä2 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 P ower R equirements HP C3180A and C3181A DesignJet 200 and HP C3187A and C3188A DesignJet 220 plotters have self Äadjusting power supplies and do not require a voltage selector or switch settings prior to use. The table below lists the power requirements for the plotters. Power Requirements Source V oltage Requirements: Frequency: V oltage Max current (rms) 100 V ac 1.4 A 120 V ac 1.2 A 220 V ac 650 mA 240 V ac 600 mA 47-53 Hz and 57-63 Hz Consumption: 140 watts maximum WARNING îîî îî îî#îî î! îî îîîîîîî î!î îî"î î îîî îî î"î îîî î îîîî!îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî!î îîîîî îî%îîî îîîîîîî î îîî î îî îîî!î$ îî$ îîî!î îî îî îîî îî îî îî îîîîîîî$ îîî!îîîîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the geographical area. However , different power cords (international options) are available. (Cable part numbers ' chapter 10.) Choosing an Interface Cable (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Choosing an interface cable.) îîîîîî îîî &îîî&îî îî îîîîîî A short cable (less than 15 meters or 50 feet) is recommended for the RS Ä232ÄC interface. A longer cable is permissible, provided the load capacitance does not exceed 2500 picofarads. î îîîîîîî îîî& îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîîîîî Use a short cable (less than 2 meters or 6.6 feet) for the parallel interface. (Interface descriptions ' Service Manual, chapter 5, w Input/Output Interfaces.) (Pin specifications ' User's Guide, chapter 6, w Interface specifications.) (Cable part numbers ' Service Manual, chapter 10.)
2Ä3 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 Choosing a Suitable Plotter Environment (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w P ositioning the plotter .) Environmental Specifications Hardware: Environmental Class B2 Operating environment: Plotter With cartridges and media: Optimal print quality and media handling: T emperature Relative Humidity 0 to 55 _ C (32 to 131 _F) 20-80% 10 to 40 _ C (50 to 104 _F) 20-80% 15 to 30 _ C (59 to 86 _F) 20-80% Storage environment: Plotter/media Cartridges T emperature Relative Humidity â40 to 70 _C (â40 to 158 _F) 5-95% â40 to 60 _C (â40 to 140 _F) Acoustics:* Operating Idle Sound Pressure Sound Power 54 dB (Acoustic) 6.5 bels (A) < 20 dB (A) < 3.6 bels (A) î These specifications are typical sound pressures at a oneÄmeter bystander position. Idle specification assumes fan is off . Plotter Dimensions and Weight Plotter Model: C3180A/C3187A C3181A/C3188A Length Depth Height (window closed) Height (window open) Weight 1076 mm (42.36 in) 1375 mm (54.13 in) 380 mm (14.96 in) 380 mm (14.96 in) 355 mm (13.97 in) 355 mm (13.97 in) 505 mm (19.88 in) 505 mm (19.88 in) 39.1 kg (86.2 lbs) 46.7 kg (103.0 lbs)
2Ä4 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 îîî îî
îîîî î î îîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî
3Ä2 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Unpacking and Assembling the Plotter When the plotter arrives at the user site: î Inspect the shipping container for damage. If the shipping container shows signs of damage, retain it until you have checked the contents of the shipment and verified the performance of the plotter . î Unpack and assemble the plotter , following the series of illustrations below . The packaging is due to change in late 1994. (P art number of future unpacking instructions î Chapter 10) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3Ä3 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Inspecting the Plotter for Damage V isually inspect the plotter for damage, scratches, dents, or other mechanical defects. If the plotter is damaged in transit, notify the carrier and the nearest HP Sales and Support Office. Retain the shipping container and insulation material for the carrier's inspection. The Sales and Support Office will arrange for the repair or replacement of the plotter . îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî Y ou can order a repacking kit if you need to repack the plotter and don't have the shipping container and insulation material. (P art numbers î chapter 10.) 9 1 2 10 11 1 2 1 2 A B 12 2 1 2 1 A A B 13 1 2 14 1
3Ä4 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Assembling the Legs and Media Bin (Optional) If the user has purchased the optional legs and media bin for the plotter , assemble them following the series of illustrations below: 1 2 3 45 kg (99 lb)
îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî 4 12 34 5 6 mm (0.25 in) 5 12 3 4 5 B A B A A B A B XX X
Error Final Draft Cartridges Paper T ransl Load Media Ready Busy V ellum Film Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Plot Quality Media T ype Cancel Error Draft Final Cartridges Paper T ransl Load Media Ready Busy V ellum Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Print Quality Media T ype Cancel = Both ON Both ON = Enhanced Film 3Ä6 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Installing the Plotter (Instructions î User's Guide, chapter 1, Setting up the plotter .) îîîîîîîîî îîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the geographical area. However , different power cords (international options) are available. (Cable part numbers î Service Manual, chapter 10.) Using the Plotter (Instructions î User's Guide, chapter 2, Using the plotter .) î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî
3Ä7 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Configuring the Plotter (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w Reconfiguring the plotter .) The User's Guide describes how to D Switch Interface P orts D Configure the following settings using a setup sheet : - Language of demonstration plot and setup sheet - Baud rate and parity of serial interface - Graphics language - HP ÄGL timeout period - Plot orientation (rotate and mirror) - Line merging - P enÄpalette settings (width and density) An example of a setup sheet is given on the following page. V erifying Plotter Operation The plotters contain several types of internal operational checks and tests to ensure that the plotter is properly functioning and to help identify problems if any are detected. î îîîîîîî î îîîî î îîîî Whenever you switch the plotter on, it automatically performs a series of internal selfÄtests and mechanical initialization sequences. If a failure occurs, an error is indicated on the frontÄpanel LEDs. Y ou can perform a failure analysis by interpreting the LED error code. (Details ' chapter 8.) îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî Y ou can check proper plotter operation by plotting and examining the demonstration plot, which is resident in the plotters. This plot shows different plotter capabilities including pen line widths and shading. Y ou can set the demonstration plot, to plot in any of the languages listed in the Language box of the setup sheet on the following page. (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Setting a language, ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Plotting a demonstration plot .)
3Ä8 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîî îî îî îîî îîî î î The following is a scaled version of a DesignJet 200 setup sheet:
îîîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî
4Ä2 Preventive Maintenance C3187Ä90000 Cleaning the Plotter T o maintain the plotter in good operating condition, keep it free of dust accumulation, ink, and other contamination. Cleaning intervals are determined by the plotter environment and by the types of plotter supplies used. As with any precision electronics equipment, proper maintenance will help to ensure reliability and prolong product life. Disconnect the plotter from the power source prior to performing any maintenance. DO NOT allow water to run on to electrical components or circuits, or through openings in the enclosure, as this can create a shock hazard leading to death or injury . WARNING General Cleaning Proper general cleaning should include the following: 1 Blow away dust accumulation with compressed air if available. 2 Clean the outer surface of the plotter with a damp sponge or cloth. Use a mild soap and water solution if necessary . Do not use abrasive cleaners on the window . 3 Wipe the plotter dry with a soft lintÄfree cloth. Cleaning the Drive Roller Due to the ink's reflectance, ink spilled on the roller can disrupt the plotter's edgeÄsensing function. T o remove any ink from the roller , perform the following procedure: 1 Connect the plotter to the ac power source. 2 Switch the plotter ON and wait for it to finish initialization. 3 With the window closed and no media loaded, press Form Feed repeatedly until the stained area of the drive roller is positioned at the top where it can be cleaned. 4 Turn the plotter OFF , disconnect it from the ac power source and raise the window . 5 Apply any common household cleaning solution to a soft, lintÄfree rag and apply it to the driveÄroller surface. 6 Thoroughly clean the roller surface. 7 If other areas of the roller have been stained by ink, repeat the above steps. 8 Allow the drive roller to dry . 9 Lower the window , reconnect the plotter to the ac source, turn the plotter on, and load paper to test that no ink reflections disrupt operation of media loading.
îîîî î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî
5Ä2 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Loading the Media îîîîî îîîîîî The media load path begins with the entry platen, which provides a loading surface. (Illustration ' page 10Ä23.) When you assemble the plotter , it is important to correctly position the entry platen to ensure that the dashed lines exactly indicate the permitted rightÄedge loading area. The left side of the entry platen should be pressed up against the left sideÄplate. (Details ' chapter 6.) (Loading Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w L oading media.) Sensing Media Presence îîîîî îîîîîî The media sensor is an optosensor and is mounted towards the right end of the entry platen. (Illustration ' page 10Ä23). Two articulated levers block the optical path between emitter and receiver when media is not loaded. When media is loaded, both levers are rotated, thus clearing the optical path and changing the sensor state from open to closed. This doubleÄlever system provides a leading and trailing edgeÄsensing capability (for mediaÄlength measurement) to the plotter . The media sensor is electrically connected to the main PC A. îî îîîîî îîî î îîîîî Primary flag Secondary flag Drive roller stopped Sensor housing Photo sensor area (cross-section)
5Ä3 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 The mediaÄnotÄloaded state can be summarized as follows: î Media: not inserted or has not yet reached the primary flag î Primary flag: vertical position (idle) î Secondary flag: resting on plastic detector housing (idle) î Optical sensor: optical path closed by both flags î Drive roller: stopped î Front panel: Load Media LED on î î îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Media inserted Primary flag Secondary flag Photo sensor window Drive roller stopped î Media: inserted but has not yet reached the secondary flag î Primary flag: rotated 90 ° counter clockwise (active) î Secondary flag: resting on plastic detector housing (idle) î Optical sensor: optical path blocked by secondary flag î Drive roller: stopped î Front panel: Load Media LED on
5Ä4 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîîî îîîî î îîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Drive roller full speed inwards î Media: reaches the secondary flag î Primary flag: rotated 90 ° counter clockwise (active) î Secondary flag: rotated 35 ° counter clockwise (active) î Optical sensor: optical path cleared by both flags î Drive roller: full speed inwards, engaging media î Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on î Media Length Measurement: front edge detected When the secondary flag clears the optical path, the roller is activated. As the secondary flag is closer to the roller , paper skew is minimized allowing a deeper media insertion
5Ä5 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîî î îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Leading edge of media Drive roller slow speed inwards î Media: clears the primary flag î Primary flag: rotates 90 ° clockwise (original position Ä active) î Secondary flag: still in previous position (active) î Optical sensor: optical path blocked by falling edge of primary flag î Driver roller: slows down but still rotating inwards... î Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on î Media Length Measurement: rear edge detected As soon as the optical sensor detects that the primary flag is back in it's original position, the roller motion slows down but needs some time to overcome the system's inertia before being able to reverse the direction of rotation.
5Ä6 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîî î îîî îîîîîîîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Leading edge of media Drive roller slow speed outwards D Media: pushes the primary flag D Primary flag: rotates 90 ° clockwise (active) D Secondary flag: still in previous position (active) D Optical sensor: optical path cleared by primary flag D Driver roller: rotates slowly outwards ... D Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on D Media Length Measurement: rear edge detected when primary flag clears the sensor The rear edge's position is located when the primary flag, pushed by the rear media edge, clears the optical path. If you pull the media parallel to the plotter length, while attempting to clear a media jam, you could break the flags. îîîîîîî Gripping the Media îîîîî îîîî When you load media, it is gripped by the pinchÄarms. (Illustration ' page 10Ä27.) îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The pinchÄarm sensor is an optical sensor that is attached to the right sideÄplate. It is used to detect the position of the pinchÄarm lever . Linkage, attaching the lever to a sensor flag, causes the flag to block and unblock the sensor as the pinchÄarms are raised and lowered. The pinchÄarm sensor is electrically connected to the main PCA.
5Ä7 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Advancing the Media î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî The media is advanced by the media drive (X Ädrive) system. Components include: D Media motor (X Äaxis motor) D W orm pinion and helical driveÄroller gear D Drive roller (Illustration ' page 10Ä23.) The main component of the drive system is a fullÄwidth, 6.4Äcm (2.5Äinch) diameter roller with an elastomer skin. This roller directly drives the media and provides the surface that references the media to the printÄhead. The mediaÄmotor position control uses an encoder feedback loop. The encoder wheel is mounted to the motor shaft, and the optical reader is mounted inside a bell housing attached to the back of the motor . î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî The main purpose of the media drive system is to accurately move media such that the alignment of adjacent print swaths is of high enough precision that the plotter specifications are met and print quality is maintained. The mediaÄdrive accuracy (endÄpoint accuracy , or X Äaxis accuracy) specifies how accurately a plotter can draw a line of a given length. (Specifications ' chapter 1.) The configuration plot draws crossÄhairs 500mm apart that you can use to measure the plotter's accuracy . (Details ' chapter 7, w Accuracy Calibration.) îîîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî All the above components of the media drive system contribute to the mediaÄdrive accuracy . The following also contribute: D Radius variations produced by the way the media wraps around the drive roller , and the way the pinchÄwheels and starÄwheels maintain this radius D Errors in the media motor's opticalÄencoder feedback system (this system gives feedback to the motorÄcontrol circuitry) Dimensional changes in the media will affect lines drawn in both axes either during plotting or after the plot is drawn. F or this reason, media other than polyester film does not support the mediaÄdrive accuracy specification. P olyester film is the only media that maintains dimensional stability to within the plotter specification ranges.
5Ä8 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Providing a F orce on T op of the Media îîîî The bail provides a normal force on top of the media. (Illustration î page 10Ä25.) When the pinchÄwheels grip the media and the drive roller advances it, the plotter raises the bail. This enables the leading edge of the media to pass below the bail. The plotter then lowers the bail and advances the media to the overdrive roller . The star wheels on the bail are coated with a substance resistant to wet ink, so that they do not leave marks on the media. îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The bail features an automatic lift mechanism driven by the media motor using a series of gears and actuated by the cartridge carriage. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î page 10Ä25) î The cartridge carriage presses down on the engaging lever . î The engagingÄlever gear and cam gear (which are always in contact) engage the driveÄroller gear on the left end of the drive roller . î The mediaÄdrive system drives the drive roller , and also the cam and engagingÄlever gears. The autoÄcam, which is attached to the cam gear , turns with the gear . î The autoÄcam contacts the left bail bracket and pushes up on the bracket. As the bracket is pushed, the bail lifts. î The bailÄsensor switch opens and the resulting bail logic level is sent to the main PC A. î The mediaÄdrive rotates the autoÄcam to a detent position. The detent position allows the bail bracket to rest on the autoÄcam after the carriage moves away from the engaging lever . î The mediaÄdrive drives the media through the media path. î Once the media has passed the bail, the carriage again engages the bailÄlift mechanism to lower the bail. îîîî îîîîîî The bail sensor informs the processor of the bail position (Up or Down). It is a mechanical microswitch located on the right sideÄplate. (Illustration î page 10Ä25)
5Ä9 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Stretching the Media îîîîîîîîî The overdrive roller stretches the media slightly as it is moved through the plotter . It thus reduces bubbling and media cockle caused by media expansion due to the absorption of waterÄbased ink into the media. Even though the geometry chosen for the plotters minimizes the occurrence of this phenomena, it still could occur on very dense plots. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î page 10Ä25) The overdrive roller is geared to the mediaÄdrive system and has a surface speed 10% greater than that of the drive roller . The lower star wheels on the bail provide a normal force between the media and the overdrive roller . The resulting friction force creates media tension in the area between the upper pinchÄwheels and the overdrive roller (the print zone). The overdrive roller is segmented into small rollers made of polyurethane. A clutch (overdrive gear assembly) is geared to the speedÄratio gear (overdrive gear cluster) and drives the overdrive roller in the forward direction only . Moving the Carriage îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The Carriage (Y Äaxis) drive consists of a DC motor driving the carriage by means of a dual, kevlar belt system incorporating three pulleys and two tensioner assemblies. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î pages 10Ä19 and 10Ä21) î A gear pinion, pressed onto the carriageÄmotor shaft, drives a small belt tensioned with a selfÄcompensating, springÄloaded idler . î The small belt drives a double pulley which transfers the motor drive to the main belt. î The main belt is attached to the carriage via frictionÄfit belt clamps. It is tensioned using a selfÄcompensating, springÄloaded tensioner wedge and main idler . (Illustration î page 10Ä15.) The belt moves the carriage along slider rods, which are part of the chassis assembly . The carriage bearing system consists of three bushings. î P ositional feedback is obtained using a 150ÄlineÄperÄinch linear encoder strip that is spring loaded and passes through the carriage where the small slots are read by an optical encoder . The feedback is used by the carriageÄmotor servoÄcontrol system.
5Ä10 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Detecting the Media Edges îîîî îîîîîî The plotter detects the left and right media edges using the line sensor located on the carriage. The sensor is composed of D Red LED D Two lenses (caution required when handling) D Collector plate îîîîîîîîî î The sensor finds the left media edge when it detects the light from the red LED reflected off the media surface. The black surface of the drive roller absorbs the light. Excessive ink deposits on the driveÄroller can fool the sensor by reflecting the light. î The sensor goes on to find the right media edge. î The media is advanced and the sensor checks for media skew (crooked loading). îîîîî î îîîîîîîî The line sensor on the cartridge carriage is also used to D Detect and measure lines drawn on media when performing cartridge alignment D Detect and measure lines drawn on media when performing accuracy calibration D Scan the setup sheet îîîîî îîîîîîî HardÄclip side margins provide protection against writing on the drive roller due to media expansion/contraction or skew . Top and bottom margins are set according to the physical spacing between the pinchÄwheels, overdrive and writing head. (Specifications ' chapter 1.) îîîîî îîîîî Y ou can use a wide variety of media sizes, due to the D Continuous roller D Spacing of the pinchÄwheels and starÄwheels D EdgeÄdetection capability (Specifications ' chapter 1.)
5Ä11 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Providing Ink (Carriage Illustration ' page 10Ä21) îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The plotters use two HP DeskJetÄtype cartridges, each containing 50 nozzles. The cartridges are staggered such that two nozzles on each one are not used. The main components of a cartridge are the D Plastic housing D SpringÄbag ink reservoir D Flex circuit The spring bag provides a negative pressure inside the ink supply to prevent ink from flowing out through the nozzles. The print head (flex circuit), located on the cartridge, contains the cartridge interface (interconnect) and nozzles. îîîî îîîîîî Inkjet cartridges invoke a thermal dropÄonÄdemand technology . î î î î îîîîîî î A voltage is applied to a resistive area on the head superheating the bottom layer of the ink droplet and causing nucleation (similar to boiling water). î The ink boils producing a bubble of water vapor that forces the ink droplet out of the small nozzle orifice. î As the ink droplet leaves the orifice, the surface tension of the ink draws more ink into the chamber . î The bubble collapses as the water vapor cools.
5Ä12 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî The geometry of the nozzle is important to maintain drop shape and direction. The distance of the head from the writing surface can determine image sharpness. As the distance increases, the drop shape and directionality degrade and are more difficult to predict. îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The two black print cartridges snap into the cartridge chutes (carriage snaps). îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî A goldÄplated, dimpled flex circuit mates with the flat tab circuit on each cartridge to make the electrical contact between the plotter and the cartridges. The elastomer spring pads behind each flex circuit ensure the dimples contact the tab circuits with enough pressure. îîîîîîîî îîî The carriage PC A is part of the carriage assembly . It connects to the main PCA through the trailing cable, which passes through a split torroid to reduce radioÄfrequency interference. The Carriage PCA contains D Line sensor D Thermistor circuit D Linear encoder D Cartridge nozzle firing circuit The thermistor circuit informs the carriage processor if the temperature of the carriage PC A is above or below a certain value. (Further information ' later in this chapter , w Carriage PCA.)
5Ä13 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Producing an Image îîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî The plotters are raster based. They plot using dots to represent the data. Thus a line is made up of a series of dots. V ector B A C D 45 14 Raster 95 îîîîîîîîîî îî îîî î îî îîîîî The resolution of a raster plotter is the number of dots per inch (dpi) it can place along one of two orthogonal axes. îîîî î îî refers to the ability of the plotter to print a single dot at every location on a grid. îîîîîîîîîîî î îî is the ability of the plotter to selectivity position dots on a grid finer than the trueÄdpi grid. It is used to produce higher print quality output. 600 addressable dpi Enhanced Mode 300 dpi Final Mode Both DesignJet 200 and DesignJet 220 plotters use two 300Ädpi print cartridges. However , the DesignJet 220 has an Enhanced print mode enabling it to address a 600Ädpi grid.
5Ä14 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîî îîîî Each dot produced by a 300Ädpi cartridge has a diameter of 0.0055 in. The dot size must be larger than 1/300th of an inch (0.0033 in.) so that when a singleÄdotÄwide line is printed, dots overlap and the line appears to be continuous. î îî îîîî î îî A 600Ädpi grid contains four times as many dots as a 300Ädpi grid. This means that four times as much ink can be laid down on a 600Ädpi grid. Media cannot absorb that much ink effectively; it puddles, runs, and dries slowly . îîî îîîîîîîîî T o solve the ink problem, sophisticated algorithms produce asymmetrical dot arrangements to selectively reduce (deplete) the number of dots placed on the addressable 600Ädpi grid in enhanced mode. (The same happens on the 300Ädpi grid in draft mode, but to increase plotting speed.) Dot size is not varied in any of the print modes. îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî is fast and uses half the ink of true 300Ädpi resolution. Special algorithms control dot placement, creating a virtual 300Ädpi image, rather than skipping every other dot. The image appears considerably lighter than the true 300Ädpi print quality . îîîîî îîîî uses true 300Ädpi resolution. Plotters set to plot on a 300x300Ädpi grid directly map 90,000 raster image dots per square inch to 90,000 drops of ink. îîîîîîîî îîîî (on the DesignJet 220) uses addressable 600Ädpi resolution. This involves 300Ädpi cartridges on a 600x600Ädpi grid. Dot depletion results in the same amount of drops used as in true 300Ädpi mode. Print quality improves because the dot centers may be located anywhere on the 600Ädpi grid. This results in smoother curves, straighter lowÄangle lines, smoothÄedged area fills and easily readable small text.
î îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî Media T ype Print Quality Resolution (DPI) # of Passes Carriage Speed Swath Delay Pass Density Paper Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 1 16.7ips 1sec 100% V ellum/ T ransl Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% V ellum/ T ransl/Film Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 1sec 50% î îîîîîîîî îîî Media T ype Print Quality Resolution (DPI) # of Passes Carriage Speed Swath Delay Pass Density Paper Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 1 16.7ips 1sec 100% Enhanced addressable 600x600 2 16.7ips 0.5sec 50% V ellum/ T ransl Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 1sec 50% Enhanced addressable 600x600 4 16.7ips 0.5sec 25% Film Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 3sec 50% Enhanced addressable 600x600 4 16.7ips 1.5sec 25% A îîîîî is the amount of data printed in one pass of the carriage. The îîîîî îîîîî is the time between completing one swath and beginning to print the next swath.
5Ä16 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Aligning the Cartridges The cartridgeÄalignment system is composed of D Stepper motor D Adjustment linkage D Adjustment cam D Adjustable cartridge chute D Carriage drive (Illustrations ' pages 10Ä15 and 10Ä21.) î îîîîîîîî The following operation is used to align one cartridge with respect to the other in the X Äaxis (media axis). (Y Äaxis and ZÄaxis realignments are done by varying the firing timing of each nozzle resistor .) î The stepper motor presses up on the lower link of the three adjustmentÄlinkage pieces by means of the plastic actuator pressed onto the motor shaft. î This action lowers the top link of the adjustment linkage. î The carriage moves, and the adjustment cam, which comes into contact with the top link, is rotated. î The cam action causes the adjustable cartridge chute to move in either the plus or minus X Äaxis direction relative to the fixed cartridge chute. (Instructions ' chapter 7, w Cartridge Alignment.)
5Ä17 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Servicing the Cartridges îîîîîîî îîîîîîî (Illustration ' page 10Ä17.) V arious important cartridgeÄmaintenance operations are performed at the service station: D Cartridge wiping D Cartridge capping D Nozzle spitting îîîîîî During operation of the cartridge, ink accumulates on the nozzle plate along with paper dust and other substances foreign to the cartridge. If not removed, this buildup can affect nozzle directionality and lead to nozzle failure. P eriodically during operation of the cartridge, this buildup is removed by dragging a wiper across the nozzle plate. î îîîîîîîî (Illustration ' page 10Ä15.) î The stepper motor presses down on the lower link of the wiper assembly by means of the plastic actuator pressed onto the motor's shaft. î As the lower link is pushed down, the upper linkage is raised. î The carriage moves over the small rubber blade, attached to the top of the upper linkage, causing the blade to wipe excess ink and crusting from the nozzle plates.
5Ä18 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîî Ink evaporates if you expose nonÄfiring nozzle plates to the open environment. V apor loss changes the physical properties of the ink remaining in the area of the nozzle plate. The ink may form viscous plugs that fully or partially clog nozzles. T o reduce the loss of ink vapor and thus prevent the nozzles from drying out when the cartridges sit idle, the service station automatically places a cap over the nozzle plates. î îîîîîîîî î Aligning the Caps Alignment between the cartridge caps and the nozzles is necessary , because the cap seals on a very small area of the cartridge's plate. Misalignment can cause the ink to wick from the cartridge. The springÄloaded sled aligns directly to the carriage by means of a beveled plate that mates to a notch on the carriage. This notch establishes X and Y alignment. A flat feature on the sled butts against the carriage to establish the Z alignment. (Checking correct alignment ' chapter 8, w Frequent Cartridge F ailure .) î Sealing the Nozzles î The cartridge cap creates a closed volume of air around the nozzles, which is humidified by firing one drop per nozzle. î The air volume in the cap is compressed, resulting in a positive pressure at the nozzles. This pressure must be held within a set tolerance. Not enough pressure and the cartridges can leak, too much and the cartridges can deprime. îîîîîîîî The cartridge fires (spits) ink droplets periodically to keep a clean nozzle condition. Spitting also takes place to humidify the cartridges before capping and to detect missing nozzles. The cartridges spit into spittoons located in the service station area. Cooling the Electronics îî î A single DC fan provides cooling for all electronics inside the electronics enclosure. The fan is processor controlled and runs only when the plotter is plotting. The fan connects to the Main PC A.
5Ä19 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 System Data Flow Firmware Print-Engine Control Module Physical Input/Output Data I/O Interrupt I/O Buffer Parser Display List VRC, RRC Swath Holding Area Swath Manager Physical Swath Area Data characters 500 Bytes Data characters One at a time Graphic objects Graphic objects Swath Swath Rasterized object Firmware Graphics Module îîîîîîîîîîîî The user's computer is connected to the plotter through a physical input/output (I/O) connection. The I/O interrupt process removes data from the I/O port, 500 bytes at a time, and places it into the I/O buffer . î îîîîî The parser removes data from the I/O buffer , one byte at a time, interprets the data and transforms it into graphic objects, which are mapped onto the display list. The parser can interpret either raster or vector data. It adds positional information to the data indicating where it is placed on the display list. It continues building the display list until the entire plot has been sent or until memory is full. îîîîîîî î îîî The graphic objects are geometrical shapes (arcs, vectors, etc.), which are placed on the display list. The display list is a logical map. It is built in a swath format. The information that builds the display list is stored in DRAM (Dynamic R andomÄAccess Memory). The more DRAM the system contains, the larger and more dense the display list can be.
5Ä20 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî The vectorÄtoÄraster converter (VRC) or rasterÄtoÄraster converter (RRC), depending on the data format sent, rasterizes the data from the display list, swath by swath, and sends the swaths to a swath holding area. îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The swath holding area is part of the DRAM that is specially allocated for this purpose. The swath holding area is large enough to hold up to three swaths at a time. îîîîî îîîîîîî The swath manager firmware algorithm removes data from the swath holding area and reorganizes the data for more efficient plotting. This enables the plotter to sweep the carriage to areas that require ink and to conserve motion by not sweeping blank areas of the media. V ariables are calculated and stored during this optimization. The swath manager then replaces the data into the swath holding area. îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The printÄengine controller removes the organized data from the swath holding area and copies it to the physical swath RAM area. The plotter's microprocessor has a feature called î´burst mode," enabling data to be copied from one area of memory to another very quickly . The printÄengine controller uses the variables calculated by the swath manager to determine the stop and start positions of the swath and thus control the carriage movement. îîîîî îîî The swath RAM is dedicated RAM memory and not part of the DRAM. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî The cartridgeÄinterface ASIC (ApplicationÄSpecific Integrated Circuit) controls the shuffling of pure swath data to the actual firing order of the cartridge nozzles. It fetches pixels from the physical swath RAM and sends it serially through the trailing cable to the carriage ASIC . This sending of pixel data is initiated by means of a signal sent to the cartridgeÄinterface ASIC by the processorÄsupport ASIC , so as to synchronize the motion of the media motor and carriage motor with the firing of the printÄhead drivers. îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî The carriage ASIC generates the select and enable signals to drive the cartridgeÄdriver integrated circuits. The cartridge drivers provide the firing pulses for the printÄhead nozzles.
5Ä21 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Plotter Architecture The plotters have the multiprocessor architecture shown in the following diagram: 80960 bus Main Processor (80960KA) Internal Memory (ROM/RAM) Expansion Memory (SIMM DRAM) I/O (Centronics) (RSâ232) Shuffler ASIC Swath RAM (256 KB) Support ASIC Encoders Motor Drivers Nozzle T iming ASIC Carriage Processor (8051) Servo Processor (8052) EEPROM (256) Cartridge Drivers Line Detector Sensors Front Panel Plotter Architecture The plotter electronics, besides sensors and cables, consist of the following assemblies: î Main PCA î Carriage PCA î FrontÄP anel PCA î P ower Supply These are described on the following pages.
5Ä22 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Main PC A (P art illustration ' page 10Ä9.) PCA and Sensor Interconnections Centronics RSâ232 Media-axis encoder Front panel PCA Bail sensor Window sensor Media sensor Pinch-arm sensor Media motor Carriage motor MAIN PCA Carriage PCA Stepper motor Fan Power supply SIMM socket The main PC A contains most of the plotter electronics, that is: D Main processor system D Servo processor subsystem D Some power components
80960 CPU RS-232 Interface Shuffler ASIC Swath RAM Centronics Interface 2-MB DRAM 4x8-Mbit ROM Demultiplexed Bus Interface DRAM SIMM Socket T o Servo Processor System T o Carriage Processor System Processor Support ASIC 5Ä23 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The main processor system consists of the following: î Main processor (80960) î ROM î Processor support ASIC î Shuffler ASIC with swath memory î Input/output interfaces î DRAM Main-Processor-System îîîî îîîîîîîîî The main processor interprets graphicsÄlanguage commands received through the input/output (I/O), prepares a bit map of the data to be printed, and issues commands to the servo processor to synchronize the carriage and roller movements for each swath printed. î îî The firmware code is contained in either two masked ROMs or four EPROMs on the main PCA. The EPROM integrated circuits are socketed; Move them from the old Main PCA to the new one, when you replace the Main PCA.
5Ä24 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The processor support ASIC provides support for the main processor , and an interface between the main processor and the servo processor . îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî The shuffler ASIC and the swath memory shuffle the rowÄoriented image data in the system memory into columnÄoriented nozzle data needed by the print cartridges. The shuffling is accomplished by copying an entire swath of image data from the system memory into the swath memory , then fetching the pixel data from swath memory for each cartridge nozzle according to the shuffle pattern in the ASIC address sequencer . The shuffled data is transferred serially to the nozzleÄtiming ASIC located on the carriage. îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The plotters have both a parallel (BiÄ Tronics) and a serial (RS Ä232) interface. These I/Os are controlled by the main processor . î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî The parallel interface is compliant with IEEE standard 1284 (BiÄ Tronics). The parallel port has a standard female 1284ÄB 36Äpin connector (the same connector as standard Centronics). Hosts with 1284Äcompliant parallel interfaces (including standard PCs with the appropriate parallelÄport software) are able to communicate with the plotter bidirectionally . Hosts with standard Centronics hardware (such as traditional PCs) are able to operate with the plotter as they do with standard Centronics devices. îîîî îî îî îîîîîîî BiÄ Tronics is a signaling method for a speedÄadaptive, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications channel between a peripheral and a host. The features of BiÄ Tronics are: î Provides the capability to send data from the host computer to the plotter at a higher speed, by shortening the signal timing values. î Provides a path for data to be sent from the plotter to the host, such as solicited and unsolicited status (media jam, plot finished, etc.) î Reduced user interaction: The host software can request information of the plotter directly (such as î½amount of available memory?") instead of prompting the user . î The specification allows PCs with existing parallelÄport hardware to participate in bidirectional communication with a peripheral by installing new parallelÄport driver software; no new PC hardware is necessary . The IEEE Ä1284 specification provides for two levels of compliance for the electrical characteristics of an interface. The interface for the plotters meets the Level 1 electrical requirements. The IEEE Ä1284 specification defines five modes of operations for an interface. The interface for the plotters implements Compatibility and Nibble modes. HostÄtoÄperipheral dataÄtransfer handshaking is performed by a hardware state machine. P eripheralÄtoÄhost handshaking is performed by the main processor in response to an interrupt.
5Ä25 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî î îîîîîîî The main processor controls the DTR (Data T erminal R eady) signal using a bit in the parallel I/O control register . Whenever the power to the plotter is on, R TS (Request T o Send) is set active. No other modem signals are controlled or monitored. îîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî The reset state of the DTR signal is undefined. During initialization, the main processor first sets the DTR control bit to 1, which signals the host that the interface cannot accept data. Later the processor sets the UAR T configuration register and the baudÄrate select register using the configuration data from the EEROM. îîîî Two MBytes of DRAM for system use and I/O data storage reside permanently on the Main PCA. In addition, a 72Äpin socket for the industryÄstandard DRAM SIMM is provided for optional memory . The socket supports a DRAM SIMM of 2 MB, 4 MB, or 8 MB. î îîîîîîî î îîîî îîîîîîî P owerÄon reset signals are used to initialize the processorÄsupport ASIC, shuffler ASIC and servo processor . The processor support ASIC generates a reset signal to initialize the main processor . A powerÄon reset signal disables the EEROM to prevent loss of data during power transitions. The components that generate the reset signals guarantee valid signals once the logic supply ( 5V) exceeds 2.0 V .
5Ä26 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîîîîî The servo processor system consists of the following: î Servo processor (8052) î Processor support ASIC î FrontÄpanel interface î StepperÄmotor driver î CarriageÄprocessor interface î V arious sensor inputs î EEROM Motor Position Encoders Front-Panel Interface Motor Drivers EEROM T o Main Processor System T o Carriage Processor System Processor Support ASIC Stepper-Motor Driver Sensors 8052 Servo Processor Servo Processor System îîîîî î îîîîîîîî The servo processor controls all of the plotter actuators. Executing the commands issued by the main processor , it reads the carriage and roller position from the processor support ASIC and writes the needed control data to the PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) generators in that ASIC . Through a serial link, the servo processor sends nozzleÄtiming data to, and receives carriageÄsensor data from, the carriage processor . î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The processor support ASIC provides support for the servo processor , and an interface between the main processor and the servo processor .
5Ä27 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî The front panel consists of nine LEDs and eight switches. The servo processor interface to the front panel consists of nine control signals and two sense signals. îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The servo processor controls a stepper motor used for printÄcartridge servicing and alignment. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The servoÄprocessor serial port is used to communicate with the carriage processor . îîîîîîî F our sensors provide input to the servo processor: D The îîîîîî îîîîîî is a mechanical switch that detects if the window has been raised. This serves the purpose of a safety interlock. While the window is raised, the servo processor halts any carriage movement. D The îîîîî îîîîîî detects the presence of media in the media path. It is also used to determine media size. D The îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî detects whether the pinchÄarms have been raised. The servo processor uses the sensor to determine the pinchÄarm position during the initialization sequence. D The îîîî îîîîîî detects whether the bail has been raised. The servo processor uses the sensor to determine the bail position during the initialization sequence. îîîîî A serial EEROM is used as nonvolatile storage for calibration and configuration data. This data is typically unique for the plotter . It includes the following information: D RS Ä232 configurations D Certain frontÄpanel selections D P enÄpallet information D Constants created during the various plotter calibrations The EEROM is soldered to the Main PCA (both new and rebuilt). Should the EEROM be cleared or the Main PCA replaced, perform all calibrations. (Details ' chapter 7.) The servo processor drives the EEROM control signals, chip select and shift clock. A reset signal disables the chip select during power transitions to reduce loss of data.
5Ä28 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîî îîîîîîîîîî The following are the power components on the main PC A: îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîî î îîîî îîîîîîî Two motor driver ICs and heatsinks. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîî î îîîîîîîî T o regulate the amount of energy given to the printÄcartridge heating resistors, a precise voltage regulator controls the printÄcartridge voltage supply . The regulator power device is located on the main PCA, but the cartridge resistors and drivers are located on the carriage PCA. T o reduce the effect of the long path between the voltage regulator output and the cartridge resistors, an active sense circuit on the carriage PCA feeds back an error signal to the main PC A. On the carriage PCA, the cartridge supply voltage is sensed by a precision resistor divider and compared with 2.5V reference. This error is amplified, buffered, and transmitted to the main PCA through the trailing cable. The voltage is regulated by a regulator on a heatsink. î îî îîîîîî The plotter electronics are cooled by a fan, which may be turned on and off by the main processor . A twoÄpin connector is used for the fan. Pin 1 connects to the black wire of the fan harness and to the drain of a driver FET on the Main PCA. Pin 2 connects to the red wire of the fan harness and to 12V on the Main PC A.
5Ä29 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Carriage PC A The carriage PC A has four main functions: î The nozzleÄtiming ASIC controls the firing of the print cartridges, using data from the shuffler ASIC on the main PCA. î A linear encoder senses the carriage position. î A line sensor enables automatic printÄcartridge calibration. î A thermistor monitors the temperature near the print cartridges. The carriage PC A is installed in the carriage assembly , componentÄside down to accommodate the operation of the linear encoder . A long 28Äconductor cable (trailing cable) connects the carriage PC A to the main PC A. î îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî The carriage PCA require s5V@6 7 0m Aa n d2 0V@6 1t o2 1 8m A . The regulator for the 20Ä V supply is located on the main PCA, but an active sense circuit on the carriage PCA senses the voltage at the highÄfrequency bulk charge source capacitors. îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîî The carriage processor system consists of the following: î Carriage processor î Nozzle timing ASIC î Servo processor interface î AnalogÄtoÄDigital (A/D) Converter î Print cartridges î Line sensor îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The carriage processor's primary task is to configure the nozzleÄtiming ASIC . It receives the configuration data from the servo processor . It controls the A/D converter used in the line and temperature sensors, and senses printÄcartridge identity and continuity . It returns status and sensor data to the servo processor . T o Servo Processor System From Main Processor System 8052 Carriage Processor Thermistor Line Sensor Cartridge Cartridge Drivers Nozzle T iming ASIC A/D Converter Carriage-Processor-System
5Ä30 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî The carriage processor dedicates its address/data bus to interface with the nozzleÄtiming ASIC . The ASIC is also connected to the shuffler ASIC by a synchronous serial channel. The nozzleÄtiming ASIC applies the shuffled data it receives from the shuffler ASIC to the cartridge drivers, controlling the firing time and sequence of the printÄcartridge nozzles. The outputs controlling the print cartridge drivers are disabled while the reset signal is active. A voltage supervisor monitors the logic supply ( 5V) and generates a reset signal to prevent firing nozzles during power transitions. The falling threshold for reset is 4.71V worst case. îîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The carriageÄprocessor serial port is used to communicate with the servo processor . The servo processor controls the carriageÄprocessor reset signal. îîî îîîîîîîîî The carriage processor controls an eightÄchannel serial A/D converter . The processor drives the A/D Äconverter control signals, chip select and shift clock. îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîî The carriage processor can verify the firing of each printÄcartridge nozzle. Firing a nozzle causes a voltage drop at the ballast resistor for that nozzle. A comparator senses the voltage drop at each ballast resistor and outputs a pulse to a processor counter . This enables the processor to determine whether each print cartridge is inserted properly . î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî A thermistor mounted on the carriage PC A allows the carriage processor to sense ambient temperature. The processor can adjust the amount of energy delivered to a print cartridge by changing the nozzle firing time though the nozzle timing ASIC . The plotters compensate for changes in ambient temperature and self heating of the print cartridges based on the data provided by the carriage processor . îîîî îîîîîî The plotters calibrate the writing system to compensate for alignment errors due to mechanical tolerances using an optical line sensor . The sensor is capable of precisely measuring, within the field of view of the sensor , the position of one line relative to another . The sensor measures both horizontal and vertical line positions. The plotters also use this sensor to determine the location of the media edges in the carriage sweep axis. îîîîîîîîî The sensor employs a quad photo diode array with illumination from a diffuse LED . A simple optical system employing two lenses forms an image of the test pattern on the photo diode array . A transimpedance amplifier converts the current generated in each photo diode to a voltage. The carriage processor samples the resulting voltage through the A/D converter . îîîîîîîî The accuracy of the line sensor after selfÄcalibration when measuring lines spaced at 1/300 inches is 0.3 mil. When determining the position of the left or right media edge, the sensor accuracy is 6 mil.
5Ä31 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Front P anel PCA The plotters use the same frontÄpanel PC A as the DeskJet 550. The frontÄpanel consists of nine LEDs and eight switches, mounted on the PCA, which is deeply recessed behind a plastic housing containing the key pad. The keys act on the switches through push rods. Light pipes transmit the light from the LEDs to the display area. î îîî The LEDs are driven by drivers on the main board, under the control of the servo processor . The LED layout is shown below: led[1] led[4] led[7] led[2] led[5] led[8] led[3] led[6] led[9] Front-Panel LEDs îîî î îî The keypad layout is shown below: led[2] led[3] led[6] led[7] key[0] key[1] Switch[1] Switch[2] Switch[3] Switch[4] Switch[5] Switch[6] Switch[7] Switch[8] Front-Panel Key Pad The switches are connected as a 4x2 matrix. The switch matrix, when scanned, is driven by the four LED control signals led[2], led[3], led[6] and led[7]. The servo processor scans the switch matrix by setting, in turn, each of the four control signals to `0' while holding the other three at `1'. While driving the switch matrix, the processor reads the signals key[0], and key[1]. A `1' on a key signal indicates a closed switch.
5Ä32 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 P ower Supply An autoÄranging power supply is located in the electronics enclosure. It accepts and automatically adjusts to an ac input of 90 V through 264 V and produces regulated voltages of 5 V , 12 V and -12 V , and an unregulated 24 V . These voltages are used as follows: V oltage Use 24 V Motor drivers and voltage regulator on the main PCA. (Regulated 20 V for cartridge circuits on the carriage PCA). 12 V Fan power and RS-232 driver . â12 V RS-232 driver . 5 V IC power and sensors. The primary portion of the supply contains fusing and input protection circuitry , line filters, and a rectifier . The primary output is converted to a pulseÄwidthÄmodulated (PWM), unidirectional current by a flyback dcÄtoÄdc converter . The secondary portion of the power supply contains the four secondary windings of the transformer that convert the PWM current in the primary to four ac voltages, which are rectified to the 5 V , 12 V , -12 V and 24 V dc voltages required by the plotter . Standard 12 V and -12 V regulators are included in the secondary portion of the power supply . îîî îîîîîî" îîîî îî îîî îî!îî îîîîî" îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîîîîî !îîî îîîîîîî î îî îî îîî îîîîîî î!îîîî îî îîî î îîîî î îîî îî!îî îîîî îîîîîî !îîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî î îîîî îîî î îîî îî!îî#îîîîî" îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî !îîî "îî îîîî îî !îîî îî îîî îîîî îîî îîî" î îîîî îî î
îîîî î î îîîîî î î îî î îîîî îîîîîî
6Ä2 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Safety Precautions (Safety symbols î Immediately after the table of contents.) Review W ARNING and C AUTION symbols and instructions before you service the plotters. F ollow these warnings and cautions for your protection and to avoid damaging the plotter . îî!îî$" "îîîî îî(î!î îîîîîîî #î îîî#î î! îîî$!' îî' !î"$î# îî 'î$ îî îî# #îîî #îî îîîîî&îîî î!îîî$#îîî"î îî"$!î #îî# #îî îî îî&î! î$#îî# îîîîî"î îî" î î!î#îî#î%î îî!#î îî!î$îîî #î!îîîîîî îî"îîîîîî# #îî îîî##î! î!îî #îî îî&î! "î$!îî î!îî! #î îî!îî!îîîî îî' îîîî#îîîîîîî î!î%îî# &î#î! î! î#îî! îî $îî" î!îî !$îîîîî îî#î îîîî#!îîîî îîîîîîîî#" î! îî!î$î#"î î! #î!î$îî îîîîîîî" îî #îî îîîîî"$!îî îîîîî îîîîîîîî ESD Precautions T o prevent damage to the plotter circuits from highÄvoltage electrostatic discharge (ESD) î Do not wear clothing that is subject to static buildÄup. î Do not handle integrated circuits (ICs) in carpeted areas. î Do not remove an IC or a printed circuit assembly (PCA) from its conductive foam pad or conductive packaging until you are ready to install it. î Ground your body while disassembling and working on the plotter . î After removing a cover from the plotter , attach a clip lead between the PCA common and earth ground. Touch all tools to earth ground to remove static charges before using them on the plotter . î After removing any PCA from the plotter , place it on a conductive foam pad or into its conductive packaging to prevent ESD damage to any ICs on the PC A. R eassembly Most of the procedures in this chapter describe how to disassemble the plotter . Unless otherwise specified, reassemble the parts in the reverse order of disassembly .
6Ä3 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 R equired T ools The following are the tools required to disassemble and repair the plotters. D Long T orx screwdriver with the indicated attachments: T8 T9 T10 T20 T15 T25 D 90 d T orxÄ15 key: D P ozidriv PZ1 screwdriver: D Small flatÄblade screwdriver:
6Ä4 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 D Nut driver with indicated attachments: 3/16 inch 5.5 mm and D NeedleÄnose pliers D Cutting pliers D Spring hook D Loopback connector (HP P art Number 07440Ä60302) D 10X Magnifier
î Ensure that the plotter is switched îîî and that the power cord and interface cable(s) are not connected to it. î At the back of the plotter , ensure that the two small wire clamps of the parallel port are positioned vertically . îî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî Power inlet: cord not connected î Remove the screws that attach the electronicsÄenclosure cover to the electronics enclosure. îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî î Gently lift open the electronicsÄenclosure cover to an angle of 45 d . T orx-20 or Flat 6Ä5 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 R epair Procedures îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Push the cover up so that its tabs can slide out of the slots at the top of the electronics enclosure. î Carefully pull the cover clear of the plotter . Ta b 6Ä6 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Read îî î îîîîîîîîîîî î page 6Ä2. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Locate the DRAMÄSIMM slot at the bottom of the main PCA. î While pushing the two metal springs apart at the ends of the slot, tilt the outer edge of the DRAM SIMM downwards. î Once the DRAM SIMM is released from the springs, gently pull it clear of the slot. Slot for DRAM SIMM 6Ä7 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî The user may have installed an optional DRAM SIMM in the plotter . P erform the following procedure, if you need to remove it:
Notch î Hold the memory module by its edges with the nonÄmetallic edge toward you and the notch to your left. î Tilt the nonÄmetallic edge downwards and firmly push the module into the slot. Gradually tilt the module upwards and push it in until it clicks into place. 6Ä8 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T o reinstall the SIMM, perform the following procedure:
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the two screws from the serial (RS Ä232ÄC) connector . î Remove the two screws from the parallel connector . î D/A1Äsize plotters only: Open the flexible, î·DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î Pozidriv PZ1 3/16 inch 6Ä9 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîî
Do not force the frontÄpanel PCA cable out of its clamp. First pull the clamp gently towards you to release the cable; then pull the cable easily out of the clamp. Window sensor Media sensor Media-axis encoder Front-panel PCA Bail sensor Pinch-wheel sensor X = Media motor Y = Carriage motor MAIN PCA Carriage PCA Stepper motor Fan Power supply î Disconnect all 12 cable connectors from the main PCA. CAUTION îî îîîî îîîîîî : Make sure to connect all cables in the correct orientation and to the correct socketsî î Remove the five screws that secure the main PCA to the electronics enclosure. îî îîîî îîîîîî : Temporarily leave the screws loose; tighten the serial and parallel connector screws first; then tighten the PCA screwsî î Lift the main PCA clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä10 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the original EPROMs or masked ROMs from their sockets, and install them on the new PCA. The original PCA contains î îîîî î four EPROMs îî two masked ROMs. The EPROMs each have one pair of pins less than the masked ROMs; if you are installing EPROMs, leave the rightmost pair of holes empty in each socket. î If a SIMM is installed on the original PCA, remove it and install it on the new PCA. EPROMs Masked ROMs Empty Empty îîîîîîîîîîîîî After having installed a new main PCA, perform the following calibrations in the given order (Details î chapter 7): 1. Bail calibration 2. MediaÄsensor calibration 3. Cartridge alignment 4. Accuracy calibration 5. SetupÄsheet calibration Empty pair of holes U28 U9 U29 U4 U28 U9 U29 U4 (Part numbers î chapter 10.) 6Ä11 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 If you are installing a new PC A, perform the following extra steps:
îî Disconnect the ac connector and the dc powerÄdistribution connector from the powerÄsupply PCA. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Open the flexible, î²DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î dc power-distribution connector ac connector 6Ä12 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî îîî
î Remove the six screws that secure the powerÄsupply PCA to the electronics enclosure. î Lift the powerÄsupply PCA clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä13 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Lift the fan clear of the plotter . î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. Fan connector î Open the flexible, î±DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Disconnect the fan connector from the main PCA and holding clip. î Remove the two screws that secure the fan to the electronics enclosure. T orx-20 îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî îî îîîî 6Ä14 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î îî
î Open the window . î îîîîîî the top screw of the right front trim (two full turns). î Carefully push the right endcover and the window apart, far enough to lift the window up so that the right pivot just clears its socket. îî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîîî îîî î îî îîîîîîî îî î îî î î îîî îî îîîî îî îî îîîî î îîî îîîî îîîîîî î Move the window to the right so that the left pivot slides out of its socket, and lift the window clear of the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîî T orx-15 6Ä15 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî
îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. îîîîî îîîîîîîî î Loosen the two latch screws on the underside of the center cover . î Slide the two latches horizontally towards the center of the plotter , clear of the two endcovers. T orx-15 6Ä16 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî
T orx-15 î Remove the screws from the back of the center cover . îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî î Slide the center cover vertically upwards, and lift it clear of the plotter . 6Ä17 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îîîîîîîîîîîîî When replacing screws on any plastic part, always begin by gently twisting the screw in anticlockwise with your hand, until the screw finds the thread path and clicks, and then twisting the screw in clockwise with your hand, before using a screwdriver . This is to avoid crossÄthreading. Do not overÄtighten the screws. î Remove the three screws from the left side of the left endcover . î Remove the window î page 6Ä15, and the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the two screws on the left front trim and the two screws on the left back trim. CAUTION T orx-15 T orx-15 î If the plotter is mounted on legs, îîîîîî the two leftÄhand screws that attach the plotter to the legs. î Maintaining an even pressure on the top and bottom of the endcover , pull it to the left, away from the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî îîî îî îîî îîî îîîîî î 6Ä18 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîî
îîîîîîîîîîîîî When replacing screws on any plastic part, always begin by gently twisting the screw in anticlockwise with your hand, until the screw finds the thread path and clicks, and then twisting the screw in clockwise with your hand, before using a screwdriver . This is to avoid crossÄthreading. Do not overÄtighten the screws. î Remove the three screws from the right side of the right endcover . î Remove the window î page 6Ä15, and the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the two screws on the right front trim and the two screws on the right back trim. CAUTION T orx-15 T orx-15 î If the plotter is attached to a plotter stand, îîîîîî the two rightÄhand screws that attach the plotter to the stand. î Maintaining an even pressure on the top and bottom of the endcover , pull it to the right, away from the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî î CAUTION Do not stress or apply pressure to the frontÄpanel assembly . îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî 6Ä19 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Detach the linkage spring from the Y Ätensioner bracket. Reassembling: îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî îî îî îîî îîîîîîîî î Remove the two shoulder screws that attach the automatic cartridgeÄadjust linkage to the left sideplate and lift the linkage clear of the plotter . CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screws. Reassembling: î îîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî Stepper-motor shaft Bottom arm of linkage T orx-15 6Ä20 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover ' page 6Ä18. î Open the flexible, î³DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Disconnect the stepperÄmotor cable connector from the main PCA and the holding clip. Stepper-motor connector î Remove the bottom shoulder screw on the cartridgeÄadjust linkage, and lower the lever arm below the stepper motor . îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî T orx-15 6Ä21 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î Loosen the right screw and remove the left screw that attaches the stepper motor to the left sideplate. Loosen Remove CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screws. î Move the stepper motor toward the rear of the plotter . îî Pull the stepperÄmotor cable gently out from the electronics enclosure, through the hole in the left side of the electronics enclosure, and lift it and the stepper motor clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä22 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover ' page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the pinchÄarmÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA and from the ferrite on the right sideplate. Pinch-arm- sensor connector î Remove the two screws that attach the pinchÄarm sensor to the right sideplate. î Lift the pinchÄarm sensor , with cable, clear of the plotter . T orx-10 Pinch-arm sensor KEEP THIS AREA FREE OF CABLES ÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃ Reassembling: îîî îîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî î îîîî î îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî Ferrite 6Ä23 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the windowÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA. Window-sensor connector Clip Clip îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîî Ferrite î Carefully feed the windowÄsensor cable out from the electronics enclosure and from under the motor assemblies, unclipping it from the holding clips and ferrite. î îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî 6Ä24 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî
î Slide the cable and connector up through the fastener near the right front trim. Fastener î Remove the screw that attaches the window sensor to the right front trim. î Lift the sensor , with cable, clear of the plotter . Sensor CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screw . T orqu e=3l bi n .( â 0.35 Nm) T orx-8 6Ä25 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî If the plotter is mounted on legs, remove the four screws that attach it to the legs. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. Media-sensor connector î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the mediaÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA, and from the holding clip and ferrite on the right sideplate. T orx 15 î Place the plotter on a flat surface and turn it on its back. It requires two people to lift the plotter î îîîîî îîîîîîîî î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî îîî îîî îî "î î The ferrite holder opens from the topî Reassembling: The cable goes through the same ferrite as for the window sensor î page 6Ä24î 6Ä26 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîî!îîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
î Remove the screws that attach the bottom cover to the plotter , and lift the cover clear of the plotter . D/A1Äsize plotters have 8 screws. E/A0Äsize plotters have 10 screws. T orx-20 Reassembling: Ensure that the two flags on the media sensor are correctly positioned (see following procedure). î Pull the media sensor straight out towards you, freeing it from the underside of the entry platen. î Cut the plastic tie that fastens the mediaÄsensor cable to the underside of the entry platen. îî Lift the media sensor and cable clear of the plotter îîîîîîî îîî T ake care not to cut the mediaÄsensor cable itself. CAUTION Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the mediaÄsensor calibration (Details î chapter 7). 6Ä27 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Insert the tÄshaped flag in the indicated position. î Let the tÄshaped flag rotate to its correct position. î Insert the bellÄshaped flag in the indicated position. î Let the bellÄshaped flag rotate to its correct position. 6Ä28 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î D/A1Äsize plotters only: Open the flexible, DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE, insulation cover . î Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the main PCA. î Remove the two screws that attach the toroid to the rear of the electronics enclosure. Flex the cover to open it. Do not detach the cover from the plotter . T railing-cable connector î Pull off the two endcaps of the toroid and remove the toroid from the trailing cable. T orx-10 If you are installing a new trailing cable, make sure the main PCA is compatible with it. (Details î chapter 9.) 6Ä29 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA. î If you need to change the trailing cable: î Cut the two plastic ties that hold the cable to the rear tray and bracket. î Free the cable from the rear tray and bracket, pulling it up through the slot at the top of the electronics enclosure assembly . Rear tray Plastic ties Bracket T railing-cable connector Cartridge-carriage PCA îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î Use the old trailing cable as a template to bend and crease the new trailing cable to exactly match the creases in the old trailing cable. 6Ä30 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî If you don't need to change the trailing cable, but do need to remove it to access other parts: î Remove the two screws that attach the trailingÄcable rear tray to the top of the electronics enclosure. î Carefully remove the rightÄhand cartridge spring from the cartridge carriage. î Remove the trailingÄcableÄbracket screw from the cartridge carriage. î Pull the trailing cable up through the slot at the top of the electronics enclosure assembly and lift it, with rear tray and bracket, from the plotter . Rear tray Rear tray Bracket T orx-20 T orx-10 6Ä31 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
Do not force the cable out of its clamp. First pull the clamp gently towards you to release the cable; then pull the cable easily out of the clamp. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover ' page 6Ä19. î T ake note of the correct positioning of the frontÄpanel cable for reassembling. Incorrect positioning could cause obstruction of the cartridge carriage or motor gears. î Unclip the windowÄsensor cable and frontÄpanel cable from their holding clip on the underside of the frontÄpanel assembly . î Release the frontÄpanel cable from its clamp on the main PCA, and from its holding clip on the right side of the plotter . CAUTION î î îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî Front-panel connector clamp Clip Window-sensor cable Front-panel cable 6Ä32 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîî
î Carefully feed the frontÄpanel cable out from the electronics enclosure, through the flat ferrite on the right sideplate, and out from under the motor assemblies. î Remove the two screws and washers that attach the frontÄpanel assembly to the right sideÄplate, and lift the frontÄpanel assembly , with cable, clear of the plotter . T orx-20 6Ä33 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î On the underside of the frontÄpanel assembly , press the four transparent plastic tabs inwards and remove the PCA and LED assembly . îîî îîîîî!îîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî î îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî!îîîîî îî î îîî îîî îîîîîî 6Ä34 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîî
îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî î Carriage-motor connector 1 2 T ensioner wheel Small drive belt Motor gear Double pulley Loosen î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. T orx-15 î Disconnect the carriageÄmotor cable from the main PCA (connector labelled Y), and from the lowest ferrite holder on the rightÄhand side of the plotter . î Pressing the small drive belt against the tensioner wheel in the belt tensioner to loosen the belt, slide the belt off of the motor gear; then carefully release your hand from the the tensioner wheel. î Loosen the two carriageÄmotor screws about 1/2 cm (about 1/4 inch). 6Ä35 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîîî îîîîî
Rotate Pull î Rotate the motor in the indicated direction. î Pull the motor down, clear of its bracket. 6Ä36 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î Remove the carriage motor î page 6Ä35. î Disconnect the mediaÄmotor cable from the main PCA (connector labeled X) and from the uppermost ferrite holder on the rightÄhand side of the plotter . Paper-motor connector îîîîî îîîîîîîî îî $îî î îî 'îîî #$î!#î $îîî îî"î î $ $ î%$ ) %"#îîî î $îî îîî îî" #$"î!î î Remove the two screws that secure the driveÄroller gear to the driveÄroller shaft. T orx-10 Reassembling: îîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îî îî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî î Remove the driveÄroller gear from the driveÄroller shaft. î îî îîîî îîî îî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî 6Ä37 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîî &îîî $îî îîîîî îî *î(î#î î $ "
îî R emove the two screws that secure the media motor to the mediaÄmotor mount. îî Pull the media motor towards the rear of the plotter . îî Disconnect the flat encoder cable from the motor , and lift the motor clear of the plotter . T orx-15 Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the accuracy calibration (Details î chapter 7.) Reassembling: The worm pinion and driveÄroller gear mesh slightly during use. Don't install a new motor and an old gear , or vice versa: install the gear that comes with the motor . Apply the grease that comes with the new motor to the worm pinion and driveÄroller gear . 6Ä38 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî" îîîîî îîîîîî î!îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî" î î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19 î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. WÄAÄRÄNÄIÄNÄG CAUTION The encoder strip is fragile. Do not damage it. Lay it on a flat surface when it is not in the plotter . î Remove the nut and washer that secure the encoder strip to the encoder springÄbracket on the right side of the plotter . 5.5 mm î Remove the nut and washer that secure the encoder strip to the service station on the left side of the plotter . 5.5 mm 6Ä39 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î Compressing the encoder springÄbracket to release tension on the encoder strip, carefully release the encoder strip from the service station. Compress Release 1 2 Service station Encoder strip Spring bracket î Carefully pull the encoder strip through and out of the carriage assembly . î Lay the encoder strip on a flat surface. îîîîîîîîîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî 6Ä40 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Ensure that the encoder strip is oriented with the transparent area up, and with three holes on the left side and one hole on the right side. î Thread the strip through the apertures in the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly . î With washer and nut, secure the encoder strip to the service station. î Press the forward end of the encoder springÄbracket slightly inward and place the encoder strip between the tabs and over the threaded post on the encoder springÄbracket. 5.5 mm Compress Spring bracket Threaded post T abs 6Ä41 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î With washer and nut, secure the encoder strip to the encoder springÄbracket. î Slide the carriage back and forth the length of its travel to ensure free movement. î îî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî 5.5 mm 6Ä42 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î If the maintenance you need to perform requires you to remove the trailing cable as well as the trailingÄcable guide, then remove the trailing cable now î page 6Ä29. î Remove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable guide to the tensioner housing. T ensioner housing T railing-cable guide T orx-15 CAUTION Exercise care to avoid damaging the ferrite ring when carrying out the following instructions. î Cut the plastic tie, on the spring in the ferrite ring, located where the trailingÄ cable guide attaches to the Y Ädrive bracket. Ferrite ring Spring and tie T railing-cable guide î Using a screwdriver , compress and release the spring from between the inside surface of the ferrite ring and the trailingÄcable guide. CAUTION Handle the trailing cable and the trailingÄcable guide with care. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî î î îîî îîîîîîî îîîî 6Ä43 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Remove the screw inside the ferrite ring. T orx-15 îî Slightly lift up the guide and carefully remove the ferrite ring. îî Move the trailingÄcable guide towards the rear of the plotter , rotate it to clear the arm of the cartridgeÄadjustment cam on the cartridge carriage, and lift the trailingÄcable guide clear of the plotter . CAUTION Be careful not to scrape the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA with the trailingÄcable guide if you are sliding the guide under the trailing cable. 6Ä44 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
The tensioner plate is under spring tension. Ensure that the plate does not spring back suddenly . Hold the right end (viewed from the rear) of the tensioner plate to keep the tensioner spring compressed. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Slide the cartridge carriage towards the center of the plotter in order to access the tensioner . î Remove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable guide to the tensioner housing. î Remove the tensionerÄplate screw . T ensioner housing T railing-cable guide T orx-15 T orx-15 CAUTION 6Ä45 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î î î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî
î Carefully move the tensioner plate to the right until it clears the slot in the housing. T ensioner plate Slot î Carefully move the right end of the tensioner plate up and clear of the retaining tab. T ensioner plate Ta b î Decompress the tensioner spring by allowing the tensioner plate to move toward the rear of the plotter . T ensioner plate T ensioner spring îî R emove the Y Ätensioner spring and Y Ätensioner from the housing. 6Ä46 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî î îîîîî the Y Ätensioner housing screw . T orx-15 Loosen îî Slide the Y Ätensioner housing out from the Y Ätensioner bracket. Y -tensioner bracket Y -tensioner housing îî R elease the main idler from the cartridgeÄcarriage belt. îî Lift the Y Ätensioner housing clear of the plotter . 6Ä47 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the encoder strip î page 6Ä39. î Remove the trailingÄcable guide î page 6Ä43. î Remove the Y Ätensioner and housing î page 6Ä45. î Remove the two screws that secure the encoderÄstrip bracket to the serviceÄ station housing. Encoder-strip bracket Service-station housing T orx-15 î Lift the encoderÄstrip bracket clear of the plotter . îî R emove the three screws that secure the serviceÄstation cover to the serviceÄstation housing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî î T orx-15 Cover If you are installing a new cartridge carriage or a new carriage PCA, ensure that the plotter firmware is compatible with it. Incompatibilities could destroy the cartridges. (Details î chapter 9.) CAUTION 6Ä48 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîîî
îî Holding the serviceÄstation sled about 1 cm (or about 1/2 inch) to the left of its normal position with one hand, tilt the forward edge of the serviceÄstation cover up and lift the cover clear of the serviceÄstation housing. Sled Cover 1 2 îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled up slightly and release the sled spring from the serviceÄstation housing. 6Ä49 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled clear of the serviceÄstation housing and the plotter . 1 2 T ensioner wheel Motor gear Double pulley îî Move to the right side of the plotter . Pressing the small drive belt against the tensioner wheel to loosen the belt, slide the belt off of the motor gear; then carefully release your hand from the the tensioner wheel. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî î Small drive belt îî R emove the screw and washer that attach the encoderÄstrip spring to the spring bracket. Encoder-strip spring T orx-15 6Ä50 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî R emove the encoderÄstrip spring. îî R emove the double pulley from the Y Ädrive bracket. While doing this keep the palm of one hand beneath the double pulley to catch the doubleÄpulley bushing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî î îîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî î Bracket Double pulley Bushing W asher îî Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA. T railing-cable connector Cartridge-carriage PCA 6Ä51 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî R emove the right spring from the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly . îî R emove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable bracket to the carriage assembly . T orx-10 îî Lift the trailingÄcable and bracket clear of the carriage assembly . Bracket T railing cable îî Slide the cartridge carriage to the left side of the plotter . Cartridge carriage 6Ä52 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
In the following step, take care when moving the cartridgeÄcarriage over the plastic projection at the top left end of the serviceÄstation housing. T oo much force may damage the housing or the carriage. CAUTION îî Grasp the carriage rear preload bushing (rides on the rear slider rod), and move the carriage to the left and free of the slider rods. Cartridge carriage Rear preload bushing Slider rods îî Separate the rear bushing and preload spring from the carriage assembly , and carefully remove the carriage assembly and main drive belt from the plotter . Main drive belt Cartridge carriage Preload spring Rear bushing 6Ä53 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî Set the carriage assembly upsideÄdown on a flat surface. îî Using a small, standard screwdriver , remove the left and right belt clamps from the carriage assembly . Belt clamp îî R emove the main drive belt from the carriage assembly . Main drive belt CAUTION Be careful not to damage the clamps. Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the cartridgeÄalignment routine î chapter 7. Reassembling : Correctly install the clamps, so that they don't fall out during plotter operation! 6Ä54 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. Bail-sensor connector Bail sensor î Note the position of the bailÄsensor cable for reassembly . Incorrect positioning could cause obstruction of the cartridge carriage and motor gears. î Disconnect the bailÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA, and from its ferrite and holding clip on the right sideplate. î Carefully feed the bailÄsensor cable out from the electronics enclosure and from under the motor assemblies. î Unclip the bail sensor from its holder , and lift it, with cable, clear of the plotter . Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the bail calibration î chapter 7. The ferrite holder opens from the top. Reassembling: The cable goes through the same ferrite as for the window Äsensor cable î page 6Ä24. Bail sensor Bail-sensor holder 6Ä55 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî
îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î Open the window . î Move the cartridgeÄcarriage to the extreme left. Cartridge carriage îîîîî îîîîîîîî î Push both of the plastic ends of the bail towards each other to release them from the holes in the sideplates, and lift the bail up and clear of the plotter . 1 1 2 Push Push îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîî î îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîîîîî îîîîî 6Ä56 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Move the cartridge carriage to the center of its travel. Cartridge carriage î Remove the nut and washer that attach the encoder strip to the encoderÄstrip bracket. 5.5 mm î Loosen the two screws that attach the encoderÄstrip bracket to the serviceÄstation assembly , until tension can be relieved on the encoder strip, and it can be detached from the bracket. 1 1 2 Bracket Encoder strip î Remove the encoderÄstrip bracket from the service station. îî îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîîî îî îî îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî î îî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî 6Ä57 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî
î Remove the three screws that secure the serviceÄstation cover to the serviceÄstation housing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî î T orx-15 Cover î Holding the serviceÄstation sled about 1 cm (or about 1/2 inch) to the left of its normal position with one hand, tilt the forward edge of the serviceÄstation cover up and lift the cover clear of the serviceÄstation housing. Sled Cover 2 1 îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled slightly up and release the sled spring from the serviceÄstation housing. 6Ä58 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled clear of the serviceÄstation housing and the plotter . îî R emove any wet ink from the wiper in the serviceÄstation housing. îî R emove the wiper from the top of the wiper rod by pulling the wiper up. Wiper îî R emove the screw and washer that secure the wiper rod and rocker to the left sideplate, and lift the rod and rocker clear of the plotter . wiper rod wiper rocker T orx-15 îî R emove the three screws that attach the serviceÄstation housing to the left sideplate. T orx-20 îî Lift the serviceÄstation housing slightly up and pull it clear of the left sideplate. 6Ä59 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
2 î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Lift the left front trim clear of the plotter . î Remove the bail î page 6Ä56. î Remove the clutch retaining ring that secures the overdrive clutch to the overdrive roller . Y ou can do this with a needleÄnose pliers, îîîîîî î having to remove the service station. (The service station is not shown in the diagram.) Note the position and orientation of the overdrive clutch. When correctly installed, the overdrive roller can be manually rotated forward only . î While flexing the media separator upwards, slide the overdrive roller horizontally to the right until the overdrive clutch and sideplate bushing can drop free of the roller . 1 3 Media separator Overdrive roller Sideplate bushing Overdrive clutch Clutch retaining ring Overdrive roller 6Ä60 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîî
î Move the overdrive roller to the right until it has completely cleared the left sideplate but not entered the hole in the right sideplate. î Release the overdrive roller from the overdrive bushing (small black clips underneath the media separator), and lift the overdrive roller clear of the plotter . 6Ä61 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. î Remove the three indicated screws from the left sideplate. 1 2 3 T orx-15 T orx-20 LEFT ÄHAND SIDE î Remove the two indicated screws from the right sideplate. 1 2 T orx-15 T orx-20 RIGHT ÄHAND SIDE î Lift the overdrive enclosure clear of the plotter . îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî Overdrive enclosure 6Ä62 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî
îîî îîîîî îî îîîî î îîî îîîîîî î îîî îî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîîî î P osition the overdrive enclosure between the two sideplates. î Replace the two indicated screws. (îîîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 1 2 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî T ake care not to damage the mediaÄsensor flags. The overdrive enclosure should not touch them. CAUTION 6Ä63 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî
î Insert the two indicated screws, but DO NOT tighten them. (îîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 3 4 T orx-20 î Replace the indicated screw and tighten it, thus aligning the overdrive enclosure with the left sideplate. LEAVE L OOSE LEFT ÄHAND SIDE RIGHT ÄHAND SIDE 5 î Tighten the two screws you inserted in step 3. T orx-15 LEFT ÄHAND SIDE T orx-15 6Ä64 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. î Unscrew the pinchÄarm lever and right front trim and lift them clear of the entry platen, taking care not to damage the window sensor . î Remove the overdrive enclosure î page 6Ä62. î Remove the three indicated screws from the left sideplate. 1 2 3 T orx-15 T orx-20 1 2 T orx-15 î Remove the two indicated screws from the right sideplate. îî Underneath the plotter , remove the screws from the îîîîî of the bottom cover . îî Unscrew the power switch from the left sideplate. T orx-20 îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî T orx-20 T orx-20 6Ä65 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
îî Pull the entry platen out from the plotter in order to access the media sensor . îî Detach the mediaÄsensor holder from the underside of the entry platen by pulling the holder straight out. îî Cut the plastic tie that fastens the mediaÄsensor cable to the underside of the entry platen. îî Lift the entry platen clear of the plotter . Plastic tie T ake care not to cut the mediaÄsensor cable itself. CAUTION îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî 6Ä66 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
The order in which you replace the screws on the entry platen is important. î If the plotter is attached to a support, detach it. î Turn the plotter on its back. î Reconnect the media sensor to the entry platen (see also page 6Ä26). î P osition the entry platen between the two sideplates. î Replace the indicated screw on the leftÄhand side. ( îîîî dogÄpoint screw .) Tighten this screw , making sure that the entry platen is aligned tight against the îîîî sideplate. 1 T orx-15 î Replace the indicated screw on the rightÄhand side. ( îîîî dogÄpoint screw .) There must be no space between the entry platen and the îîîî sideplate. It doesn't matter if there is a small space between the entry platen and the îî îîî sideplate. 2 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî P osition the top of the entry platen under all of the small pivots on the inside of both sideplates, except the back pivot. Rest the entry platen against the back pivot. P osition the bottom of the entry platen above the bottom cover of the plotter . 6Ä67 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
î Replace the indicated screw . î Replace the two indicated screws. (îîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 4 3 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî 5 T orx-20 î Replace the screws on the bottom cover . T orx-20 D/A1Äsize plotters have four screws. E/A0Äsize plotters have five screws. îîî î îîîîî îîîî Before reÄinstalling the overdrive enclosure, ensure that both flags on the media sensor move freely when you pass a sheet of media over them. îî Turn the plotter to its correct position. îîîî îîîîî îîî After having reassembled the plotter , perform the mediaÄsensor calibration. 6Ä68 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Lift the left front trim clear of the plotter . î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î Remove the carriage motor î page 6Ä35. î Remove the media motor î page 6Ä37. îî R emove the encoder strip î page 6Ä39. îî R emove the bail î page 6Ä56. îî R emove the service station î page 6Ä57. îî R emove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. In the following step, take care not to damage the bail sensor . CAUTION îî R emove the three screws that attach the mediaÄmotor mount to the right sideplate. îîîîîîîîîîîî î Press down on the media mount as you replace the three screws. This is to ensure correct spacing between the drive roller and the cartridge nozzles. (Details î chapter 9.) îîîîî î îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî T orx-20 îî Unclip the cables from the holding clip underneath the mediaÄmotor mount. îî Lift the mount clear of the plotter . îî R emove the screw that attaches the media director to the chassis assembly and remove the media director . Media director T orx-15 îî Pull the pinchÄarm lever forward to raise the pinchÄarm assembly . Pinch-arm lever 6Ä69 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîîî
îî R emove the drive roller from the plotter . Reassembling: Ensure that the bearing assembly at the right end of the drive roller is seated in the right sideplate and completely on the right side of the axial bias plate. îîîîî î îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî Calibration: P erform the accuracy calibration after installing the drive roller . (Details î chapter 7.) 6Ä70 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
6Ä71 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The camÄgear support is a new part, introduced with the DesignJet 220 to help solve failures in the bailÄlift mechanism. It replaces the T eflonÄwasher solution of the DesignJet 200. A service note describes how to remove the Teflon washers and install the camÄgear support and associated parts on a DesignJet 200. (Details î chapter 9.) Engaging lever EngagingÄlever spring Screw (Remove from inside) Left sideplate Y Ätensioner bracket CamÄgear support Auto cam T o remove the bailÄlift mechanism, perform the following procedure: î Remove the drive roller î page 6Ä69. î Remove the engagingÄlever spring. Reinstalling: Connect the spring to the upper rung on the leg of the Y Ätensioner bracket. Connecting to one of the lower rungs overtightens the spring and can cause failure of the bailÄlift mechanism. î Remove the two screws from the camÄgear support. (T orx 15) Reinstalling: a. Remove the screw from the front leg of the Y Ätensioner bracket. (T orx 20) b. Reinstall the two screws on the camÄgear support. (T orx 15) c. Reinstall the screw on the Y Ätensioner bracket. (T orx 20) î Slide the support to the left. î Remove the engagingÄlever screw from inside the left sideplate. (T orx 15) î On the inside of the left sideplate, pull the cam to the right and off the lever assembly . î Remove the engagingÄlever assembly from the plotter . Calibration: P erform the bail calibration after reassembling the plotter . (Details î chapter 7.)
6Ä72 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îî î Remove the drive roller î page 6Ä69. î Push the pinchÄarm lever (located on the right side of the entry platen) into the vertical position. î Remove the screws on the entry platen, î page 6Ä65, and pull it slightly forward. î On the right side of the plotter , disconnect the rockerÄplate tension spring to relieve any remaining tension on the pinchÄarm lift mechanism. îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî
6Ä73 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 î On the right side, loosen the camÄjournal screw 12 turns counterÄclockwise and push the screw in towards the center of the plotter . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîî T orx-8 î Repeat the previous step and try to pull the cam journal and rear wire link to the right and clear of the bar cam. î î îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîîî Do not overtighten the camÄjournal screw . Doing so could break the journal, cause the bar cam to enter the sideplate hole, and thus restrict the action of the pinchÄarm lever . CAUTION
6Ä74 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 î Grasp the cam journal on the left side of the plotter with your left hand. î Reach around to the front of the plotter and push the top of the bar cam slightly towards the rear of the plotter , simultaneously pulling the cam journal to the left, so that the bar cam can begin to slide out of the left sideplate. Cam journal Bar cam Left sideplate îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîî îî îîî î î îîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î While pressing the rightÄmost pinchÄarm assembly towards the rear of the plotter against its spring tension, slide the bar cam left until it clears that pinchÄarm assembly . îî Remove the pinchÄarm assembly and spring from the chassis. î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî Pinch arm Spring Bushing PinchÄarm assembly îî Repeat the previous two steps until all of the pinchÄarm assemblies have been removed or until you have removed the pinchÄarm assembly that is to be replaced.
îîîî î îî îîîîî îîîîî
Align Cartridges 7Ä2 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 When to Calibrate the Plotter Indications or Repairs Performed Calibration Required Jagged lines on plots Cartridge Alignment Cartridges are reseated or replaced Cartridge Alignment Drive roller is removed or replaced Accuracy Calibration Media (X-axis) motor is replaced Accuracy Calibration Configuration-plot X-mark distance is not 500mm ( î1mm) Accuracy Calibration Carriage or carriage LED is removed or replaced Cartridge Alignment and Setup-Sheet Calibration Edge-detect failures occur Cartridge Alignment Bail failures occur during media loading Bail Calibration Bail sensor is removed or replaced Bail Calibration Bail-lift mechanism is removed or replaced Bail Calibration Media sensor is removed or replaced Media-Sensor Calibration Leading and trailing margins of a plot are greater than 17 mm (0.67 in) Media-Sensor Calibration Problems occur scanning a setup sheet. Setup-Sheet Calibration EEROM is cleared or main PCA is replaced (In this order:) 1. Bail Calibration 2. Media-Sensor Calibration 3. Cartridge Alignment 4. Accuracy Calibration 5. Setup-Sheet Calibration Service Mode î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî î Switch the plotter off . î While holding the Align Cartridges key down, switch the plotter on. î Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Align Cartridges key . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî!îî îîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîî îîî î î Draft, Final, Paper îîî Transl/V ellum î îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî
7Ä3 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 FrontÄP anel Keys in Service Mode Pressing any single frontÄpanel key in service mode performs the same operation as in normal mode. However , in service mode, you can also use combinations of keys, to perform the various service tests and calibrations. With this intent, the Replot key acts as a SHIFT key , and the Cancel key acts as an AL T key . The following illustration indicates which service tests and calibrations are assigned to which frontÄpanel keys. A frontÄpanel overlay is provided with this manual; you can place it over the actual keys on the plotter . The designation of keys for service tests is also shown on the service configuration plot. Service Configuration Electrical T est Accuracy Calib. Print Accuracy Calib. Read Input/Output T est Stepper Motor T est Bail Sensor T est Bail Cycle T est Bail Calibration Servo/Encoder T est Setup-Sheet Calibration Media-Sensor Calibration îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî î î îîîî îîî î î îîîî îî î îîîî îî î Service Monitor with Shift Alt T o check whether a DesignJet 220 plotter is in service mode, press the AL T and SHIFT keys together , and then release them. If the plotter is in service mode, four LEDs î Draft, Final, Paper and Transl/V ellum î flash. Press any key and they stop flashing. P erforming T ests and Calibrations The general procedure to perform a service test or calibration is as follows: , Once in service mode (see previous page), hold down the SHIFT or AL T key , whichever is appropriate for the service test you want to perform. . Without releasing the SHIFT or AL T key , press the key corresponding to the service test or calibration you want to perform. A Release the keys once the Busy LED lights up. Procedures specific to each calibration are given on the following pages. (Service tests î chapter 8.)
Paper Load Media Media T ype Paper Ready Align Cartridges 7Ä4 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 Cartridge Alignment îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî If you suspect that the plotter is not producing plots of the highest quality , you can run a simple cartridgeÄalignment routine that will ensure that the print cartridges are aligned. P erform this routine also after clearing a media jam. The alignment is also automatically performed after each time you replace or reseat the print cartridges. In this case, the plotter uses the first sheet of media that you load to perform the alignment. îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî The cartridgeÄalignment routine includes calibration of the carriage LED. This is the optical sensor on the cartridge carriage, used to find the left and right media edges during media loading. (This calibration is independent of the setupÄsheet calibration. The setupÄsheet calibration calibrates the same LED , but the values stored are used only for scanning a setup sheet and are separate from the values strored during the cartridge alignment.) îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îî î î î îîî îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî î With the plotter îîîîîîîî îî, ensure the mediaÄjam lever (pinchÄarm lever) is îî and the window îîîî. The Load Media light should be on. î Choose the correct Media T ype on the front panel: If you are using plotting paper , as recommended in the following step, turn the Paper LED on. The Final and Draft lights have no significance for this procedure and either can be on. î Load an AÄsize or A4Äsize sheet of good quality plotting paper . (Y ou can also use larger media sizes.) The Ready LED lights up. î Press the Align Cartridges key . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî î îî î îîîîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî î î W ait one minute for the ink to dry and unload the paper .
7Ä5 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî îî îî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîî î î îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîîî Left cartridge Right cartridge } } Gap î If any of the leftÄcartridge or rightÄcartridge lines includes gaps, then the corresponding print cartridge should be either cleaned or replaced as appropriate.
7Ä6 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 Accuracy Calibration Purpose The accuracy calibration procedure is used to correct the endÄpoint accuracy of the media axis. The cartridge axis does not require calibration and is used to calibrate the media axis. P erform the accuracy calibration whenever the: î EEROM is erased î Main PCA is replaced î Drive roller is removed or replaced î Media (X Äaxis) motor is replaced What is the EndÄP oint Accuracy Specification ? The endÄpoint accuracy specifies how accurately a plotter can draw a given length of line. The endÄpoint accuracy specification for the plotters is ± 0.38 mm (0.015 in) or ± 0.2% of the specified vector length, whichever is greater , at 23 î C (73 î F), at 50Ä60% relative humidity on HP special polyester film. Use the following formula to calculate the plotter's accuracy: Measured length â Desired length Desired length x 100 = %Error What can A ffect the EndÄP oint Accuracy ? V arious part tolerances inside the plotter affect the accuracy (in particular the drive roller). Other outside influences include: î Media thickness. Thicker media creates longer lines. î Media expansion. As the media grows, so do the lines. î Application software. The software may be instructing the plotter to draw an incorrect line length. î The EEROM has been cleared. The accuracy constants are stored in this nonÄvolatile memory component. (Further information î chapter 5, î îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îî .)
SHIFT Accuracy Calib. Print 7Ä7 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Plot a service configuration plot î page 8Ä23. î Measure the distance between the centers of the îµX" marks on the configuration plot. An accuracy calibration is needed if this distance is not 500 mm (20 in) î1 mm (0.04 in) under normal environmental conditions. If the measured accuracy , media thickness, or environmental conditions vary greatly from the factory standards, recalibrate the plotter by continuing with the following steps. î Place a sheet of media (preferably inkjet polyester film) over the top of the plotter for 10 minutes to let the sheet stabilize to the environmental conditions. Use a sheet approximately 61 x 91 cm î24 x 36 inî. î Select the appropriate Media T ype on the front panel. î Load the media in portrait orientation into the plotter . If using inkjet polyester film, load the film with the matte îdullî side down. î When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Accuracy Calib. Print . The îîîî LED lights up and the plotter plots a calibration plot. The plotter ejects the sheet, and the Load Media LED lights up. î Unload the sheet. î Reload the sheet îîîîîîîî into the plotter , in the direction indicated by the arrows on the calibration plot. If the plotter is D/A1 size, the sheet does not fit in the entry slot in the orientation indicated by the arrows. In this case, cut the blank end off the media so that it fits. îCut along the long line on the plot; the cut must be very îîî îîîîî so that the sheet can be loaded.î For D/A1-size plotters, cut along this line
SHIFT Accuracy Calib. Read AL T Bail Calibration 7Ä8 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 îî When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Accuracy Calib. Read , The Busy LED lights up. The plotter takes about 3 minutes to read the calibration sheet, to calculate the calibration data, and to save the data in the EEROM. îDuring this time, the plotter appears almost motionless for short intervals.î The plotter then ejects the sheet. îî Unload the sheet. Bail Calibration In this procedure, the `up' position of the bail assembly is calibrated. A value is stored in the EEROM when the procedure is completed. P erform the bail calibration whenever the: î EEROM is cleared î Main PCA is replaced î Bail falls during media loading î Bail switch is replaced î BailÄlift mechanism is removed or replaced T o calibrate the bail, perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Hold down the îî î key and press îîîî îîîîîîîîîîî. The îîîî LED lights up and the bail begins cycles of being raised and lowered. During a number of the cycles, the bail is let fall instead of being gently lowered. The calibration ends after about a minute and a half .
AL T Media-Sensor Calibration 7Ä9 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 MediaÄSensor Calibration The mediaÄsensor calibration measures the position of the mediaÄsensor levers with respect to the drive roller . A value is stored in the EEROM when the procedure is completed. P erform the mediaÄsensor calibration whenever: î The EEROM is cleared î The main PC A is replaced î The media sensor is removed or replaced î The leading and trailing margins of a plot are greater than 17 mm (0.67 in). T o calibrate the media sensor , perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Hold down the AL T key and press Media Calibration . Any loaded media is ejected by the plotter . î When the Load Media LED begins to flash, load a sheet of media in landscape orientation. îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î When the Load Media LED begins to flash again, load the îîîî sheet in portrait orientation. îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî Ready îîî îîîîîî îîî
AL T Setup-Sheet Calibration 7Ä10 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 SetupÄSheet Calibration This calibration calibrates the power of the LED situated on the cartridge carriage, for better scanning of the setup sheet. P erform the setupÄsheet calibration whenever: î The EEROM is cleared î The cartridge carriage is replaced î The optical sensor on the cartridge carriage is replaced î Problems frequently occur with setupÄsheet scanning T o calibrate the LED, perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Load a blank sheet of paper . î î îîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîî î î Hold down the AL T key and press Setup-Sheet Calibration . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî T o verify that the calibration has been performed correctly , plot a service configuration plot, î page 8Ä23, and look at the field entitled î±Setup Sheet LED Calibration formula." A formula appears in this field. If the calibration has not been performed correctly , a message, saying that the LED has not been calibrated for setup sheet, appears.
8Ä0 8 Troubleshooting
8Ä2 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 P ower On The plotters automatically perform a series of internal self tests and mechanical initialization sequences whenever the user switches the plotter on. These are completed after about 30 seconds. If a failure occurs, an error is indicated on the frontÄpanel LEDs. Y ou can perform a failure analysis by interpreting the LED error code. (Details î later in this chapter .) P owerÄOn Self T est The powerÄon self test does the following: 1 Initializes the servo processor . 2 Initializes the main processor . 3 T ests communication between the main processor and the servo processor . 4 T ests the ROM checksum. 5 Causes the main processor to initialize certain firmware modules and communicate with the carriage processor . 6 T ests the EEROM checksum. 7 T ests the servoÄprocessor transfer buffer and interruptÄtracking abilities. 8 T ests the communication between the processors again. 9 T ests the carriage ASIC . 10 Begins mechanical initialization of the plotter .
Access Cartridges 8Ä3 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Extended P owerÄOn Self T est P erform the extended powerÄon test whenever the plotter passes the normal powerÄon test, but does not function properly . T o begin the extended powerÄon test, perform the following procedure: , Switch the plotter off . . While holding the Access Cartridges key down, switch the plotter on. A Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Access Cartridges key . As well as carrying out the normal powerÄon tests, the extended powerÄon test does the following: , T ests the processorÄsupportÄASIC motion control circuitry . (These circuits control the media and carriage motors.) . T ests the swath RAM. A T ests the communication link between the cartridgeÄinterface ASIC and the carriage ASIC . 4 T ests the available DRAM not being used by the system. (The length of this test is dependent on how much DRAM is installed.) 5 Begins mechanical initialization of the plotter . Mechanical Initialization The automatic mechanical initialization of the plotter begins at the end of the powerÄon test. The initialization procedure does the following: , Checks the window sensor . . Locates the initial position of the stepper motor . A Initializes the carriage axis (Y Äaxis). 4 Ejects any loaded sheet of media. 5 Checks the pinchÄarm sensor . 6 Checks the media sensor . 7 Sets the plotter to accept media. 8 T ests the remainder of the DRAM.
8Ä4 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 What Y ou Should See and Hear When you turn on the plotter , the following happens: 1 All six LEDs light up for a brief moment; then the Busy LED remains on. îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî îî îî îîîîîî îîî îîî î îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî Busy îî î îîîîîî îîî 2 The stepper motor makes a buzzing noise. 3 The cartridge carriage knocks against the leftÄhand side. 4 The carriage moves across the plotter and knocks three times against the rightÄhand side. 5 The carriage returns to the leftÄhand side. 6 Any loaded sheet of media is ejected. 7 If either cartridge is not correctly positioned, the carriage moves to a position where you can access it; the Cartridges LED lights up indicating that you have to load, reseat or replace the cartridges. (Instructions î User's Guide.) 8 The cartridges are cleaned in the service station on the leftÄhand side of the plotter . During the cleaning process, the carriage moves slightly a number of times for the wiper to wipe the nozzles. 9 The carriage then parks in the service station on the leftÄhand side of the plotter . 10 If you have loaded or reseated the cartridges, the Cartridges and Load Media LEDs flash, indicating that the first sheet of media that you load will be used to run the cartridgeÄalignment procedure (Details î chapter 7.) 11 If the cartridges are already aligned, the Load Media LED lights up to indicate that the plotter is ready for you to load media.
Error Cartridges Error Ready Error 8Ä5 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Errors Indicated by LEDs The Error LED on the front panel works in combination with the other LEDs to specify the type of error that has occurred. The three possible states of any LED are represented like this: Off On Flashing îîîî îîîî îî User errors are associated with user settings or user actions and may be solved by the user without calling a Customer Engineer . They are indicated by the Error LED flashing. (Further Information D User's Guide, chapter 4, îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî .) Error and Cartridges flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action An error was detected during the cartridgeÄalignment routine. 1. Remove the cartridges. 2. Ensure that the protective tape has been removed and that the contacts are clean. 3. Replace the cartridges. 4. If the LEDs do not stop flashing when you lower the window , replace both cartridges with new ones. See also D later in chapter , w îîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîî î î îîîîî . An error was detected while scanning a setup sheet. 1. Check the quality of the media and print of the setup sheet. 2. If the quality appears acceptable, try loading the sheet again face down. If not, use a newly printed setup sheet. 3. If the error persists, perform the setupÄsheet calibration. Error and Ready flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The current plot is too large for the plotter's memory T o be able to perform this plot, you have to install more memory . (If the plot is a raster plot, it might work if you send it with a no negative motion RTL command.)
Busy Error Load Media Error 8Ä6 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Busy flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The serialÄinterface settings are different on the plotter and on the software. 1. Print a setup sheet and check the plotter's current settings for Baud Rate and Parity . 2. Compare these with the current settings of the same two items for your application software. They must be the same. 3. If necessary , change the plotter's settings. The serialÄinterface cable is not correctly connected. Connect the cable correctly . The computer is ignoring the plotter's handshake signals. If the computer is using hardware handshake, ensure that the serialÄinterface cable has a handshake wire. Error and Load Media flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The media does not advance around the roller when loaded. Remove the media and reload it. Y ou loaded the media too far from the right side. Remove the media and reload it, aligning the right edge between the two dashed lines on the loading area. The leading edge of the media is not parallel to the roller . Reload the media, aligning it correctly . The media is too small for the plotter . Use an AÄsize or A4Äsize sheet or larger . Load in portrait orientation for setup and alignÄcartridge routines. See also D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîî îî î îî îîîî îîîîî .
8Ä7 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî îîîîîî System errors are associated with plotter hardware failure that needs to be repaired by a Service or Customer Engineer . System errors are indicated by the îî î îî LED lit and steady . In the tables on the following pages, the symbol represents the frontÄpanel LEDs, where, in this case, the Error , Paper and Ready LEDs are lit and steady , and the other LEDs are off . Error and Busy LEDs lit and steady: Input/output errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 336. RS Ä232ÄC data overflow . Data byte was not read before another was entered into the UA RT . At the time of printing of this manual, this error should be solved by replacing the main PCA. If the problem remains, consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 276. F ailure of RS Ä232ÄC loopback test. Ensure the loopback connector is the appropriate one. / R eplace main PCA. 340. F ailure of centronics READ . Replace main PCA. î îîîî î îî îî î îîîî Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Plot Quality Media T ype Cancel
8Ä8 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Ready LEDs lit and steady: Memory errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 81. F ailure of ROM test Replace EPROMs. If problem remains, replace main PCA. 21. F ailure of DRAM quick test Replace main PCA. 85. F ailure of DRAM full test Replace main PCA 49. F ailure of Swath RAM test Replace main PCA 113. F ailure of EEROM test Replace main PCA. 53. DRAM SIMM failure Replace DRAM SIMM. If problem remains, replace main PCA. 117. Sensor structure - firmware failure At the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 145. Out of memory Install a larger DRAM SIMM.
8Ä9 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Load Media LEDs lit and steady: MediaÄpath/servo errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 82. Shutdown of media axis (X Äaxis) See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîîî . 22. Shutdown of carriage axis (Y Äaxis) See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîîî . 86. CarriageÄaxis failure Check encoder strip, carriage assembly , trailing cable, main PCA. 50. CartridgeÄcap failure See D later in this chapter , w î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîî . / Check the service station, encoder strip and media motor . 114. Error detected in mediaÄaxis servo feedback loop. Check media motor , mediaÄmotor encoder cable, main PCA. 54. Error detected in carriageÄaxis servo feedback loop. Check encoder strip, carriage assembly , trailing cable, main PCA. 118. Bail sensor indicates the bail is up when it should be down or vice versa, or the bail drops suddenly (missing the notch on the auto cam). See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî / Use the bailÄsensor test to help troubleshoot. / Check for mechanical problems. / P erform the bail calibration. 146. AccuracyÄcalibration error Did you load the media in the correct orientation? / Ensure that the marks are visible on the plot. If not, check cartridges. / Ensure that the sheet is cut correctly . / P erform a cartridge alignment: if alignment is correct, the problem may be in the main PCA, media motor or media motor gear; if alignment is incorrect, the problem may be in the carriage. 210. MediaÄsensorÄcalibration error . One of the flags on the media sensor may be positioned too far forward or too far back. Replace the media sensor . If the error persists, there may be a problem with the LED on the cartridge carriage: P erform a cartridge alignment / R eplace LED.
8Ä10 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Cartridge LEDs lit and steady: Miscellaneous errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 88. Processor fault At the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 28.Communication failure between the main and servo processors. Communication occurs through the processorÄsupport ASIC . Replace main PCA. 92. Servo interrupts not occurring or not reaching the main processor support ASIC . Replace main PCA. 56. Error in servoÄdrive calculations. Replace main PCA. 120. ServoÄprocessor communication error . Replace main PCA. 60. F ailed communications between the carriage and main processors. Check trailing cable connections and continuity . If needed, replace trailing cable, main PCA or carriage assembly . 124. The optical sensor on the carriage has failed to locate lines drawn during the cartridge calibration routine. Reduce ambient light. / If media is not clean and reflective, change media. / If lines are faint, replace cartridges. / Clean lens. / Replace LED. 152. F ailure of cartridgeÄinterface- ASIC test. Replace main PCA. 216. Firmware failure. A t the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . Note conditions before error occurred. Include setup sheet and service configuration plot in report.
8Ä11 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 FirmwareÄCode R evision Level T o check the firmwareÄcode revision level that the plotter is using, print a setup sheet or a service configuration plot. Troubleshooting Tips Repair Calibrate After you have made a repair , consider if any calibrations have been affected. Print Quality Y ou can use the user demonstration plot to look at overall print quality including smoothness and straightness of lines, arcs, circles, and characters. The procedure for plotting the demonstration plot is given in the User's Guide. Diagnosing Problems Y ou can use the service configuration plot to help diagnose problems. The procedure for plotting the configuration plot is given on page 8Ä23. Other Tips On the following pages are tips about solving the following problems: D Servo controlÄsystem failures D Frequent cartridge failure D BailÄliftÄmechanism failure D Cartridge carriage rubbing against encoder strip D Premature wearing of drive belts D Sensor does not find media edge D Last swath is clipped when replotting D Ink smearing D Plots joined or not plotted D Incorrect line widths D Plotter won't read setup sheet; Plots solid black area fill D Problems in loading media
8Ä12 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Servo ControlÄSystem F ailures MediaÄAxis (X ÄAxis) Shutdown In the case of a mediaÄaxis shutdown, try one or more of the following corrective actions: î Clear any binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. (Do not pull the media along the carriage axis. Doing so could break the mediaÄsensor flags.) î Remove the two screws that attach the driveÄroller gear to the drive roller . This should enable you to manually spin the drive roller . If it does not, the roller is probably jammed. î P erform the servo/encoder service test to check for problems with the mediaÄaxis motor encoder and main PCA. CarriageÄAxis (Y ÄAxis) Shutdown In the case of a carriageÄaxis shutdown, try one or more of the following corrective actions: î Clear any binding in the carriageÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. î Turn the plotter off. This should enable you to manually move the carriage along the carriageÄaxis. Check for any areas where the carriage may be binding. î Ensure that the double pulley , small drive belt, small belt tensioner , main belt, main idler , and carriage bushings are in correct working order . î P erform the servo/encoder service test to check for problems with the servoÄfeedback and motor drive systems. Frequent Cartridge F ailure Remove T ape and Align Cartridges One frequent cause of cartridge problems is that the user has forgotten to remove the tape from new cartridges. Remove the tape and perform a cartridge alignment. Damaged Encoder Strip Another cause of apparent frequent cartridge failure may be a damaged encoder strip. If the small slots on the strip are damaged, the plotter cannot position the carriage correctly during cartridge checking. Try replacing the encoder strip. Incompatibility between Carriage and Firmware In combination, cartridge carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PCA C2847Ä60125) and plotter firmware A.01.00 destroy the cartridges. Update the plotter firmware and replace the cartridges. (Details î chapter 9 î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîî.)
8Ä13 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî If a customer is complaining about shortened cartridge life or frequent cartridge failure, you should check the cartridgeÄcap alignment (procedure below). This is especially true if the problem is always happening to the same cartridge. A sure sign of a misaligned cap is excess ink around the cap and inside the ink reservoir . Y ou should clean the caps and reservoir using only water . Y ou should also clean the wiper . Cartridge caps Seating area îî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî The cartridge caps (also called serviceÄstation caps) are located in the service station. Looking closely at a cartridge's printÄhead reveals two parallel rows of nozzles. The cap should form a seal that surrounds the rows. If the caps are mispositioned, the seal may be touching one or more of the nozzles. The result is premature cartridge failure and a messy service station. îîîî îîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî The most common cause is that the cap is not seated properly on the serviceÄstation sled. Any of the serviceÄstation parts could cause misalignment if defective or installed incorrectly . îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî£îîî îîîîîîîîî The following tools are recommended for this procedure: D Soft lintÄfree wipes D NonÄpermanent ink marker (dry erase type works best) D 10X magnifier D Print cartridges T o check the alignment of the caps with respect to the printÄhead nozzles î Remove the window , center cover and left endcover . î Manually move the carriage out of the service station. î Load very clean cartridges into the carriage. îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîî î Apply ink to the seating area of the cartridge caps with the ink marker . î Manually move the carriage îîîî¡îî¢ into the service station, then out again. î Remove the cartridges and observe where the ink mark is positioned with respect to the nozzles. A 10X magnifier is very useful for this step. If one is not available, you should look at how centered the mark is within the gold pad area. î If the ink mark is touching any nozzle, you need to check and reseat the cartridge caps and repeat the test.
8Ä14 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 BailÄLiftÄMechanism F ailure Normal BailÄLift Sequence The following is what should happen during a normal bailÄlift sequence: , The cartridge carriage positions over the engagement lever . This connects the autoÄlift mechanism to the driveÄroller gear . The media motor becomes the driving force for the autoÄlift. . The media motor drives the drive roller , which in turn drives the bail autoÄlift. The bail begins raising up until the î¸UP" position is reached. A The carriage moves away from the engagement lever so that the media may be driven by the drive roller without affecting the position of the bail. (The bail is kept in the up position by the left bail arm resting in the notch on the gear cam.) 4 After the media is moved forward, the carriage again positions over the engagement lever . The media motor then drives the bail autoÄlift and the bail lowers to the down position. When the bail is down, it presses on the bail sensor switch. This is how the plotter knows the position of the bail. Problems î The cam gear and engaging gear detach from the driveÄroller gear even though the carriage is still actuating the engaging lever . This can happen due to excessive part tolerances or wear . î The engaging lever spring is installed on the lower rung of the Y Ädrive bracket, creating too much spring tension. Excessive spring tension accentuates any looseness in the bail lift parts. Install the spring on the upper rung. î The carriage does not properly locate the engagement lever , preventing the gears from engaging. Any problems with the carriageÄmotor control system (for example, the encoder strip) or associated mechanics could cause this problem. Also, if the carriage cannot find the true left stop during initialization (caused by interference), the engaging lever cannot be located. P ossible causes of interference are the serviceÄstation sled and the main tensioner bracket. î The bail falls from the up position. This can result if the cam is over or underÄrotated. The notch on the cam, used to catch the left bail bracket, is not properly located for the î¸bail up" condition, and the bail falls abruptly . A bail calibration may correct this problem. T eflon W ashers versus CamÄGear Support Problems can arise if the lift mechanism is too loose or too tight. The solution in the DesignJet 200 involved the use of teflon washers. A new solution comes with the introduction of the DesignJet 220 and involves a new part called the camÄgear support. (Details î chapter 9, î î îî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî.)
8Ä15 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Cartridge Carriage Rubbing against Encoder Strip When properly installed, the encoder strip should pass through the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly without touching it. Sometimes excessive rubbing may be experienced, causing the encoder strip to buckle or vibrate, and thus causing errors in the carriageÄaxis servo feedback system and poor carriageÄaxis position tracking. Y ou can adjust the encoderÄstrip position by adjusting the position of the encoder spring bracket. To do this, perform the following procedure: î Remove the power cord from the plotter . î Remove the window , center cover and right endcover . î Manually position the carriage assembly in the center of the plotter . î Loosen the top and bottom screws of the adjustable encoderÄspring bracket. î Manually move the bottom of the bracket about the bracket's top screw until the encoder strip is centered in the carriage; then tighten the screws. Premature W earing of Drive Belts The main belt or the small Y Ädrive belt may wear prematurely if the plotter is placed near a diazo copier that uses ammonia to produce blueÄline copies. The material used in the belts is very reactive to ammonia vapor . The vapor is very corrosive and can damage other parts as well. It is recommended to move the plotters away from such copiers. Sensor does not Correctly Find Media Edge Excessive ink deposits on the driveÄroller surface can fool the sensor by reflecting the light. (Cleaning roller î chapter 4.) Last Swath is Clipped when R eplotting This bug on DesignJet 200 plotters will be solved in firmware revision A.01.02. (Details î chapter 9.)
8Ä16 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Ink Smearing Add Starwheel Mount Ink may smear in DesignJet 200 plotters and early DesignJet 220 plotters due to cockle in the media caused by the geometry of the media path. The problem is more evident when loading A/A4Äsize media. (Solution D chapter 9, w Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts .) Change Carriage Rear Bushing Another reason for ink smearing in DesignJet 200 plotters is an insufficient distance between the cartridges and the media. This problem is solved in the DesignJet 220 plotters, using a new rear bushing on the cartridge carriage. Y ou can order this bushing for a DesignJet 200. (P art number D chapter 10.) Plots Joined or Not Plotted HP ÄGL Timeout If the user is using an HP 7586B (HP ÄGL) driver , it may not end files properly with the result that several plots may be joined, or not plotted at all. In this case you need to choose an HP Ä GL Timeout period. (Instructions D User's Guide.) The timeout tells the plotter how long to wait before assuming a plot is complete. Short timeout period: A timeout setting that is too short results in incomplete plots. Long timeout period: If the plotter has finished receiving the plot data ( Busy LED stops flashing and remains on) and is waiting for the timeout period to finish before plotting, you can command it to plot immediately by pressing Form Feed . Incompatibility between Trailing Cable and Main PCA The shielded trailing cable C3180Ä60033 (blue and white) is NOT compatible with old main PCAs (C3180Ä60101, C3180Ä68101, C3180Ä69101). Nothing is printed if you use them in combination. Update the main PCA. Incorrect Line Widths DesignJet 200 plotters with firmware version A.01.00 may plot line widths that are inconsistent with the selected values if an IN command is absent in the plot files. Update the firmware. (Details D chapter 9, w Problems Corrected by Firmware Release A.01.01.)
8Ä17 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Plotter won't Read Setup Sheet; Plots Solid Black Area Fill This problem can occur on DesignJet 200 plotters with the oldÄstyle cartridge carriage. Install a new carriage. (Details D chapter 9, w îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî.) Problems in Loading Media User's Guide The Troubleshooting section of the User's Guide lists mistakes you may be making if the plotter continually rejects your media. Long Media doesn't Load DesignJet 200 plotters with firmware version A.01.00 cannot load 1.6Äm media. Update the firmware. (Details D chapter 9, w îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîî.) Translucent Media doesn't Load Some DesignJet 200 carriage PCAs have problems sensing translucent media. The solution is to install a new cartridge carriage. (Further Information D chapter 9, w îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî.) Binding, or Missing Sensor Flags MediaÄload failures can also occur due to binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics or missing mediaÄsensor flags. Clear any binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. (Do not pull the media along the carriage axis. Doing so could break the mediaÄsensor flags.) Media Skews Badly Ensure that the media diverters (part number D page 10Ä26) are correctly installed. If one is missing or broken, replace it. T o access this part, you need to remove the drive roller !
8Ä18 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Service T ests T est Description Bail Cycle T est This tests the following: D Bail D Bail sensor switch D Drive Mechanics D Main PCA Bail-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Bail sensor switch D Main PCA D Mechanical interference Electrical T est The electrical test performs all of the following: D Carriage communications test D Carriage ASIC test: V alues stored in the carriage ASIC registers are temporarily stored. All registers are tested by writing, then reading, the numbers AA(hex) and 55(hex). When the test is complete, previously stored values are restored. D Cartridge interface ASIC test: V erifies the functionality of the cartridge interface ASIC. D Cartridge ASIC / carriage ASIC link test D EEROM checksum D On-board SIMM RAM test D ROM CRC test: Performs a ROM checksum and compares it to a checksum value previously stored. D Swath RAM test: T ests the RAM used by the cartridge interface ASIC to store the swath. Input/Output T est The input/output test performs the following: D Parallel input/output test: Reads the data and status registers of the Bi-T ronics P AL. (T ests only a small portion of the Bi-T ronics input/output functionality .) D Serial input/output test: V erifies the ability of the RS-232 interface to send and receive data. This test uses a special loopback connector (part number 07440-60302) to connect the output to the input.
8Ä19 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T est Description Media-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Media sensor on entry platen D Main PCA D Media opacity Pinch-Arm- Sensor T est This tests the following: D Pinch-arm sensor D Pinch-arm-sensor cable D Main PCA Service Configuration Plot The service configuration plot contains the following: D Hard-clip border around the plot enabling you to measure the margins. D Unique bar patterns enabling you to detect print-quality problems D Four X-shaped marks (crosshairs) for measuring the accuracy of the media-axis calibration. (The centers of the crosshairs should be 500 mm apart.) D Contents of EEROM, dumped in hexadecimal format. D Explanation of important EEROM parameters, including a mileage monitor and information on the last system error . D Designation of front-panel keys for service tests. Service Monitor (Data Display) Use the service monitor to compare the code sent by the computer with that received by the plotter . Instead of plotting the drawing that you send, the plotter prints part of the code that would otherwise have been used to plot the drawing. This code is useful when you suspect that there is a problem with the communication between the computer and the plotter . Servo/Encoder T est The servo/encoder test performs the following: D MediaÄaxis encoder test : V erifies the operation of the servo loop (Media-axis feedback). D CarriageÄaxis encoder test : V erifies the operation of the servo loop (Carriage-axis feedback). D Records the maximum pulse-width modulations used. Y ou can view this information on the service configuration plot.
8Ä20 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 T est Description Stepper-Motor T est The stepper-motor test continuously cycles the stepper motor , thus raising and lowering the wiper and the lever mechanism. It tests the following: D Stepper motor D Main PCA D Cartridge-adjust linkage D Wiper linkage Window-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Window sensor D Window-sensor cable D îîîî î îî
8Ä21 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 î îîîî îîîîîîî î îîî îî î îîîîîî The following table indicates the service tests that you can perform on particular assemblies: Assembly T ested by ... Bail Bail cycle test Bail-sensor Bail-sensor test, Bail cycle test Carriage-axis encoder/motor Servo/encoder test Carriage-axis encoder cable Servo/encoder test Cartridge-adjust linkage Stepper-motor test Cartridge carriage Electrical test Communication between computer and plotter Service monitor Double pulley Servo/encoder test DRAM SIMM Electrical test Drive belt Servo/encoder test Drive mechanics Bail cycle test Drive roller Servo/encoder test EEROM Electrical test Main belt Servo/encoder test Main idler Servo/encoder test Main PCA Electrical test, Input/output test, Stepper-motor test, Servo/encoder test, Bail-sensor test, Media-sensor test, Window-sensor test, Pinch-arm-sensor test, Bail cycle test Mechanical interference Bail-sensor test Media-axis encoder/motor Servo/encoder test Media-axis encoder cable Servo/encoder test Media sensor Media-sensor test Overdrive Servo/encoder test Pinch-arm sensor Pinch-arm-sensor test Pinch-arm-sensor cable Pinch-arm-sensor test ROM Electrical test Slider rods Servo/encoder test Stepper motor Stepper-motor test T railing cable Electrical test Window sensor Window-sensor test Window-sensor cable Window-sensor test Wiper linkage Stepper-motor test
AL T Bail Cycle T est AL T Bail Sensor T est SHIFT Electrical T est 8Ä22 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 P erforming the Service T ests The following paragraphs describe how to perform the various service tests. Y ou know that a test has failed if a system error is indicated by means of the frontÄpanel LEDs. Bail Cycle T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the AL T key and press Bail Cycle T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî A Press the AL T (Cancel) key when you want to stop the test. BailÄSensor T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the AL T key and press Bail Sensor T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îîî A Open the window within 120 seconds. îîîîîîîîî îîî Busy îîî îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîî 4 Manually raise the bail. îîî Ready îîî îîîîîîîî 5 Press the AL T (Cancel) key when you want to stop the test, and lower the window . Electrical T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the SHIFT key and press Electrical T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî
SHIFT Input/Output T est SHIFT Service Configuration 8Ä23 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Input/Output T est 1 Connect a loopback connector (part number 07440Ä60302) to the serial port of the plotter . If a connector is not available, you can place a jumper between pins 2 and 3 of the serial port for the test. 2 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 3 Hold down the SHIFT key and press Input/Output T est . An error is displayed on the front panel if the test fails. MediaÄSensor T est When the Load Media LED is lit, manually insert a sheet of media, so that it covers the media sensor . The Load Media LED should turn off , and the Busy LED should light up. îThe plotter then loads the sheet.î PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 1 With the window closed and the Load Media LED lit, pull the mediaÄjam lever (pinchÄarm lever) forward. This raises the pinch arms. The Ready LED should flash. 2 Push the mediaÄjam lever back to its original vertical position. This lowers the pinch arms. The Ready LED should stop flashing, and the Load Media LED should light up again. Service Configuration Plot 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Set the Plot Quality to Final on the front panel. 3 Load a sheet of A1Äsize or D Äsize media in portrait orientation. If you use a smaller sheet (minimum A4 or A size), all information will be plotted, except theî¹X" marks, used for accuracy calibration in chapter 7. 4 When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Service Configuration . The Busy light first begins to flash and then remains on and steady . The plotter plots the service configuration plot and ejects the media. 5 Unload the media. 6 See î¹Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot" on page 8Ä25 for how to analyze the bar pattern and how to read the EEROM text block.
SHIFT Service Monitor AL T AL T Servo/Encoder T est SHIFT Stepper Motor T est 8Ä24 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Service Monitor (Data Display) 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the SHIFT and AL T keys and press Service Monitor . 3 Send the file or files from the computer through the serial or parallel ports. 4 Press any frontÄpanel key when the file(s) have been transferred to the plotter . 5 Load a sheet of media (A3 size or B size minimum) in portrait orientation. Instead of plotting the drawings that you sent, the plotter plots the first and last Kbytes of the code for those drawings. The code is printed in hexadecimal and ASCII format. îIf the total size of the fileîsî sent is not bigger than one Kbyte, only the first buffer is printed.î The plotter exits the service monitor mode if the fileîsî sent contain PJL universal exit language. 6 Compare the code printed with the code sent from the computer to check if communication between the computer and the plotter is functioning correctly . Servo/Encoder T est 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the AL T key and press Servo/Encoder T est . The îîîî LED lights up and the carriage moves to the center of the plotter . Both the carriage and the roller then move backwards and forwards in cycles of six short steps, changing direction between cycles. 3 Press any frontÄpanel key to stop the test. StepperÄMotor T est 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the SHIFT key and press Stepper Motor T est . The Busy LED lights up and the stepper motor switches on, continuously raising and lowering the wiper and the lever mechanism. 3 Press the AL T key when you want to stop the test. WindowÄSensor T est 1 With the Load Media LED lit, open the window . The Ready LED should flash. 2 Close the window again. The Ready LED should stop flashing, and the Load Media LED should light up again.
8Ä25 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî î îîîîîî The configuration plot has special builtÄin diagnostic features. It includes seven bars printed along the top that enable you to detect printÄquality problems. îîîîî î îîî îîîî Use the first four bars (from left to right) to detect î Problems with nozzle firing direction î Missing nozzles These bars are a series of straight horizontal lines, four pixels apart. Different nozzles are used to create each of the four bars. Use a 10X magnifier to look at the patterns. P erfect patterns should be parallel lines equally spaced. Some slight errors in direction (meaning the ink dots are not being fired straight) are due to nozzle imperfections and cannot be fixed. Others may be caused by nozzle contamination. Y ou can sometimes correct these by cleaning the nozzles ( î User's Guide). îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî Use the fifth and sixth bars to detect î Banding î Problems with nozzle firing direction î Misalignment between the cartridges In the following two diagrams, î denotes a dot and î denotes a white space. The fifth bar is a 25% area fill pattern that looks as follows, îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî The sixth bar is also a 25% area fill pattern that looks as follows: îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî These bars should look solid gray . îîîîîîî îîî Use the seventh bar to detect misalignment between the cartridges. This bar is a series of vertical lines, 8 pixels apart. The lines should be straight with a deviation of no more than 2 mils.
8Ä26 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 P arameters Printed Below EEROM T ext Block (Decimal V alues) Number of P ower Cycles îNumber of times plotter has been switched on.î Number of P ages Printed Number of Bail Lifts Number of Bail Errors Number of System Errors Last System Error îSee System Errors earlier in this chapter for correspondence of numbers to errors.î Last System Error Data Bail Up P osition Offset îCalculated during bail calibration.î Bench Run îWhether the bench run has been performed or not.î Bench Run Maximum Y ÄAxis PWM îY Äaxis = carriage axis.î Bench Run Maximum X ÄAxis PWM îX Äaxis = media axis.î Encoder T ests Maximum Y ÄAxis PWM Encoder T ests Maximum X ÄAxis PWM Last X ÄAxis Calibration îX Äaxis calibration = accuracy calibrationî F actory Calibration F actor îThis is the driveÄroller correction factor , calculated during accuracy calibration.î Setup Sheet LED Calibration formula. îThe values in the formula are calculated during the setupÄsheet calibration.î Reading the EEROM T ext Block The contents of the EEROM integrated circuit are printed in hexadecimal form in a text block on the service configuration plot. T o read the EEROM text block, perform the following procedure: , Examine the EEROM memory map in T able 8Ä1 to find the memory address of the data you want to read. . Use the memory location key in T able 8Ä2 to locate the position of the memory address on the service configuration plot. A Read the contents of the memory address from the service configuration plot. Example: Searching for the mediaÄsensor correction factor 1 The EEROM memory map îT able 8Ä1î indicates that the memory address of the mediaÄsensor correction factor is 1b. 2 The memory location key îT able 8Ä2î indicates that address 1b is located in the second row from the top, in the fifth column from the right. 3 On the sample EEROM text block îTable 8Ä3î, address 1b contains the number 0. Therefore, in this case, the mediaÄsensor correction factor is hexadecimal 0 î= decimal 0î.
8Ä27 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T able 8-1. EEROM Map Address Li Definition Location 00 V alue=55 if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 01 V alue=AA if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 02 V alue=5A if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 10 Byte 0 of the number of bench-run cycles completed 1 1 Byte 1 of the number of bench-run cycles completed 15 Number of stepper cycles per bench-run cycle 16 Byte 0 of the total number of bench-run cycles 17 Byte 1 of the total number of bench-run cycles 18 Number of waits per bench-run cycle 19 Number of bail cycles per print in bench run 1a Number of swaths per bench-run cycle 1b Media-sensor correction factor . (Calculated during media-sensor calibration) 33 (bit 6) Bit 1 (MSB) of bail-calibration (00 = not calibrated; 1 1 = calibrated; status.. 01 and 10 = calibration in process) 33 (bit 7) Bit 0 (LSB) of bail-calibration status. 36 (bit 7) Need-cartridge-alignment flag. (1 = needs cartridge alignment) 37 (bit 0) V alid-cartridge-alignment flag. (1 = alignment performed OK) 39 PWM for carriage LED (calculated during cartridge alignment) 3d Byte 1 of media-axis alignment distance. (Positions engagement lever .) 3e Byte 0 of media-axis alignment distance. Constants at address locations 3F through 4D are loaded when the cartridge-alignment routine is performed. 3f V alue used to correct position of carriage LED relative to media axis. 40 V alue used to correct position of carriage LED relative to carriage axis. 41 Cartridge offset. (Used to correct distance between the two cartridges.) 42 Bi-directional of fset in columns. (Used to compensate for dif ferences between ink-drop trajectory when carriage is moving from left to right and that when carriage is moving from right to left.) 4b High-velocity factor , scaled by 64. (Used to adjust the bidirectional offset when the plot quality is set to draft mode.) 4d Cartridgesâ first nozzles (Not all of the nozzles are used; there may be an overlap between the two cartridges to allow for alignment. Bits 0 and 1 indicate the first nozzle used on the right cartridge. Bits 2 and 3 indicate the first nozzle used on the left cartridge.) 4e Drive-roller correction factor . (Calculated during accuracy calibration.)
8Ä28 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 T able 8Ä2 is a key to the EEROM memory text block on the service configuration plot. The first column is the same as on the plot; the remaining columns show the memory location number instead of the contents at each position on the text block. T able 8-2. Memory Location Key EEROM T ext Block Memory Locations 0: 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 â 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10: 10 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 â 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20: 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 â 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30: 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 â 38 39 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e 3f 40: 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 â 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d 4e 4f 50: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 â 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60: 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 â 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70: 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 â 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80: 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 â 88 89 8a 8b 8c 8d 8e 8f 90: 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 â 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d 9e 9f a0: a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 â a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0: b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 â b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0: c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 â c8 c9 ca cb cc cd ce cf d0: d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 â d8 d9 da db dc dd de df e0: e0 e1 e2 e3 e4 e5 e6 e7 â e8 e9 ea eb ec ed ee ef f0: f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 â f8 f9 fa fb fc fd fe ff
Cancel Replot 8Ä29 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 The block of text on the service configuration plot that shows the contents of the EEROM, appears in the form shown in T able 8Ä3. This table is a text block from a sample plot. The contents of the EEROM that you are testing will differ from this sample. T able 8-3. Sample EEROM Contents T ext Block EEROM contents: 0: 55 aa 5a 0 20 0 0 0 â 2b 0 0 0 3a 0 0 0 1 0 : 004 4 3 1 0000â00000000 20: 3 20 3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 â a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 3 0 : a 3 a 3 02 1 0008 1 â8 8 3 5 000e 0 f e 1 d 4 0 : f 2 022 5 2 7 f 2 f 2 9â9e 0 e 1 f 0 0500 5 0 : 000008 d 01âd e e d 5 7 3 e d 3 8 e d b 3 d 6 0 : ee d b3 a 1 6 000â200c a c 43 9 0 7 0 : 00000000â0000000c 9 80 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 90 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff a0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff b0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff c0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff d0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff e0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff f0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff Clearing the EEROM Careful: If you clear the EEROM, you will then need to perform all of the plotter calibrations. (Details î chapter 7.) T o clear the EEROM, perform the following procedure: 1 Switch the plotter off. 2 While holding both the Cancel and Replot keys down, switch the plotter on. 3 Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Cancel and Replot keys.
8Ä30 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîî îî
9Ä0 9 Product History and Service Notes
9Ä2 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Introduction This chapter describes the differences between earlier versions of the plotters and the latest version documented in this manual. SerialÄNumber F ormat The plotter serial number is composed of 10 letters and digits, for example ESA4800248. D In the first two positions is the code for the country of manufacture of the plotter . In the example above, this is ES , which is the code for Spain. D In the third position is the revision letter of the plotter . The letter A identifies the original version of the plotter . The next revision would have the letter B and so on. All DesignJet 200 plotters have revision letter A. The original version of the DesignJet 220 also has revision letter A. D In the fourth position is the last digit of the year of manufacture. This is 4 for plotters made in 1994, as in the example above. D In the fifth position is the month of the year . (October is represented by the letter A, November by B, and December by C .) In the example above, the digit is 8, that is, August. D The remaining five digits distinguish the plotter from others manufactured in the same country in the same month. In the example above, these are 00248.
9Ä3 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Identifying a Printed Circuit Assembly DesignJet 200 and DesignJet 220 PCAs have the following major identification features: î îîî î îîîîî PCAs having the same part number are directly interchangeable. If a PC A is revised in any way that makes it nonÄinterchangeable with previously issued PC As of a particular part number , a new part number is assigned to the revised PCA. îîîîîîîî îîîîîî This letter identifies the most recent revision to the etched circuit pattern. The original issue is identified with the letter A. If the master artwork for a printed circuit board is revised in order to alter performance or manufacture, the revision letter is changed to the next letter in the alphabetical sequence. îîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîîî The firmware revision code is printed on the EPROMs or masked ROMs on the main PC A, for example B.02.01. This code is also printed by the plotter on the setup sheet and on the service configuration plot. The DesignJet 200 old firmware revision A.01.00 is not forward compatible with the new carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PC A C2847Ä60125). In combination they destroy the cartridges. The DesignJet 200 old main PCA C3180Ä60101 is not forward compatible with the new shielded trailing cable C3180Ä60033 (colored blue on one side). îîîîîîî
9Ä4 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 P otential Ink Smearing Problem Date: 29 July 1994 Service Note: C3180AÄ01 C3181AÄ01 Supersedes: None Products: HP C3180A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (D/A1 Size) HP C3181A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (E/A0 size) Serial Numbers: ESA30000000/ESA3C99999 P arts required: None Situation: The mediaÄmotor mount, C1633Ä20006, must be removed to troubleshoot several assemblies associated with the media path of the DesignJet 200. This service note is intended to describe the printÄquality problem resulting from incorrect reassembling of this part and to provide a cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance specification for the DesignJet 200. Solution/Action: 1) Impact of CartridgeÄtoÄRoller Distance on Print Quality This distance is a critical parameter that dramatically impacts the print quality of the DesignJet 200. The acceptable height range is from 0.9 mm (0.035 in) to 1.3 mm (0.05 in). V alues below the lower limit are likely to cause inkÄsmearing, especially when using A or A4 media sizes. V alues above the upper limit result in ink spraying and overall poor print quality . 2) How does the MediaÄMotor Mount Affect this Distance ? If this part is not mounted correctly , the drive roller may be assembled slightly higher than its correct position, thus decreasing the cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance on the right side of the unit.
9Ä5 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 A) How/Where to Measure the Distance a) P ower off the unit. b) Ensure that the pinchÄarm lever is in the UP position. c) Open the window and remove the bail. d) Slide the carriage (with both cartridges loaded) to the right until the right black and yellow strip of the carriage is above the right sideplate (see figure 1.c). e) Carefully try to insert, one at a time, the following gauges below the left cartridge, (figure 1.b): * 0.6 mm (0.025 in) - gauge should enter without any effort * 0.7 mm (0.027 in) - gauge rubs slightly * 0.8 mm (0.031 in) - gauge may enter but the carriage is lifted when you insert the gauge. If the results are as described above, the distance is within specifications b Figure 1 90 d Right Side Cover Cartridge Front V iew Cartridge Chute a b c Drive Roller Surface a) Insert the gauges centered below the left (fixed) cartridge. Gauge Carriage side-view 90 d Drive Roller side-view b) c) Ref. Description specs (mm) a ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ nozzle platen to roller 0.9 to 1.3 ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ glue bed to platen 0.2 c ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ glue bed to roller 0.7 to 1.1
9Ä6 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 4) What to Do with Units Exhibiting InkÄSmearing Problems If the unit is exhibiting an ink Äsmearing problem using HP Ärecommended media and under proper environmental conditions, do the following: i) Ensure the glue bed of each cartridge is as specified in item (b) of the table in figure 1. ii) If both cartridges are okay , do the following: a) V erify the carriageÄtoÄroller height as in (3) above: * If within specs refer to note below . * If out of specs continue the procedure. b) R emove the right endÄcover c) R emove the carriage and media motors from their support. d) Loosen (one turn) the three screws holding the mediaÄmotor mount in place. e) R etighten them while applying a downward pressure as shown in the figure 2. Apply pressure while tightening screws 1, 2 & 3 Figure 2 1 2 3 f) Check the carriage height as in (3) above. g) If the value is within specs, reassemble the unit. If still out of specs redo steps (b) to (f). h) V erify proper operation of the unit by plotting a demo plot on A/A4Äsize media. Note: This procedure is intended to troubleshoot only those inkÄsmearing problems caused by incorrect cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance. Make sure that proper humidity conditions are met and also check for mediaÄrelated factors that may influence this distance (for example wetÄcockle effect). Administrative Information Classification: Information Only Author/Entity: PP/F900
9Ä7 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Problems Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.01 Date: 29 July 1994 Service Note: C3180AÄ02 C3181AÄ02 Supersedes: None Products: HP C3180A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (D/A1 size) HP C3181A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (E/A0 size) Serial Numbers: ESA30000000/ESA3C99999 T o be performed by: HP ÄQualified P ersonnel P arts required: C3180Ä18006 A.01.01 EPROM (U28) C3180Ä18007 A.01.01 EPROM (U29) C3180Ä18008 A.01.01 EPROM (U9) C3180Ä18009 A.01.01 EPROM (U4) Situation: Firmware version A.01.00 of the DesignJet 200 exhibits the following problems: 1) The unit is not able to load 1.6 m cutÄsheet media. 2) In the absence on an IN command in the plot files, the resulting line widths are not consistent with the selected values. 3) Carriage startÄup pulses may damage the print cartridges causing early cartridge failures. Solution/Action: Whenever a unit exhibits a problem as described above, replace firmware version A.01.00 by firmware version A.01.01. Production units may have the A.01.00 code implemented in two different sets of devices: 1) EPROM/OTP devices: P/Ns: 1818Ä5724 A.01.00 (U28) 1818Ä5725 A.01.00 (U29) 1818Ä5726 A.01.00 (U9) 1818Ä5727 A.01.00 (U4) 2) Mask ROM devices: P/Ns: 1818Ä5484 A.01.00 (U28) Mask 1818Ä5485 A.01.00 (U29) Mask
9Ä8 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 All the part numbers associated with both A.01.00 implementations are obsoleted and replaced by A.01.01 part numbers. Usage of a DIP Ä40 IC Äextracting tool or similar is highly recommended to prevent damage to the Main PC A traces. Note that firmware version A.01.01 is available only on EPROMs. Make sure that proper ESD safety procedures are followed and that the devices are correctly plugged into their sockets, leaving the rightmost pair of holes free. Administrative Information Classification: Modification recommended Standards: Labor hours 0.5, Travel authorized Action Category: On specified failure Location Category: OnÄsite Service Inventory: Scrap Used P arts: Scrap HP Responsible Until: 15ÄJuneÄ96 Author/Entity: PP/F900 Problems that will be Corrected by Firmware Release A.01.02 Date: 29 July 1994 Bug Fixing R TL: Fix bitmap on negative Y Äcoordinates. (Jail effect) ST ARSHIP: PJL enter language = HPGL/2 was going back to HPGL; now goes to HPGL/2. REPLOT : Replot clips last swath. When doing replot (same size as the original plot), sometimes the last swath of the plot is clipped. This is because the mediaÄload sheet length measurement is not exact, so the plotter recognizes the sheet as shorter than it actually is. Fixed by increasing the tolerance on sheet length before clipping by 0.15 in. when replotting. The previous tolerance was only 1/1200 in. CANCEL: In firmware versions A.01.01 (DesignJet 200) and B.02.00 (DesignJet 220) the user could not cancel while plotting nonÄflowÄmode plots (plots that don't exceed maximum memory available in plotter). Fixed. îîîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî
9Ä9 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 EPROMs and Masked ROMs 1818Ä5484 cd: 0 1818Ä5726 cd: 3 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.00, obsolete) Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 Masked ROMs (Firmware code A.01.00, obsolete) 1818Ä5727 cd: 4 1818Ä5724 cd: 1 1818Ä5725 cd: 2 1818Ä5485 cd: 1 C3180Ä18008 cd: 9 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.01) C3180Ä18009 cd: 0 C3180Ä18006 cd: 7 C3180Ä18007 cd: 8 1818Ä5971 cd: 0 C3187Ä18016 cd: 6 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 EPROMs (Firmware code B.02.00, obsolete) Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.00, obsolete) C3187Ä18017 cd: 7 C3187Ä18014 cd: 4 C3187Ä18015 cd: 5 1818Ä5972 cd: 1 1818Ä6016 cd: 6 Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.01) 1818Ä6017 cd: 7 The DesignJet 200 old firmware revision A.01.00 is not forward compatible with the new carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PCA C2847Ä60125). In combination they destroy the cartridges. CAUTION
9Ä10 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 R eÄinstalling T eflon W ashers Normally , you should not have to reÄinstall teflon washers on a DesignJet 200. Instead, you should install a camÄgear support and the associated parts as described later in this chapter . The following note is given in case you need to reassemble the plotter while you wait for these parts to arrive. Problems can occur if the bailÄlift mechanism is too loose or too tight. Typically the number of teflon washers to install is two. However , the ideal reassembly procedure is as follows: î ReÄinstall the lift mechanism using î îî washers. î With the engagingÄlever spring installed, press down on the lever and slowly let it rise. î If the lever does not completely lift up using the spring tension alone, remove one washer . î îî îîî îîîîîîî
9Ä11 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 New BailÄLiftÄMechanism Support Date: 01 August 1994 Service Note: Draft Supersedes: None Products: HP DesignJet 200 C3180A & C3181A Serial Numbers : C3180A ESA0000000/ESA4507951 C3181A ESA0000000/ESA4508541 T o Be P erformed By: HP ÄQualified P ersonnel P arts Required: C2858Ä60209 Bail Mechanism Assembly Situation : The bail features an automatic lift mechanism driven by the media motor using a series of gears and actuated by the carriage. The lift mechanism is composed of the engagement lever , cam gear , engagement gear , autoÄcam and teflon washers. When it is necessary to lift the bail, the carriage positions itself over the engaging lever , pressing it down (the lever is spring loaded). As the lever is pressed down, the gear cam and the engaging gear are connected to the left drive roller gear . Once connected, the driver roller rotates (via the MediaÄdrive motor), causing the cam to rotate. As the cam rotates, it pushes against the left bail pivot, raising the bail. The teflon washers are installed between the autoÄcam and the sideÄplate to act as shims which reduce looseness between the different parts of the assembly . Typically the number of T eflon W ashers to install on a DesignJet 200 is two. However problems can occur if the bail lift is too loose or too tight. In some cases, it may be necessary to install between 1 and 3, thus complicating the repair procedure. Solution A new solution has been introduced in order to improve the serviceability of the bailÄlift mechanism and which avoids the use of teflon washers. The looseness of the mechanism is reduced by a new part, the camÄgear support. This part attaches to the Y Ätensioner bracket and fits into the center of the cam gear preventing the movement of this gear during the engaging process. A new liftÄmechanism kit has been created that includes all the necessary parts to implement this new solution. The part number of the kit is C2858Ä60209. It is expected to be available at the beginning of September 1994.
9Ä12 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî Engaging lever EngagingÄlever spring Screw (Remove from inside) Left sideplate Y Ätensioner bracket CamÄgear support Auto cam IMPOR T ANT : Y ou need a scissors as well as the tools listed in chapter 6. 1. R emove the window assembly and the left endÄcover . 2. R emove the the bail assembly , the encoder strip and the service station. 3. R emove the primer assembly . 4. R emove the Y Ätensioner bracket and related assemblies. 5. Using scissors or a cutter , cut the teflon washers. 6. Using needleÄnose pliers, remove the teflon washers. IMPOR T ANT : Ensure that you have removed all the teflon washers and that you are not leaving any fragment between the sideÄplate and the autoÄcam. If you are not able to remove them, perform the following additional steps: a. Disassemble the plotter to access the automatic bailÄlift mechanism following the procedure described in chapter 6. b. ReÄinstall the bailÄlift mechanism WITHOUT the teflon washers. 7. Place the camÄgear support into the slot on the NEW Y Ätensioner bracket included in the bailÄmechanism assembly . 8. Install the Y Ätensioner bracket on the left sideplate. Tighten the two left screws and leave the right one loose.
9Ä13 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 9. While softly pushing the camÄgear support all the way into the center of the gear , tighten the two screws that attach the camÄgear support to the Y Ätensioner bracket. IMPOR T ANT : Ensure that the bailÄlift mechanism easily performs the engaging and disengaging movement, by pushing the cam gear with your fingers. 10. Tighten the right screw of the Y Ätensioner bracket. 11.ÄReÄassemble the plotter and perform the calibrations in the following order: a. Cap alignment (chapter 9) b. Bail calibration (chapter 8) c. Accuracy calibration (chapter 8) Administrative Information DRAFT SER VICE NOTE Classification: Modification available Reason: Serviceability & Reliability Enhancement Action Category: Location Category: OnÄSite A vailability: Product Support Life Author/Entity: EV/F900 Change in Trailing Cable Early DesignJet 200 plotters were manufactured with the following trailing cable and associated parts: D Unshielded Trailing Cable, C3180Ä60007 (colored white on both sides) D TrailingÄCable Rear Tray , C3180Ä00006 D F our F errites, 9170Ä1535 (two inside electronics enclosure, two on trailingÄcable rear tray) D F our F errite Clamps, 9170Ä1533 Later DesignJet 200 plotters, and DesignJet 220 plotters, have a new trailing cable and associated parts, improving electromagnetic compatibility and rendering unnecessary the ferrites on the trailingÄcable rear tray: D Shielded Trailing Cable, C3180Ä60033 (colored white on one side, blue on the other side) D TrailingÄCable Rear Tray , C3180Ä00040 D Two F errites, 9170Ä1535, inside the electronics enclosure D Two F errite Clamps, 9170Ä1533 The shielded trailing cable is NOT compatible with old main PC As (C3180Ä60101, C3180Ä68101, C3180Ä69101).
9Ä14 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Change in Carriage Early DesignJet 200 plotters were manufactured with the following cartridge carriage: î Cartridge Carriage, C1633Ä60120 (including Carriage PC A, C2847Ä60103), now obsolete. Later DesignJet 200 plotters, and DesignJet 220 plotters, have a new cartridge carriage: î Cartridge Carriage, C2847Ä60071 (including Carriage PC A, C2847Ä60125). The new carriage is not compatible with the DesignJet 200 firmware revision A.01.00. In combination, they destroy the cartridges. If you install a new carriage, ensure that the firmware revision of the EPROMs or masked ROMs on the main PCA is later than A.01.00. Later firmware revisions can be installed with either carriage. Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts DesignJet 200 plotters, and early DesignJet 220 plotters, were manufactured with 9 starwheel mounts on D/A1Äsize models, and 13 starwheel mounts on E/A0Äsize models. T o reduce the risk of the mediaÄpath geometry sometimes causing media to cockle and ink to smear , later DesignJet 220 plotters include an extra starwheel mount towards the rightÄhand side of the bail. (The problem was greatest when loading A/A4Äsize media.) If you are ordering a new bail, overdrive roller or overdrive enclosure, ensure that you order the appropriate part corresponding with the number of starwheel mounts on the plotter . A service rework kit is available if you need to replace îîî 9Ä or 13ÄstarwheelÄmount parts with 10Ä or 14ÄstarwheelÄmount parts respectively . (P art numbers î page 10Ä24b.)
10Ä1 10 P arts and Diagrams
10Ä2 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Exchange Assemblies Exchange assemblies are factoryÄrepaired and tested assemblies that you can order; they are listed in the following table. Exchange assemblies are available only on a tradeÄin basis; therefore, you must return the defective assemblies for credit. Exchange Assemblies HP Part Number CD Qty Description C3180-69102 1 1 Main PCA (Rebuilt)
10Ä3 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 R eplacement P arts P arts shown in the drawings in this chapter are listed in the corresponding part lists. Match the appropriate number on the drawing with the same number in the parts list for information on that part. The total quantity for each part on the drawing is given as well as the part number and check digit. T o obtain replacement parts, address an inquiry to the nearest HP Support Office. Y ou must include the part number , check digit and part description in the order you send. Also include the plotter model and serial number .
10Ä4 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: L egs and Media Bin Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C2847-60002 6 2 Leg Assembly (D/A1 Size) C2848-60002 7 2 (E/A0 Size) 2 C3185-00034 9 1 Stand Brace (D/A1 Size) C3186-00034 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 3 C2847-60061 7 1 Hardware Kit 4 1492-0145 8 4 Caster Assembly 5 C2847-00006 4 1 Media Bin Front (D/A1 Size) C1633-00020 2 1 (E/A0 Size) 6 C2847-00012 2 1 Media Bin Adjust (D/A1 Size) C1633-00044 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 7 C2847-00005 3 1 Media Bin Back (D/A1 Size) C1633-00019 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 8 no part number 4 M3 Thread-Forming Screw îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîîî îîî P art Number C3185A = Complete legs and media bin for D/A1Äsize plotters. P art Number C3186A = Complete legs and media bin for E/A0Äsize plotters.
10Ä5 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Legs and Media Bin 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 1 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 8 8
10Ä6 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: W indow, Center and Bottom Covers Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-00005 9 1 Center Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-00005 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 2 0515-0380 2 2 Screw (D/A1 Size) 4 (E/A0 Size) 3 and 4 C3180-40019 9 2 Center-Cover Latch Assembly 5 C3180-80001 3 2 W indow-Pivot Spring 6 C3180-60039 5 1 W indow (D/A1 Size) C3181-60039 6 1 (E/A0 Size) 7 0515-2278 1 2 Screw (D/A1 Size) 4 (E/A0 Size) 8 C3180-60033 9 1 Shielded T railing Cable î Not compatible with main PCAs: C3180-60101, C3180-68101, C3180-69101. î DesignJet 200 î chapter 9. C3180-60064 6 Shielded T railing-Cable Assembly . (Includes shielded trailing cable, three plastic ties, and trailing-cable bracket.) 9 C3180-00040 2 1 T railing-Cable Rear T ray . (DesignJet 200 î chapter 9.) 10 1400-0577 7 2 Trailing-Cable T ie 1 1 C1633-00015 5 1 T railing-Cable Bracket 12 0624-0647 5 1 T orx-10 Screw 13 0515-2248 5 6 T orx-20 Screw 14 C3180-60008 8 1 Bottom Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-60008 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 15 0624-0771 6 8 Plastite Screw (D/A1 Size) 10 (E/A0 Size)
10Ä7 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Window , Center and Bottom Covers. T o Carriage
10Ä8 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Electronics Enclosure Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-68102 9 1 Main PCA (New) 1 C3180-69102 1 Main PCA (Rebuilt, Exchange Assembly) 2 0515-2253 2 11 Machine Screw 3 See illustration 4 / 2 4 EPROMs or 2 Masked ROMs 4 C2064A 3 DRAM SIMM (Optional) (2 Mbytes) C2065A 4 (4 Mbytes) C2066A 5 (8 Mbytes) 5 2200-0145 2 2 Machine Screw , 4-40 6 0570-1316 2 2 Female Screwlock (RS-232) 7 C3180-00003 7 1 Electronics Enclosure (D/A1 Size) C3181-00003 8 1 (E/A0 Size) (Associated part: 8160-0770 RFI strip, attaches to the enclosure to improve electromagnetic compatibility of the plotter .) 8 1400-1648 5 1 Cable Clip 9 3160-0814 7 1 Tubeaxial Fan 10 0515-2405 6 2 T apite Fan Screw 1 1 0950-2417 2 1 Power Supply 12 C3180-60006 6 1 AC Power Receptacle Assembly 13 0515-2149 5 4 Screw , M3.0X0.5X8 14 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 15 C2847-60005 9 1 Cable Assembly: Power supply to main PCA 16 C3180-60013 5 1 Power Supply Insulator (with label and tie) 17 C3180-00004 8 1 Electronics-enclosure Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-00004 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 18 0515-2429 4 4 T orx-15 Screw (D/A1 Size) 5 (E/A0 Size) 19 9170-1533 6 2 Ferrite Clamp 20 See page 10-6. 1 Trailing Cable 21 9170-1535 8 2 Split Ferrite
10Ä9 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 3 3 Electronics Enclosure 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 4 13 2 Empty Empty 1818-6016 cd: 6 1818-6017 cd: 7 î îî î î î îî î î DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.01) Empty pair of holes C3180-18007 cd: 8 C3180-18008 cd: 9 î îî î î î îî î î DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.01) C3180-18009 cd: 0 C3180-18006 cd: 7 20
10Ä10 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: L eft Endcover and T rim Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-40003 1 1 Left Endcover 2 C3187-00015 8 1 Serial-Number Label 3 C3180-40005 3 1 Rear Left T rim 4 0624-0771 6 4 T orx-15 Screw 5 C3180-00010 6 1 Nameplate 6 0515-2282 7 1 T apite Screw 7 C3180-40012 2 1 Switch Mount 9 5041-1203 0 1 Power Key Cap 10 C3180-60006 6 1 AC Power Receptacle Assembly 1 1 C3180-40008 6 1 Front Left Trim 12 0515-2337 3 3 Endcover Lower Screw
10Ä11 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Left Endcover and T rim
10Ä12 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Right Endcover and T rim Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0771 6 4 T orx-15 Screw 2 C3180-40006 4 1 Rear Right T rim 3 1400-0293 4 1 Cable Guide (Fastener) 4 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 5 â â 1 Right Sideplate (Not Orderable) 6 07090-20020 4 2 Shoulder W asher 7 C3180-40007 5 1 Front Right T rim 8 C3180-60009 9 W indow-Sensor Assembly 9 0624-0745 4 1 T orx-8 Screw 10 C3180-40004 2 1 Right Endcover 1 1 C3180-40014 4 1 Front-Panel Bezel 12 0515-2282 7 2 T apite Screw 13 C3180-40015 5 1 Front-panel Door 14 C3180-60010 2 1 Keyboard Assembly 15 C3180-40016 6 1 Help-Cards Lock 16 and 17 see below 1 Overlay and Help Cards 18 C3180-00033 3 1 Media-Load Label Front-Panel Overlay and Help Cards DesignJet 200 Check DesignJet 220 Check Chinese C3180-60030 6 C3187-60010 9 English C3180-60021 5 C3187-60001 8 French C3180-60025 9 C3187-60005 2 German C3180-60024 8 C3187-60004 1 Italian C3180-60027 1 C3187-60007 4 Japanese C3180-60028 2 C3187-60008 5 Korean C3180-60022 6 C3187-60002 9 Portuguese C3180-60029 3 C3187-60009 6 Spanish C3180-60026 0 C3187-60006 3 T aiwanese C3180-60023 7 C3187-60003 0
10Ä13 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Right Endcover and T rim
10Ä14 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: CarriageÄ Axis Drive (Left End) Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 2 07570-60105 1 1 Main Idler Assembly 3 07570-40105 9 1 Main T ensioner 4 1460-2139 7 1 T ensioner Spring 5 C1633-40065 9 1 Main-T ensioner Housing 6 0515-0380 2 4 T orx-15 Screw 7 C1633-00068 8 1 T ensioner-Housing Door 8 C2847-00014 4 1 T railing-Cable Front Tray (Guide) (D/A1 Size) C1633-00056 4 1 (E/A0 Size) 9 0515-2248 5 3 T orx-20 Screw 10 C2847-00051 9 1 Y -T ensioner Bracket 1 1 1400-1021 8 3 Cable Clip 12 C1633-80016 4 1 Linkage Spring 13 C1633-20021 5 1 Shoulder Screw 14 C1633-60033 3 1 Automatic Cartridge-Adjust Linkage 15 0624-0647 5 2 T orx-10 Screw 16 C3180-60005 5 1 Stepper Motor Assembly 17 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 18 C3180-60014 6 1 W iper Assembly (W iper , Wiper Rod, and Rocker) 19 C1633-40006 8 1 W iper Only 20 C1633-40093 3 1 Encoder-Strip Bracket 21 C2858-60208 7 1 Encoder Strip (D/A1 Size) C2859-60208 8 1 (E/A0 Size) 22 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2mm 23 0535-0031 2 2 Nut, Hex, W/LKWR M3
10Ä15 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Carriage-Axis Drive (Left End)
10Ä16 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Service Station Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0704 5 12 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 2 C1633-40003 5 1 Service-Station Cover 3 C1633-40005 7 2 Service-Station Cap 4 C1633-40001 3 1 Service-Station Housing 5 C1633-80002 8 1 Sled Spring 6 C1633-40004 6 2 Cap Fitting 7 C2847-4001 1 5 1 Service-Station Sled
10Ä17 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Service Station 1 2 3 3 4 5 7 6 6
10Ä18 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: CarriageÄ Axis Drive (Right End) Reference Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 see page 10-21 1 Cartridge Carriage 2 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 3 see page 10-14 1 Trailing-Cable Front T ray 4 9170-1536 9 1 Ferrite Ring 5 C1633-80003 9 1 Blade Spring 6 0515-0380 2 4 T orx-15 Screw 7 07570-601 12 0 1 Drive-Pulley Idler 8 07550-40104 4 1 Drive-T ensioner Cam 9 1460-2061 4 3 Drive-T ensioner Spring 10 0515-1349 5 1 M3 Machine Screw 1 1 07575-40125 8 1 Drive-T ensioner Bracket 12 C1633-00132 7 1 Encoder-Spring Bracket 13 C1633-60029 7 1 Y -Drive-Assembly Bracket 14 C1633-00002 0 1 Encoder Spring 15 C2858-60208 7 1 Encoder Strip (D/A1 Size) C2859-60208 8 1 (E/A0 Size) 16 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2mm 17 0535-0031 2 2 Nut, Hex, W/LKWR M3 18 C1633-20034 0 1 Double-Pulley Bushing 19 1500-0855 6 1 Carriage-Axis Small Drive Belt 20 C3170-60009 7 1 Double Pulley 21 0515-2248 5 4 Y -Arm Screw 22 C2858-60206 5 1 Carriage Motor (includes item 26) 23 1400-0577 7 1 Cable T ie 24 See table opposite Ferrite Assemblies 25 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 26 0515-0433 6 2 Screw , M4.0 X 0.7 X 8 mm
10Ä19 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Carriage Axis Drive (Right End). Reference 24: Ferrite Assemblies HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 9170-1400 6 1 Flat Ferrite 9170-1594 9 2 Lar ge Ferrite 9170-1593 8 4 Small Ferrite 9170-1596 1 1 Lar ge-Ferrite Holder 9170-1595 0 2 Small-Ferrite Holder 0515-2299 6 3 Holder Screw
10Ä20 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Carriage Assembly Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description C2847-60071 9 1 Cartridge Carriage (Not compatible with plotter firmware version A.01.00.) Includes all items below except items 9, 10, and 13. 1 0624-0704 5 1 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 2 2190-0760 4 1 W asher 5.1mm 3 C1633-80013 1 1 Cam Preload Spring 4 C1633-00079 1 1 Act Cam W asher 5 C1633-40009 1 1 Cartridge-Adjust Cam 6 1460-2061 4 2 Cartridge-Adjust T ensioner Spring 7 C1633-40055 7 1 Cam Base 8 0624-0647 5 5 T apping Screw 4-20 9 C3180-40025 7 1 Rear Bushing 10 C1633-80014 2 1 Carriage Spring 1 1 C1633-40066 0 2 Front Bushing 12 1990-1615 5 1 Hi-Intensity Red Led 13 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 14 07575-40014 4 1 Right Belt Clamp 15 07575-40013 3 1 Left Belt Clamp 16 1000-0909 1 2 Lens 17 0624-0745 4 10 Plastite Screw 2-28x0.375 18 C1633-40070 6 1 Line-Detect Cover 19 C2847-60204 0 2 Cartridge Chute (also called carriage snap) 20 C1633-00104 3 1 Carriage W arning Label 21 C1633-00107 6 3 Carriage Striped Label
10Ä21 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 * 6 8 11 17 21 20 Carriage Assembly
10Ä22 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Media Drive Assemblies Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-00002 6 1 Entry Platen (D/A1 Size) C3181-00002 7 (E/A0 Size) 2 C2858-60054 1 1 Drive-Roller Assembly (D/A1 Size) C2859-60004 2 (E/A0 Size) 3 C3180-40010 0 1 Secondary Lever 4 C3180-4001 1 1 1 Media-Sensor Holder 5 0515-2337 3 4 T orx-15 Screw 6 C3180-60001 1 1 Media-Sensor Assembly 7 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 8 C1633-00009 7 1 Axial Bias Plate 9 C2847-60019 5 1 Media-Axis Encoder Cable Assembly 10 C2848-60003 8 1 Media Motor Assembly (includes item 15) 1 1 0515-2248 5 4 T orx-20 Screw 12 1400-1021 8 1 Cable Clip 13 C1633-20006 6 1 Media-Motor Mount 14 0515-0382 4 4 T orx-15 Screw 15 C2847-20013 5 1 Helical Gear (Drive-Roller Gear) 16 0515-1349 5 2 T orx-10 Screw 17 C3180-40009 7 1 Edge-Measuring Lever
10Ä23 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Media Drive Assemblies
10Ä24 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 (P arts List: Bail and Overdrive Assemblies î pages 10Ä24a and 10Ä24b)
10Ä24a P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Bail and Overdrive Assemblies Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0647 5 1 T orx-10 Screw 2 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2 mm 3 C1633-40028 4 1 Cam Gear 4 C1633-40027 3 1 Engaging-Lever Gear 5 C2847-40013 7 0 Engaging Lever 6 C1633-80006 2 1 Engaging-Lever Spring 7 0510-0083 2 1 Ring Retainer , 0.25 Diameter 8 C1633-60030 0 1 Overdrive Gear Assembly (Includes item 7) 9 C3180-40024 6 1 Sideplate Bushing 10 C1633-20021 5 5 Shoulder Screw 1 1 C1633-40019 3 1 Overdrive Gear Cluster 12 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 13 0515-2337 3 2 T orx-15 Screw 14 C2847-00051 9 1 Y -T ensioner Bracket 15 C1633-40052 4 1 Auto Cam 16 0624-0520 3 5 Screw 6-19 0.50 17 C3180-40013 3 1 Bail-Switch Holder 18 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 19 C3180-60002 2 1 Bail-Switch Assembly 20 0624-0704 5 14 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 21 C1633-40038 6 1 Left Bail Bracket 22 C1633-60034 4 9 or 10 Starwheel Mount Assembly (D/A1 Size) 13 or 14 (E/A0 Size)
10Ä24b P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 23 1 Bail (Includes items 20, 21, 22, 23, 24) C3180-60017 9 with 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60065 7 with 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60017 6 with 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60065 8 with 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 24 C1633-40037 5 1 Right Bail Bracket 25 0624-0400 8 4 Screw , Pozidriv 2 (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 26 1 Overdrive Roller C3180-60004 4 for 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60035 1 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60004 5 for 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60035 2 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 27 Overdrive Enclosure (includes items 25, 27, 29) C3180-60015 7 1 for 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60061 3 1 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60015 8 1 for 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60061 4 1 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 28 C3180-40002 0 2 Overdrive Bushing (D/A1 Size) 3 (E/A0 Size) 29 C3180-40018 8 2 Media Guide (D/A1 Size) C3181-40018 9 2 (E/A0 Size) 30 0515-2248 5 1 T orx-20 Screw 31 C3180-20001 7 2 Alignment Screw 32 C2847-40015 9 1 Cam-Gear Support 33 C2858-60209 8 1 Bail-lift-mechanism rework assembly î chapter 9. (includes items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 14, 15, 16, 20, 32) 34 1 Overdrive and bail rework kit î chapter 9. (includes items 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29) C3180-60062 4 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60062 5 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size)
10Ä25 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Bail and Overdrive Assemblies
10Ä26 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: PinchÄ Arm Assembly Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0515-1992 4 2 T orx-9 Screw 2 C3190-40053 3 2 Cam Journal 3 0535-0026 5 2 Hex Nut, DBL-CHAM 4 C2847-20005 5 1 Pinch-Arm Bar Cam (D/A1 Size) C1633-20012 4 1 (E/A0 Size) 5 C1633-60039 9 4 Pinch-Arm Assembly (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 6 C1633-80005 1 4 Pinch-Arm Spring (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 7 C1633-40082 0 4 Pinch-Arm Bushing (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 8 0515-0380 2 21 T orx-15 Screw 9 C1633-00100 9 1 Media Director 10 C1633-00076 8 1 Rear W ire Link 1 1 C1633-40079 5 1 Rocker Plate 12 C1633-80007 3 1 Rocker Spring 13 C1633-20021 5 1 T orx-15 Shoulder Screw 14 0624-0647 5 11 T orx-10 Screw 15 C3180-60034 0 1 Pinch-Arm Sensor 16 C1633-00075 7 1 Front W ire Link 17 0515-2414 7 1 Pinch-Arm-Lever Screw 18 2190-0760 4 1 W asher 5.1mm 19 C3180-40020 2 1 Pinch-Arm-Lever Cam 20 3050-1415 3 1 Shoulder W asher 21 C3180-40017 7 1 Pinch-Arm Lever (Media-Jam Lever) 22 C1633-00059 7 1 Media Diverter
10Ä27 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Pinch-Arm Assembly
10Ä28 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Accessories Description HP Part Number Unpacking Instructions Until 30 Sept 1994: C3180-90020 ( î chapter 3) From 01 Oct 1994: C2847-90030 (new packaging) Repacking Instructions From 01 Oct 1994: C2847-90032 (new packaging) Repackaging Kit C3180-60016 (D/A1 size) C3181-60016 (E/A0 size) User â s Guide DesignJet 200 DesignJet 220 Chinese C3180-90010 C3187-90010 English C3180-90001 C3187-90001 French C3180-90005 C3187-90005 German C3180-90004 C3187-90004 Italian C3180-90007 C3187-90007 Japanese C3180-90008 C3187-90008 Korean C3180-90002 C3187-90002 Portuguese C3180-90009 C3187-90009 Spanish C3180-90006 C3187-90006 T aiwanese C3180-90003 C3187-90003 AutoCAD Driver , 3.5-inch Disk Documentation Chinese C3187-60060 English C3187-60051 French C3187-60055 German C3187-60054 Italian C3187-60057 Korean C3187-60052 Spanish C3187-60056 T aiwanese C3187-60053
10Ä29 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Description HP Part Number W indows Driver , 3.5-inch Disk Documentation English C3187-60031 French C3187-60035 German C3187-60034 Italian C3187-60037 Japanese C3187-60081 Spanish C3187-60036 HP CAD Plotters Software/Hardware Guide Europe 5963-0997LE Elsewhere 5963-0998E Software Application Notes C3187-90080 Print Cartridge 51626A Supplies Source (booklet) USA 5091-7378EUS Elsewhere 5091-7690E Supplies Source Update USA 5091-9802EUS Elsewhere 5091-9799E Upgrade Kit (DesignJet 200 to DesignJet 220) C3189A includes User â s Guide, Drivers, Help Cards, Overlay and: Upgrade Instructions C3187-90028 Nameplate C3187-0001 1 Upgrade Label C3189-00001 ROM Memory Kit C3189-60001 Plug-In Memory (DRAM SIMM) 2-Mbyte SIMM C2064A 4-Mbyte SIMM C2065A 8-Mbyte SIMM C2066A HP JetDirect EX, External Network Interface Ethernet J2382B T oken Ring J2383B
10Ä30 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 îîîî îîîî îîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the area. However , different power cords (international options) are available (see following table). Note the following abbreviations used in the powerÄcord options table below: î -ÄLine or Active Conductor (also called î¯live" or î¯hot") î -ÄNeutral or Identified Conductor î -ÄEarth or Ground Plug T ype Country HP Part Number E L N NEMA 5-15P Latin America North America Korea Philippines T aiwan 8120-1378 MITI 41-9692 Japan 8120-4753 CEE 7-VII E L N Continental Europe Egypt India Saudi Arabia 8120-1689 BS 1363A E L N Hong Kong Ireland United Kingdom 8120-1351 ASC1 12 E N L Argentina Australia China (mainland) New Zealand 8120-1369
10Ä31 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Plug T ype HP Part Number Country SEV 101 1 N E L Switzerland 8120-2104 L N DHCR-107 E Denmark 8120-2956 E N L SABS Republic of South Africa 8120-421 1
10Ä32 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî Parallel (Bi-T ronics/Centronics) Interface Cables Computer HP Part Number Cable length Connector type at computer end of cable HP V ectra with HP 24540A/B serial/parallel interface card using the parallel connector . HP 9000 workstations, series 300, 400, 700. IBM A T , IBM PS/2, IBM PC/XT and compatible computers. 92284A 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 25 - pin male Serial (RS-232-C) Interface Cables Computer HP Part Number Cable length Connector type at computer end of cable HP V ectra or HP 24541A/B serial interface card (9 - pin connector). HP 9000 workstations using 9 -pin connectors. IBM A T and compatible computers using 9 -pin serial connectors. 24542G 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 9 - pin female HP V ectra PC with HP 24541A/B dual serial interface card using the 25 - pin connector . HP Apollo workstation using an SPE (Serial/Parallel Expansion) option and supplied adapter cable. DEC V AX. Sun workstation. 17255M 1.2 m (3.9 ft) 25 - pin male IBM PC, PC/XT , IBM PS/2 and compatible computers 17255D 1.2 m (3.9 ft) 25 - pin female DEC V AX using DEC BC22D, BC03M, or equivalent 17355M 3.0 m (9.8 ft) Apple Macintosh Plus, SE, II 17302A 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 8 - pin male mini -DIN Apple Macintosh 128K and 512K 92219M 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 9- pin male Extension cable 31391A 5 m (16.4 ft) 25 - pin female
îîîî îî îîîîîî
GÄ2 Glossary C3187Ä90000 ac Ä Alternating current accuracy calibration Ä X Äaxis calibration A/D Ä Analog to Digital converter addressable dpi Ä A resolution higher than the nominal value of the cartridges, giving a finer grid on which the plotter can selectively position dots and improve print quality . ANSI Ä American National Standards Institute ASCII Ä American Standard Code for Information Interchange. An 8Äbit code that uses 7 bits to represent character data such as letters, punctuation, symbols, and control characters. Bit 8 can be used for parity . ASIC Ä ApplicationÄSpecific Integrated Circuit baud rate Ä F or the RS Ä232ÄC interface, the data transmission rate between the computer and the plotter (bits per second). BiÄ Tronics Ä A parallel interface standard. CAD Ä ComputerÄAided Design CAM Ä ComputerÄAided Manufacturing carriage LED Ä Line sensor cartridge Ä Print cartridge (pen) CD Ä Check Digit Centronics Ä A parallel interface standard. cockle Ä W rinkling of media due to ink saturation. CRC Ä Cyclic Redundancy Check D/A1Äsize plotters Ä Models C3180A and C3187A dc Ä Direct current display data Ä Monitor mode DIP Ä Dual InÄline P ackage dpi Ä Dots per inch, the plotter's resolution of raster images on the media. DRAM Ä Dynamic RandomÄAccess Memory driver Ä Configuration data used by software to control input and output between the computer and the plotter . drive roller Ä Platen roller DTR Ä DataÄ T erminal R ead E/A0Äsize plotters Ä Models C3181A and C3188A EPROM Ä Erasable Programmable ReadÄOnly Memory EEROM Ä Electrically Erasable R eadÄOnly Memory EPROM Ä Erasable Programmable ReadÄOnly Memory ESD Ä Electrostatic discharge FET Ä FieldÄEffect Transistor HP ÄGL/2 Ä HewlettÄP ackard's standard graphics language for its plotters. HP ÄR TL Ä HewlettÄP ackard R aster Transfer Language
GÄ3 Glossary C3187Ä90000 IC Ä Integrated Circuit IEEE Ä Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ISO Ä International Standards Organization Kanji Ä A Japanese character set. LED Ä LightÄEmitting Diode legs and bin Ä Plotter stand and media bin line sensor Ä Carriage LED LSB Ä Least Significant Bit media axis Ä XÄaxis (paper axis) mediaÄlength calibration Ä MediaÄsensor calibration mediaÄsensor calibration Ä MediaÄlength calibration MSBÄ Most Significant Bit NVRAM Ä Nonvolatile RandomÄAccess Memory PA L Ä Programmable Array Logic palette Ä A set of pens for which width and % shading are defined using the setup sheet or the graphics software. paper axisÄ Media axis (X Äaxis) parity Ä An errorÄchecking method for information transfer between a computer and a peripheral device. P arity is used to check the accuracy of binary data. PC Ä P ersonal Computer PCA Ä Printed Circuit Assembly pen Ä 1. Even though the inkjet plotter has no physical pens, the lines it draws match the attributes for pens numbered 1 through 8 in the application software. (See also î»palette.") 2. Sometimes used instead of î»print cartridge" pinchÄarm sensor Ä pinchÄwheel sensor PJLÄ Printer Job Language, developed by HewlettÄP ackard to give software applications more jobÄlevel device control and to provide device status information to the application. platen rollerÄ Drive roller P/N Ä P art Number PNP Ä P ositive Negative P ositive PWM Ä PulseÄ Width Modulation RAM Ä RandomÄAccess Memory raster Ä 1. A matrix of dots, or pixels, where each pixel is defined by a bit. A bit that is î»on" will print a dot on the paper . A bit that is î»off " will leave the area blank. 2. A method for defining a plot directly in terms of the pixels rather than as vectors. resolution Ä A measure of image sharpness expressed as a number of lines per unit length. When referring to plotters, addressable resolution means the smallest move the plotter can make programmatically . rms Ä Root mean square ROM Ä ReadÄOnly Memory
GÄ4 Glossary C3187Ä90000 RS Ä232ÄC interface Ä A serial interface standardized by the Electronic Industries Association Standard RS Ä232ÄC. RT L Ä see î°HP ÄRTL " RT S Ä R equest T o Send SIMM Ä Single InÄline Memory Module SMT Ä SurfaceÄMount Technology stand Ä Plotter legs and media bin TCP/IP Ä Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol Transl. Ä Translucent media UA RT Ä Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter X Äaxis Ä Media axis X Äaxis calibration Ä Accuracy calibration Y Äaxis Ä Carriage axis
îîîî îîîî îîîî î
IndexÄ2 C3187Ä90000 î A/D converter , 5Ä30, G Ä2 ac, GÄ2 accessories, part numbers, 10Ä28 accuracy , 1Ä3, 5Ä7 calibration, 7Ä6, G Ä2 acoustics, 2Ä3 addressable dpi, 5Ä13, GÄ2 advancing the media, 5Ä7 aligning cartridges. îîî cartridges, alignment ANSI, GÄ2 Apple Ethertalk, 1Ä2 application notes, part number , 10Ä29 applications of the plotter , 1Ä2 architecture, microprocessor , 5Ä21 ASCII, GÄ2 ASIC , G Ä2 carriage, 5Ä20 cartridgeÄinterface, 5Ä20 nozzle timing, 5Ä30 processor support, 5Ä24, 5Ä26 shuffler , 5Ä24 assembly instructions, 3Ä2 legs and bin, 3Ä4 auto cam, part number , 10Ä24a autoÄbail. îîî bail, lift mechanism automatic bail lift mechanism. îîî bail, lift mechanism automatic cartridgeÄadjust linkage. îîî cartridges, alignment î bail, 5Ä8 calibration, 7Ä8 change in, 9Ä14 cycle test description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 lift mechanism, 5Ä8, 9Ä10 failure, 8Ä14 new support, 9Ä11 normal sequence, 8Ä14 removing, 6Ä71 teflon washers, 9Ä10 part numbers, 10Ä24b removing, 6Ä56 sensor , 5Ä8, 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä24a removing, 6Ä55 test îîîîîîîîîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîîîî î îîî bar cam, part number , 10Ä26 bar pattern, analyzing, 8Ä25 baud rate, 3Ä7, G Ä2 belt, main drive, part number , 10Ä14 premature wearing, 8Ä15 removing, 6Ä48 small, part number , 10Ä18 benchÄrun information, 8Ä27 BiÄ Tronics, 2Ä2, 5Ä24, GÄ2. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces bottom cover , part number , 10Ä6 Busy and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä7 buttons. îîî keys
IndexÄ3 C3187Ä90000 î cables, interface, choosing, 2Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä32 power , part numbers, 10Ä30 CAD, G Ä 2 calibrations, chapter 7 CAM, G Ä2 cam gear , part number , 10Ä24a cam journal, part number , 10Ä26 Cancel key , bug fixed, 9Ä8 capping cartridges, 5Ä18 misalignment, 8Ä13 part numbers, 10Ä16 cards, help, part numbers, 10Ä12 carriage, ASIC , 5Ä20 change in, 9Ä14 drive, mechanics, 5Ä9 part numbers, 10Ä14, 10Ä18 shutdown, 8Ä12 LED , 5Ä10, GÄ2 calibration, 7Ä4, 7Ä10 motor , 5Ä9 part number , 10Ä18 removing, 6Ä35 part numbers, 10Ä20 PCA, 5Ä12, 5Ä29 processor , 5Ä29 interface, 5Ä27 removing, 6Ä48 rubbing against encoder strip, 8Ä15 speed, 5Ä15 cartridges, 5Ä11, 5Ä30, G Ä2 alignment, 5Ä16, 7Ä4 errors, 8Ä5, 8Ä12 removing linkage, 6Ä20 cartridges (cont.), capping, 5Ä18 caps, misaligned, 8Ä13 part number , 10Ä16 carriage. îîî carriage distance to roller , 9Ä4 drivers, 5Ä20 frequent failure, 8Ä12 interface ASIC , 5Ä20 part number , 10Ä29 servicing, 5Ä17 spitting, 5Ä18 wiping, 5Ä17 Cartridge and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä10 caution symbols, xi CD , G Ä2 center cover , part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä16 centronics, 2Ä2, 5Ä25, G Ä2. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces character sets, 1Ä2 cleaning drive roller , 4Ä2 plotter , 4Ä2 clearing the EEROM, 8Ä29 clipped plots when replotting, 8Ä15 cockle, GÄ2 code, firmware revision. îîî firmwareÄcode revision configuration plot, service, description, 8Ä19 interpreting, 8Ä25 plotting, 8Ä23 configuring the plotter , 3Ä7 connections, PCA and sensor , 5Ä22
IndexÄ4 C3187Ä90000 converters, analogÄtoÄdigital, 5Ä30 vectorÄtoÄraster , 5Ä20 rasterÄtoÄraster , 5Ä20 cooling the electronics, 5Ä18 covers, part numbers, bottom, 10Ä6 center , 10Ä6 electronics enclosure, 10Ä8 left end, 10Ä10 right end, 10Ä12 CRC , G Ä2 current, maximum, 2Ä2 D D/A1Äsize plotters, GÄ2 damage, inspecting the plotter for , 3Ä3 data flow , 5Ä19 dc, GÄ2 delay , swath, 5Ä15 demonstration plot, 3Ä7 density of passes, 5Ä15 depth of plotter , 2Ä3 description of plotters, 1Ä2 DesignJet 200, upgrading to DesignJet 220, 1Ä4 detecting the media edges, 5Ä10 diagrams, chapter 10 dimensions, media, 1Ä4 plotter , 2Ä3 DIP ,G Ä 2 display data. See service monitor display list, 5Ä19 distance between cartridges and roller , 9Ä4 documentation, user , part numbers, 10Ä28 dot depletion, 5Ä14 size, 5Ä14 dots per inch, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä15 double pulley , part number , 10Ä18 dpi. See dots per inch Draft mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 DRAM, GÄ2. See memory , random access drive belt, premature wearing, 8Ä15 main, part number , 10Ä14 small, part number , 10Ä18 drive roller , 5Ä7, G Ä2 distance to cartridges, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä69 drive tensioner , part number , 10Ä18 drivers, GÄ2 fan, 5Ä28 motor , 5Ä28 software, part numbers, 10Ä28 stepperÄmotor , 5Ä27 drop growth, 5Ä11 DTR, G Ä2 E E/A0Äsize plotters, G Ä2 edges, media, detecting, 5Ä2, 5Ä10 not found, 8Ä15 EEROM, 5Ä27, GÄ2 clearing, 8Ä29 text block, 8Ä26 (EEROM î EPROM)
IndexÄ5 C3187Ä90000 electrical specifications, 2Ä2 electrical test description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 electronics enclosure, part numbers, 10Ä8 cover , removing, 6Ä5 electronics overview , chapter 5 electrostatic discharge, precautions, 6Ä2 encoder , media motor , 5Ä7 strip, 5Ä9, 10Ä14, 10Ä18 carriage rubbing against, 8Ä15 damaged, 8Ä12 installing, 6Ä41 removing, 6Ä39 spring, 10Ä18 test, 8Ä19, 8Ä24 endÄpoint accuracy . See accuracy endcovers, left, part number , 10Ä10 removing, 6Ä18 right, part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä19 engaging lever , part number , 10Ä24a Enhanced mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 entering service mode, 7Ä2 entry platen, 5Ä2 installing, 6Ä67 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä65 environmental specifications, 2Ä3 EPROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9, G Ä2 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8 (EPROM î EEROM) Error and Busy LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä7 Error and Cartridge LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä10 Error and Load Media LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä9 Error and Ready LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä8 errors, indicated by LEDs, 8Ä5 input/output, 8Ä7 media path, 8Ä9 memory , 8Ä8 miscellaneous, 8Ä10 servo, 8Ä9 system, 8Ä7 user , 8Ä5 ESD , GÄ2 precautions, 6Ä2 Ethernet, 1Ä2 Ethertalk, 1Ä2 exchange assemblies, part numbers, 10Ä2 expanding memory . See memory , random access exploded views, chapter 10 extended powerÄon self Ätest, 8Ä3 î fan, 5Ä18 driver , 5Ä28 part number , 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä14 ferrite, part numbers, on sideplate, 10Ä19 on trailing cable, 10Ä8 ring, 10Ä18 FET , G Ä2 Film , 5Ä15
IndexÄ6 C3187Ä90000 Final mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 firmwareÄcode revision, 8Ä11, 9Ä3 revision A.01.00, 9Ä7 revision A.01.01, 9Ä7 revision A.01.02, 9Ä8 îîî îî îî EPROMs flow of data, 5Ä19 frequency , 2Ä2 front panel, 3Ä6 errors indicated on, 8Ä5 interface, 5Ä27 part numbers, 10Ä12 PCA, 5Ä31 PCA and LED assembly , removing, 6Ä34 removing, 6Ä32 service mode, 7Ä3 technical information, 5Ä31 functional overview , chapter 5 G graphic languages, 1Ä2 gripping the media, 5Ä6 growth of drops, 5Ä11 H hardÄclip limits. îîî media, margins height of plotter , 2Ä3 help cards, part numbers, 10Ä12 history of product, chapter 9 HP JetDirect EX, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 HP ÄGL, 1Ä2 timeout, 3Ä7, 8Ä16 HP ÄGL/2, 1Ä2, GÄ2 HP ÄR TL, 1Ä2, G Ä2 bug fixed, 9Ä8 humidity , 2Ä3 I IC , G Ä3 idler , driveÄpulley , part number , 10Ä18 main, part number , 10Ä14 IEEE, GÄ3 initialization, 8Ä2 mechanical, 8Ä3 ink, cartridges. îîî cartridges smearing, 8Ä16, 9Ä4 too much, 5Ä14 input/output interfaces, 2Ä2, 5Ä19, 5Ä24 cables, choosing, 2Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä32 errors, 8Ä6, 8Ä7 networks, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 switching ports, 3Ä7 test, description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä23 installing encoder strip, 6Ä41 entry platen, 6Ä67 EPROMs, 6Ä11 legs and bin, 3Ä4 masked ROMs, 6Ä11 mediaÄsensor flags, 6Ä28 memory module, 6Ä8 overdrive enclosure, 6Ä63 plotter , 3Ä2, 3Ä6 teflon washers, 9Ä10 insulator , power supply , part number , 10Ä8 interconnections, PCA and sensor , 5Ä22 interface, carriageÄprocessor , 5Ä27 frontÄpanel, 5Ä27
IndexÄ7 C3187Ä90000 interface (cont.), input/output. îîî input/output interfaces servo processor , 5Ä30 I/O . îîî input/output interfaces ISO , G Ä3 J jam, media, 8Ä12 JetDirect EX, HP , 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 joined plots, 8Ä16 K Kanji, GÄ3 keys, front panel, 3Ä6 assembly part number , 10Ä12 service mode, 7Ä3 technical information, 5Ä31 L label, media load, part number , 10Ä12 serial number , part number , 10Ä10 LAN manager , 1Ä2 language demonstration plot, 3Ä7 graphics, 1Ä2, 3Ä7 setup sheet, 3Ä7 LEDs, GÄ3 carriage, 5Ä10 front panel, 3Ä6 assembly part number , 10Ä12 errors indicated by , 8Ä5 technical information, 5Ä31 left endcover , part number , 10Ä10 removing, 6Ä18 legs and bin, GÄ3 assembly instructions, 3Ä4 part numbers, 10Ä4 length of plotter , 2Ä3 liftÄmechanism, bail. îîî bail, lift mechanism lights, front panel. îîî LEDs, front panel line merging, 3Ä7 sensor , 5Ä10, 5Ä29, 5Ä30, GÄ3 widths incorrect, 8Ä16, 9Ä7 line cord, part numbers, 10Ä30 linkage, cartridge adjust, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä20 Load Media and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä9 loading media functional overview , 5Ä2 problems, 8Ä6, 8Ä17 long media, 9Ä7 LSB, GÄ3 M main drive belt, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä48 main PC A, 5Ä22 part numbers, 10Ä2, 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä9 main processor system, 5Ä23 manual, user's, part numbers, 10Ä28 margins, media, 1Ä4 masked ROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8
IndexÄ8 C3187Ä90000 mechanical initialization, 8Ä3 mechanical overview , chapter 5 media, axis, GÄ3. îîî media drive bin, part numbers, 10Ä4 director , part number , 10Ä26 diverter , part number , 10Ä26 drive, calibration. îîî accuracy , calibration mechanics, 5Ä7 part numbers, 10Ä22 shutdown, 8Ä12 edges, detecting, 5Ä2, 5Ä10 not found, 8Ä15 guide, 10Ä24b jam, 8Ä12 lever , part number , 10Ä26 length calibration. îîî media, sensor , calibration loading functional overview , 5Ä2 problems, 8Ä6, 8Ä17 long mediaî 9Ä7 margins, 1Ä4 motor , 5Ä7 mount problems, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä37 path errors, 8Ä9 sensor , 5Ä2, 5Ä27, 10Ä22 calibration, 7Ä9, G Ä3 flags, installing, 6Ä28 removing, 6Ä26 test descriptionî 8Ä19 performingî 8Ä23 sizes, 1Ä4 types, 1Ä3, 5Ä15 memory , EEROM, 5Ä27, GÄ2 clearing, 8Ä29 text block, 8Ä26 EPROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9, GÄ2 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8 memory (cont.), errors, 8Ä5, 8Ä8 expansion module. îîî memory , random access random access (RAM), 1Ä2, 5Ä25 installing, 6Ä8 part numbers, 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä7 swath, 5Ä20, 5Ä24 merging lines, 3Ä7 mirror , 3Ä7 monitor , service, accessing, 8Ä24 description, 8Ä19 motor , carriage, 5Ä9 part number , 10Ä18 removing, 6Ä35 media, 5Ä7 mount, problems, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä37 stepper , 5Ä16 test, 8Ä20 drivers, 5Ä28 moving the carriage, 5Ä9 MSB, GÄ3 î nameplate, part number , 10Ä10 network interface, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 Novell Netware, 1Ä2 nozzle problems, analyzing, 8Ä25 nozzle timing ASIC , 5Ä30 number , serial, format, 9Ä2 label, part number , 10Ä10 number of passes, 5Ä15 NVRAM, GÄ3
IndexÄ9 C3187Ä90000 O operation, verifying plotter , 3Ä7 options, part numbers, 10Ä28 orientation, plot, 3Ä7 overdrive, 5Ä9 change in, 9Ä14 enclosure, installing, 6Ä63 removing, 6Ä62 part numbers, 10Ä24a roller , removing, 6Ä60 overlay , frontÄpanel, part numbers, 10Ä12 service mode, 7Ä3 îîî îî îî front panel P P/N , G Ä3 P AL, GÄ3 palette, GÄ3 Paper , 5Ä15 paper axis. îîî media drive parallel interface, 2Ä2, 5Ä24 îîî îî îî input/output interfaces parity , 3Ä7, GÄ3 parser , 5Ä19 parts and diagrams, chapter 10 passes, density , 5Ä15 number of , 5Ä15 PC , GÄ3 PCA, G Ä3 carriage, 5Ä12, 5Ä29 frontÄpanel, 5Ä31 main, 5Ä22 identifying a, 9Ä3 part numbers, 10Ä2, 10Ä8 pen, GÄ3. îîî cartridges pen palette, 3Ä7 pinch arms, 5Ä6 lift mechanism, removing, 6Ä72 part numbers, 10Ä26 sensor , 5Ä6, 5Ä27, GÄ3 removing, 6Ä23 test descriptionî 8Ä19 performingî 8Ä23 PJL, 1Ä2, GÄ3 bug fixed, 9Ä8 planning, site, 2Ä1 platen roller . îîî drive roller plot, clipped when replotting, 8Ä15 files not plotted, 8Ä16 joined, 8Ä16 orientation, 3Ä7 quality , 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15, 8Ä11, 8Ä25, 9Ä4 plotter architecture, 5Ä21 plotting time, 1Ä3 PNP ,G Ä 3 ports, switching interface, 3Ä7 power , components, 5Ä28 cord, part numbers, 10Ä30 requirements, 2Ä2 supply , 5Ä32 part number , 10Ä8 PCA, removing, 6Ä12 power on, reset signals, 5Ä25 selfÄtests, 8Ä2, 8Ä3 preventive maintenance, 4Ä1 print cartridges. îîî cartridges quality , 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15, 8Ä11, 8Ä25, 9Ä4 printÄengine controller , 5Ä20 printÄmode characteristics, 5Ä15
IndexÄ10 C3187Ä90000 printed circuit assembly . îee PCA problem solving, chapter 8 processor , carriage, 5Ä29 main, 5Ä23 servo, 5Ä26 processor support ASIC , 5Ä24, 5Ä26 product history , chapter 9 pulley , double, part number , 10Ä18 PWM, GÄ3 Q quality , print. îee print quality R RAM. îee memory , random access random access memory . îee memory , random access raster technology , 5Ä13, GÄ3 rasterÄtoÄraster converter , 5Ä20 Ready and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä8 reassembly , 6Ä2. îee îlso installing removing bail, 6Ä56 bailÄlift mechanism, 6Ä71 bail sensor , 6Ä55 carriage, 6Ä48 carriage motor , 6Ä35 cartridgeÄadjust linkage, 6Ä20 center cover , 6Ä16 drive roller , 6Ä69 electronicsÄenclosure cover , 6Ä5 encoder strip, 6Ä39 entry platen, 6Ä65 fan, 6Ä14 removing (cont.), frontÄpanel assembly , 6Ä32 frontÄpanel PCA and LED assembly , 6Ä34 left endcover , 6Ä18 main drive belt, 6Ä48 main PCA, 6Ä9 media motor , 6Ä37 media sensor , 6Ä26 memory module (DRAM SIMM), 6Ä7 overdrive enclosure, 6Ä62 overdrive roller , 6Ä60 pinchÄarm lift mechanism, 6Ä72 pinchÄarm sensor , 6Ä23 powerÄsupply PCA, 6Ä12 service station, 6Ä57 stepper motor , 6Ä21 trailing cable, 6Ä29 trailingÄcable guide, 6Ä43 window , 6Ä15 window sensor , 6Ä24 Y Ätensioner and housing, 6Ä45 repacking, kit, part number , 10Ä28 instructions, 3Ä3 part number , 10Ä28 replot clips plots, bug fixed, 9Ä8 requirements, power , 2Ä2 reset signals, powerÄon, 5Ä25 resolution, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä15, G Ä3 revision, firmware. îee firmwareÄcode revision PCA, 9Ä3 right endcover , part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä19 rms, GÄ3 rocker plate, part number , 10Ä26 roller , drive, 5Ä7 distance to cartridges, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä69 ROM, GÄ3. îee EEROM înd EPROMs
IndexÄ11 C3187Ä90000 rotate, 3Ä7 RS Ä232ÄC , GÄ4. îîî input/output interfaces R TL, 1Ä2, GÄ4 bug fixed, 9Ä8 RT S, G Ä 4 î safety precautions, 6Ä2 symbols, xi self test, powerÄon, 8Ä2, 8Ä3 sensors, 5Ä27 bail, 5Ä8 part number , 10Ä24a line, 5Ä10, 5Ä29, 5Ä30 does not find media edge, 8Ä15 media, 5Ä2 calibration, 7Ä9 part numbers, 10Ä22 PCA connections, 5Ä22 pinchÄarms, 5Ä6 part number , 10Ä26 window , 10Ä12 serial interface, 2Ä2, 5Ä25, 8Ä6. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces serial number , format, 9Ä2 label, part number , 10Ä10 service configuration plot, description, 8Ä19 interpreting, 8Ä25 plotting, 8Ä23 mode, 7Ä2 monitor , accessing, 8Ä24 description, 8Ä19 notes, chapter 9 tests, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 service station, 5Ä17 caps, misaligned, 8Ä13 part numbers, 10Ä16 removing, 6Ä57 servicing cartridges. îîî service station servo errors/failures, 8Ä9, 8Ä12 processor , 5Ä26 interface, 5Ä30 test, description, 8Ä19 performing, 8Ä24 setting up the plotter , 3Ä6 setup sheet calibration, 7Ä10 error , 8Ä5 example of , 3Ä8 not read, 8Ä17 shuffler ASIC , 5Ä24 SIMM, GÄ4. îîî memory , random access site planning, chapter 2 size of dots, 5Ä14 of media, 1Ä4 small drive belt, part number , 10Ä18 smearing of ink, 8Ä16 SMT , GÄ4 software/hardware guide, part number , 10Ä29 solving problems, chapter 8 sound power , 2Ä3 sound pressure, 2Ä3 specifications, accuracy , 1Ä3 electrical, 2Ä2 environmental, 2Ä3 resolution, 1Ä3 speed of carriage, 5Ä15 spitting, 5Ä18 stand. îîî legs and bin
IndexÄ12 C3187Ä90000 starwheel mounts, change in number of, 9Ä14 part number , 10Ä24a stepper motor , 5Ä16 driver , 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä21 test, description, 8Ä20 performing, 8Ä24 storage environment, 2Ä3 stretching the media, 5Ä9 supplies source, part number , 10Ä29 swath, 5Ä15 delay , 5Ä15 holding area, 5Ä20 manager , 5Ä20 memory , 5Ä20, 5Ä24 switches, 5Ä27 switching interface ports, 3Ä7 symbols, safety , xi system data flow , 5Ä19 errors, 8Ä7 T TCP/IP , 1Ä2, GÄ4 teflon washers, reÄinstalling, 9Ä10 temperature, operating, 2Ä3 tensioner , main, part number , 10Ä14 tests, service, 8Ä18 time, plotting, 1Ä3 timeout, HP ÄGL, 3Ä7, 8Ä16 T oken Ring, 1Ä2 tools, 6Ä3 trailing cable, change in, 9Ä13 guide, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä43 part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä29 Transl. îîî Translucent T ranslucent , 5Ä15 troubleshooting, chapter 8 true dpi, 5Ä13 U UA RT , G Ä 4 unpacking instructions, 3Ä2 part number , 10Ä28 updates, firmware. îîî firmwareÄcode revision upgrading a Designjet 200, 1Ä4 kit part number , 10Ä29 user errors, 8Ä5 user's guide, part numbers, 10Ä28 using the plotter , 3Ä6 this manual, ii V vectorÄtoÄraster converter , 5Ä20 V ellum , 5Ä15 voltage, 5Ä32 regulator , 5Ä28 requirements, 2Ä2
IndexÄ13 C3187Ä90000 W warning symbols, xi washers, reinstalling teflon, 9Ä10 weight of plotter , 2Ä3 width of lines, incorrect, 8Ä16, 9Ä7 window , part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä15 sensor , 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä24 test descriptionî 8Ä20 performingî 8Ä24 wiper , part number , 10Ä14 wiping cartridges, 5Ä17 X X Äaxis. îîî media drive Y Y Äaxis. îîî carriage drive Y Ätensioner and housing, bracket, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä45
îîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îî
îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî! î! "îî !îîîîî îîî"îîî îî "îî! !î $îîî îîî#îîî î" #îîî"î! îîîî îî"îîî îî î!îîî" "î "îî îî îî!îîîîî" îîî îîî îî" îî#îî! "îî îî îî!îîîîî" îîîî î !" îîî"îîîî "î"îîî îî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î î#î#!" î îîî îîî îîî"îîîî "î"îîî îî îîîîîîîîî î î î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî î îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî"îîîî î îîî
What's in This Book This manual contains information necessary to test, calibrate and service î HP DesignJet 200 plotters (models C3180A and C3181A) î HP DesignJet 220 plotters (models C3187A and C3188A) F or information about using these plotters, refer to the corresponding user guides. The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . Recycled paper Printed in France 9/94 HP Internal Order Number C3187Ä90000. î
î î! îî îî#î!îîî î"î îîî& î Copyright HewlettÄ P ackard Company 1994 This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated into another language without the prior written consent of HewlettÄ P ackard Company . HP internal order number C3187Ä90000 Second edition, September 1994 Printed in France î î!!îî#& The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. îî%îî##(î îîîî!î îîîî" îî %î!!îî#& îî îî& îîîî %î#î !îîî!î #î #îî" îî#î!îîîî îîîî$îîîîî î$# îî# îîîî#îî #îî #îî îî îîîî %î!!îî#îî" îî îî!îîîî#îîîîî#& îîî îî#îî"" îî! î î!#îî$îî! $! î"îî HewlettÄP ackard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. î îîîîîî The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . îîîî#!îîîî îîîîî îî'î!î Serious shock hazard leading to death or injury may result if you do not take the following precautions: î Ensure that the ac power outlet (mains) has a protective earth (ground) terminal. î Disconnect the plotter from the power source prior to performing any maintenance. î Prevent water or other liquids from running onto electrical components or circuits, or through openings in the enclosure. îîîî#!î"#î#îî î î"îîî!îî Refer to the beginning of Chapter 6 of this manual, for precautions you should take to prevent damage to the plotter circuits from electrostatic discharge. îîîî#& î&îîîî" General definitions of safety symbols are given immediately after the table of contents. Learning Products, Barcelona Division HewlettÄP ackard Española, S.A. A vda. Graells, 501 08190 Sant Cugat del V allès Spain
îîîîîîî îîîîîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî
ii Using this Manual C3187Ä90000 Using this Manual îîîîîîî This manual contains information necessary to test, calibrate and service D HP DesignJet 200 plotters (models C3180A and C3181A) D HP DesignJet 220 plotters (models C3187A and C3188A) F or information about using these plotters, refer to the corresponding user guides. îîîîîîîîîî The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . îîîîîîîî The HP ongoing training course CEV2Ä TIJ provides training for HP Customer Engineers, on servicing the complete HP DesignJet series of largeÄformat, thermalÄinkjet plotters. î îîî îîîîîîî P art numbers for plotter options, accessories and service parts are located in chapter 10. îîîîîîîîîîî The term îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîî refers generically to models C3180A and C3187A. The term îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîî refers generically to models C3181A and C3188A. A small arrow ' is used to indicate other parts of the Service Manual or User's Guide where you can find information related to the topic you are consulting. The w symbol is used to indicate the name of a referenced paragraph.
iii Contents C3187Ä90000 Contents Using this Manual ii .................................................. Safety Symbols xi ..................................................... î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Description 1Ä2 ........................................................... Applications 1Ä2 ....................................................... Graphic Languages 1Ä2 ................................................. Interfaces 1Ä2 .......................................................... Network Connections 1Ä2 ............................................... Memory 1Ä2 ........................................................... Accuracy 1Ä3 .......................................................... R esolution 1Ä3 ......................................................... Plotting Time 1Ä3 ...................................................... Legs and Media Bin 1Ä3 ................................................. Media Types 1Ä3 ....................................................... Media Sizes 1Ä4 ........................................................ Media Margins 1Ä4 ..................................................... Other Plotter F eatures 1Ä4 .............................................. Upgrading a DesignJet 200 1Ä4 .......................................... î îîîî îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî P ower R equirements 2Ä2 ................................................... Choosing an Interface Cable (more î User's Guide) 2Ä2 ........................... Choosing a Suitable Plotter Environment (more î User's Guide) 2Ä3 ............... Environmental Specifications 2Ä3 ........................................ Plotter Dimensions and W eight 2Ä3 ...................................... î îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîî Unpacking and Assembling the Plotter 3Ä2 ................................... Inspecting the Plotter for Damage 3Ä3 ....................................... R epacking the Plotter 3Ä3 ............................................... Assembling the Legs and Bin (Optional) 3Ä4 .................................. Installing the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä6 ..................................
iv Contents C3187Ä90000 Using the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä6 ..................................... DesignJet 200 Front P anel 3Ä6 .......................................... DesignJet 220 Front P anel 3Ä6 .......................................... Configuring the Plotter (more î User's Guide) 3Ä7 ................................ V erifying Plotter Operation 3Ä7 ............................................. P owerÄOn SelfÄ T est 3Ä7 ................................................. Demonstration Plot 3Ä7 ................................................. Example of Setup Sheet 3Ä8 ................................................ î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîîî Cleaning the Plotter 4Ä2 ................................................... General Cleaning 4Ä2 ................................................... Cleaning the Drive Roller 4Ä2 ........................................... î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî Loading the Media 5Ä2 ..................................................... Entry Platen 5Ä2 ....................................................... Sensing Media Presence 5Ä2 ................................................ Media Sensor 5Ä2 ...................................................... Gripping the Media 5Ä6 .................................................... Pinch Arms 5Ä6 ........................................................ PinchÄArm Sensor 5Ä6 ............................................... Advancing the Media 5Ä7 ................................................... MediaÄDrive Mechanics 5Ä7 ............................................. MediaÄDrive Accuracy 5Ä7 ............................................... Providing a F orce on top of the Media 5Ä8 .................................... Bail 5Ä8 ............................................................... BailÄLift Mechanics 5Ä8 ................................................. Bail Sensor 5Ä8 ........................................................ Stretching the Media 5Ä9 ................................................... Overdrive 5Ä9 .......................................................... Moving the Carriage 5Ä9 ................................................... CarriageÄDrive Mechanics 5Ä9 ........................................... Detecting the Media Edges 5Ä10 .............................................. Line Sensor 5Ä10 ........................................................ Media Margins 5Ä10 ..................................................... Media Sizes 5Ä10 ........................................................ Providing Ink 5Ä11 ......................................................... Print Cartridges 5Ä11 .................................................... Drop Growth 5Ä11 ................................................... Important P arameters 5Ä12 ........................................ Cartridge Chutes 5Ä12 ................................................... Electrical Contact 5Ä12 .................................................. Carriage PCA 5Ä12 ......................................................
v Contents C3187Ä90000 Producing an Image 5Ä13 .................................................... R aster T echnology 5Ä13 .................................................. R esolution (Dots P er Inch) 5Ä13 ....................................... Dot Size 5Ä14 ........................................................ T oo Much Ink 5Ä14 ................................................... Dot Depletion 5Ä14 ................................................... Print Quality 5Ä14 ................................................... Draft Mode 5Ä14 .................................................. Final Mode 5Ä14 .................................................. Enhanced Mode 5Ä14 .............................................. PrintÄMode Characteristics 5Ä15 .......................................... DesignJet 200 5Ä15 ................................................... DesignJet 220 5Ä15 ................................................... Aligning the Cartridges 5Ä16 ................................................. Servicing the Cartridges 5Ä17 ................................................ Service Station 5Ä17 ..................................................... Wiping 5Ä17 ............................................................ Capping 5Ä18 ........................................................... Spitting 5Ä18 ........................................................... Cooling the Electronics 5Ä18 ................................................. Fa n 5Ä18 ............................................................... System Data Flow 5Ä19 ..................................................... Input/Output 5Ä19 ...................................................... P arser 5Ä19 ............................................................. Display List 5Ä19 ........................................................ Converters 5Ä20 ......................................................... Swath Holding Area 5Ä20 ................................................ Swath Manager 5Ä20 .................................................... PrintÄEngine Controller 5Ä20 ............................................. Swath RAM 5Ä20 ........................................................ CartridgeÄInterface ASIC 5Ä20 ............................................ Carriage ASIC and Cartridge Drivers 5Ä20 ................................. Plotter Architecture 5Ä21 .................................................... Main PCA 5Ä22 ............................................................. Main Processor System 5Ä23 ............................................. Main Processor 5Ä23 ................................................. ROM 5Ä23 ........................................................... Processor Support ASIC 5Ä24 ......................................... Shuffler ASIC and Swath Memory 5Ä24 ................................ Input/Output Interfaces 5Ä24 ......................................... P arallel Input/Output Interfaces 5Ä24 ............................... What is BiÄTronics ? 5Ä24 .......................................... Serial Hardware 5Ä25 ............................................. Serial Input/Output Initialization 5Ä25 .............................. DRAM 5Ä25 ......................................................... P owerÄOn R eset Signals 5Ä25 ..........................................
vi Contents C3187Ä90000 Servo Processor System 5Ä26 ............................................. Servo Processor 5Ä26 ................................................. Processor Support ASIC 5Ä26 ......................................... FrontÄP anel Interface 5Ä27 ............................................ StepperÄMotor Driver 5Ä27 ............................................ CarriageÄProcessor Interface 5Ä27 ..................................... Sensors 5Ä27 ........................................................ EEROM 5Ä27 ........................................................ P ower Components 5Ä28 ................................................. Carriage and Media Motor Drivers 5Ä28 ................................ PrintÄCartridge V oltage R egulator 5Ä28 ................................ F an Driver 5Ä28 ...................................................... Carriage PCA 5Ä29 ......................................................... Carriage Processor System 5Ä29 .......................................... Carriage Processor 5Ä29 .............................................. Nozzle Timing ASIC 5Ä30 ............................................. Servo Processor Interface 5Ä30 ........................................ A/D Converter 5Ä30 .................................................. Print Cartridges 5Ä30 ................................................ Line Sensor 5Ä30 ..................................................... Front P anel PCA 5Ä31 ...................................................... LEDs 5Ä31 .............................................................. Key P ad 5Ä31 ........................................................... P ower Supply 5Ä32 ......................................................... î î îîîîîî îîî î îîîîî îîîîî Safety Precautions 6Ä2 ..................................................... ESD Precautions 6Ä2 ...................................................... R eassembly 6Ä2 ........................................................... R equired T ools 6Ä3 ........................................................ R epair Procedures 6Ä5 ..................................................... R emoving the ElectronicsÄEnclosure Cover 6Ä5 ............................ R emoving the Memory Module (DRAM SIMM) 6Ä7 ........................ R emoving the Main PCA 6Ä9 ............................................ R emoving the P owerÄSupply PCA 6Ä12 .................................... R emoving the F an 6Ä14 .................................................. R emoving the Window 6Ä15 .............................................. R emoving the Center Cover 6Ä16 ......................................... R emoving the Left Endcover 6Ä18 ......................................... R emoving the Right Endcover 6Ä19 .......................................
vii Contents C3187Ä90000 R emoving the Automatic CartridgeÄAdjust Linkage 6Ä20 .................... R emoving the Stepper Motor 6Ä21 ........................................ R emoving the PinchÄArm Sensor 6Ä23 ..................................... R emoving the Window Sensor 6Ä24 ....................................... R emoving the Media Sensor 6Ä26 ......................................... R eplacing the MediaÄSensor Flags 6Ä28 .................................... R emoving the Trailing Cable 6Ä29 ........................................ R emoving the FrontÄP anel Assembly 6Ä32 ................................. R emoving the FrontÄP anel PCA and LED Assembly 6Ä34 .................... R emoving the Carriage (Y ÄAxis) Motor 6Ä35 ................................ R emoving the Media (XÄAxis) Motor 6Ä37 .................................. R emoving The Encoder Strip 6Ä39 ........................................ R einstalling the Encoder Strip 6Ä41 ....................................... R emoving the TrailingÄCable Guide 6Ä43 .................................. R emoving the Y Ä Tensioner and Housing 6Ä45 ............................... R emoving the Cartridge Carriage and Main Drive Belt 6Ä48 ................. R emoving the Bail Sensor 6Ä55 ........................................... R emoving The Bail 6Ä56 ................................................. R emoving the Service Station 6Ä57 ........................................ R emoving the Overdrive Roller 6Ä60 ...................................... R emoving the Overdrive Enclosure 6Ä62 ................................... R eÄinstalling the Overdrive Enclosure 6Ä63 ................................ R emoving the Entry Platen 6Ä65 .......................................... R eÄinstalling the Entry Platen 6Ä67 ....................................... R emoving the Drive Roller 6Ä69 .......................................... R emoving the Automatic BailÄLift Mechanism 6Ä71 ......................... R emoving the PinchÄArm Lift Mechanism 6Ä72 ............................. î îîîî îîîîî îîî When to Calibrate the Plotter 7Ä2 ........................................... Service Mode 7Ä2 .......................................................... Entering Service Mode 7Ä2 .............................................. FrontÄP anel Keys in Service Mode 7Ä3 .................................... P erforming T ests and Calibrations 7Ä3 ................................... Cartridge Alignment 7Ä4 ................................................... Accuracy Calibration 7Ä6 ................................................... Bail Calibration 7Ä8 ....................................................... MediaÄSensor Calibration 7Ä9 ............................................... SetupÄSheet Calibration 7Ä10 ................................................
viii Contents C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî P ower On 8Ä2 ............................................................. P owerÄOn Self T est 8Ä2 ................................................. Extended P owerÄOn Self T est 8Ä3 ........................................ Mechanical Initialization 8Ä3 ............................................ What Y ou Should See and Hear 8Ä4 ...................................... Errors Indicated by LEDs 8Ä5 ............................................... User Errors 8Ä5 ........................................................ Error and Cartridges flashing 8Ä5 ...................................... Error and Ready flashing 8Ä5 ......................................... Error and Busy flashing 8Ä6 .......................................... Error and Load Media flashing 8Ä6 ..................................... System Errors 8Ä7 ...................................................... Error and Busy lit and steady: Input/output errors 8Ä7 .................. Error and Ready lit and steady: Memory errors 8Ä8 ..................... Error and Load Media lit and steady: MediaÄpath/servo errors 8Ä9 ........ Error and Cartridge lit and steady: Miscellaneous errors 8Ä10 ............. FirmwareÄCode R evision Level 8Ä11 .......................................... Troubleshooting Tips 8Ä11 .................................................. R epair Calibrate 8Ä11 ................................................. Print Quality 8Ä11 ....................................................... Diagnosing Problems 8Ä11 ............................................... Other Tips 8Ä11 ......................................................... Servo ControlÄSystem F ailures 8Ä12 .......................................... MediaÄAxis (XÄAxis) Shutdown 8Ä12 ....................................... CarriageÄAxis (Y ÄAxis) Shutdown 8Ä12 ..................................... Frequent Cartridge F ailure 8Ä12 ............................................. R emove T ape and Align Cartridges 8Ä12 ................................... Damaged Encoder Strip 8Ä12 ............................................. Incompatibility between Carriage and Firmware 8Ä12 ....................... Misaligned Cartridge Caps 8Ä13 ........................................... Function of the Cartridge Caps 8Ä13 ................................... What can Cause Cap Misalignment? 8Ä13 ............................... Checking CartridgeÄCap Alignment 8Ä13 ............................... BailÄLiftÄMechanism F ailure 8Ä14 ............................................ Normal BailÄLift Sequence 8Ä14 .......................................... Problems 8Ä14 .......................................................... T eflon W ashers versus CamÄGear Support 8Ä14 ............................. Cartridge Carriage Rubbing against Encoder Strip 8Ä15 ........................ Premature W earing of Drive Belts 8Ä15 ....................................... Sensor does not Correctly Find Media Edge 8Ä15 ............................... Last Swath is Clipped when R eplotting 8Ä15 ................................... Ink Smearing 8Ä16 .......................................................... Add Starwheel Mount 8Ä16 ............................................... Change Carriage R ear Bushing 8Ä16 ......................................
ix Contents C3187Ä90000 Plots Joined or Not Plotted 8Ä16 ............................................. HP ÄGL Timeout 8Ä16 .................................................... Incompatibility between Trailing Cable and Main PCA 8Ä16 ................. Incorrect Line Widths 8Ä16 .................................................. Plotter won't R ead Setup Sheet; Plots Solid Black Area Fill 8Ä17 ................ Problems in Loading Media 8Ä17 ............................................. Long Media doesn't Load 8Ä17 ............................................ Translucent Media doesn't Load 8Ä17 ..................................... Binding, or Missing Sensor Flags 8Ä17 ..................................... Media Skews Badly 8Ä17 ................................................. Service T ests 8Ä18 .......................................................... Description Bail Cycle Test 8Ä18 .................................................. BailÄSensor T est 8Ä18 ................................................ Electrical T est 8Ä18 .................................................. Input/Output T est 8Ä18 ............................................... MediaÄSensor T est 8Ä19 ............................................... PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 8Ä19 .......................................... Service Configuration Plot 8Ä19 ....................................... Service Monitor (Data Display) 8Ä19 ................................... Servo/Encoder T est 8Ä19 .............................................. StepperÄMotor T est 8Ä20 .............................................. WindowÄSensor T est 8Ä20 ............................................. Which Service Test to P erform 8Ä21 ....................................... P erforming the Service T ests 8Ä22 ........................................ Bail Cycle Test 8Ä22 .................................................. BailÄSensor T est 8Ä22 ................................................ Electrical T est 8Ä22 .................................................. Input/Output T est 8Ä23 ............................................... MediaÄSensor T est 8Ä23 ............................................... PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 8Ä23 .......................................... Service Configuration Plot 8Ä23 ....................................... Service Monitor (Data Display) 8Ä24 ................................... Servo/Encoder T est 8Ä24 .............................................. StepperÄMotor T est 8Ä24 .............................................. WindowÄSensor T est 8Ä24 ............................................. Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot 8Ä25 .............................. Analyzing the Bar P attern 8Ä25 ........................................... First F our Bars 8Ä25 ................................................. Fifth and Sixth Bars 8Ä25 ............................................. Seventh Bar 8Ä25 .................................................... P arameters Printed Below EEROM T ext Block 8Ä26 ........................ R eading the EEROM T ext Block 8Ä26 ..................................... Clearing the EEROM 8Ä29 ..................................................
x Contents C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî Introduction 9Ä2 .......................................................... SerialÄNumber F ormat 9Ä2 ................................................. Identifying a Printed Circuit Assembly 9Ä3 ................................... P art Number 9Ä3 ....................................................... R evision Letter 9Ä3 ..................................................... Firmware R evision Code 9Ä3 ............................................ P otential Ink Smearing Problem 9Ä4 ........................................ Problems Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.01 9Ä7 ......................... Problems that will be Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.02 9Ä8 .............. EPROMs and Masked ROMs 9Ä9 ............................................ R eÄinstalling T eflon W ashers 9Ä10 ............................................ New BailÄLiftÄMechanism Support 9Ä11 ....................................... Change in Trailing Cable 9Ä13 ............................................... Change in Carriage 9Ä14 .................................................... Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts 9Ä14 ...................................... îî î îîîî îîî î îîîîîîî Exchange Assemblies 10Ä2 .................................................. R eplacement P arts 10Ä3 ..................................................... P art Lists and ExplodedÄ V iew Diagrams: Legs and Media Bin 10Ä4 ................................................. Window , Center and Bottom Covers 10Ä6 .................................. Electronics Enclosure 10Ä8 ............................................... Left Endcover and Trim 10Ä10 ............................................. Right Endcover and Trim 10Ä12 ........................................... CarriageÄAxis Drive (Left End) 10Ä14 ....................................... Service Station 10Ä16 ..................................................... CarriageÄAxis Drive (Right End) 10Ä18 ..................................... Carriage Assembly 10Ä20 .................................................. Media Drive Assemblies 10Ä22 ............................................. Bail and Overdrive Assemblies 10Ä24 ....................................... PinchÄArm Assembly 10Ä26 ............................................... Accessories 10Ä28 ........................................................ Line Cord Set 10Ä30 ...................................................... Interface Cables 10Ä32 ....................................................
xi Safety C3187Ä90000 General Definition of Safety Symbols International caution symbol (refer to manual): the product is marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument. Indicates dangerous voltage (terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must also be marked). Protective conductor terminal. For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault. Used with field wiring terminals to indicate the terminal that must be connected to ground before operating equipment. Low-noise or noiseless, clean ground (earth) terminal. Used for a signal common, as well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault. A terminal marked with this symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation (operating) manual, and before operating the equipment. Frame or chassis terminal. A connection to the frame (chassis) of the equipment, which normally includes all exposed metal. Alternating current Direct current Alternating or direct current The W ARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure, practice, or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in personal injury . The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product. îîîîîîîîî îîîî îî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîî T ake care not to cut yourself on the encoder strip inside the plotter .
îîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îî
îîîî î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî
1Ä2 Product Information C3187Ä90000 Description îîîîîîîîîîîî HP DesignJet 200 and HP DesignJet 220 plotters are largeÄformat, monochrome, ink Äjet plotters that provide hardcopy output of computer program data. LargeÄformat plots of high resolution and quality are generated for applications such as D ComputerÄaided design (CAD) D ComputerÄaided manufacturing (CAM) D Mapping D Mechanical and architectural drawings D General drafting îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The plotters accept drawing data from C AD software programs supporting the following languages: D HewlettÄP ackard Graphics Language (HP ÄGL), a vector language D HP ÄGL/2, an enhanced version of HP ÄGL D HewlettÄP ackard Raster Transfer Language (HP ÄRTL), a raster language D Printer Job Language (PJL) The plotters support HP ÄGL/2 with both the Japanese Kanji and the Roman character sets. î îîîîîîîîî The plotters operate with a number of computer systems and graphic terminals, using either RS Ä232ÄC or Centronics/BiÄ Tronics interfaces. (More ' chapter 5, w Input/Output Interfaces.) îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Customers can connect their plotters to a network through an optional HP JetDirect EX external network interface. The following network operating systems are then supported: D Novell Netware (Ethernet and T oken Ring networks) D LAN Manager (Ethernet and T oken Ring networks) D TCP/IP (Ethernet networks only) D Apple Ethertalk (Ethernet networks only) îîîîîî The plotters have a standard 2 megabytes of onÄboard random access memory (RAM). They also have one RAMÄexpansion socket, which can hold an optional 2Ämegabyte, 4Ämegabyte or 8Ämegabyte, single inÄline memory module (SIMM). The maximum RAM is therefore 10 MB.
1Ä3 Product Information C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî The accuracy of the plotters in drawing a vector is î0.38 mm (0.015 in) or î 0.2% of the specified vector length, whichever is greater , at 23 _ C (73 _ F) at 50Ä60% relative humidity , on HP special polyester film. îîîîîîîîîî The resolution of the plotter output is measured in dots per inch (dpi). (Explanation ' chapter 5.) The plotter resolutions for different plotÄquality settings are as follows: Plot/Print Quality HP DesignJet 200 HP DesignJet 220 Draft 300 x 300 dpi, dot depleted 300 x 300 dpi, dot depleted Final T rue 300 x 300 dpi T rue 300 x 300 dpi Enhanced â Addressable 600 x 600 dpi. îîîîîîîî îîîî The plotting time for one plot on paper is as follows: Plot/Print-Quality HP DesignJet 200 HP DesignJet 220 D/A1-size plot E/A0-size plot D/A1-size plot E/A0-size plot Draft approx 3.8 min approx 7.5 min approx 2.3 min approx 3.9 min Final approx 5.0 min approx 10.0 min approx 3.1 min approx 5.3 min Enhanced â â approx 6.5 min approx 10.6 min îîîî îîî î îîîî îîî The plotter legs and media bin are optional. î îîîî îîîîî Media type Characteristics Cost Plotter paper Smooth surface, good for everyday use. Low T ranslucent bond Good for diazo reproductions and preliminary drawings. Low V ellum Diazo-reproducible, archivable, translucent. Moderate Single-matte inkjet polyester film Diazo-reproducible, archivable, very stable, pencil-writable on the matte side. High (Further advice ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w Choosing and using media.)
1Ä4 Product Information C3187Ä90000 îîîîî îîîîî The plotters handle only sheet media, not roll media. Supported standard sizes are as follows: D/A1-size plotters E/A0-size plotters (C3180A and C3187A) (C3181A and C3188A) ANSI A, B, C, D A, B, C, D, E ISO A4, A3, A2, A1 A4, A3, A2, A1, A0 Metric Oversize A2, A1 A2, A1, A0 Architectural C, D C, D, E, E1 JIS A4, A3, A2, A1 B4, B3, B2 A4, A3, A2, A1, A0 B4, B3, B2, B1, B0 The plotters handle media that does not exceed the following maxima and minima: îîîîî îîîîîîî The media margins define the real available plotting area on the media: îîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî î Automatic mediaÄedge sensing î Automatic cartridge alignment, testing and servicing î BuiltÄin diagnostic and demonstration plots îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî îîî Users can order an upgrade kit to upgrade a DesignJet 200 to a DesignJet 220. The kit should be installed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . 210 â 625 mm 8.3 â 24.6 in 210 â 1625 mm 8.3 â 64 in 210 â 917 mm 8.3 â 36.1 in C3180A C3187A 210 â 1625 mm 8.3 â 64 in plotters C3181A C3188A plotters portrait 17 mm 17 mm 5 mm 17 mm 17 mm 5 mm landscape 17 mm = 0.67 in 5 mm = 0.2 in 5 mm 5 mm All measurements /â 2mm (0.08 in)
îîîî î îîîî îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî
2Ä2 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 P ower R equirements HP C3180A and C3181A DesignJet 200 and HP C3187A and C3188A DesignJet 220 plotters have self Äadjusting power supplies and do not require a voltage selector or switch settings prior to use. The table below lists the power requirements for the plotters. Power Requirements Source V oltage Requirements: Frequency: V oltage Max current (rms) 100 V ac 1.4 A 120 V ac 1.2 A 220 V ac 650 mA 240 V ac 600 mA 47-53 Hz and 57-63 Hz Consumption: 140 watts maximum WARNING îîî îî îî#îî î! îî îîîîîîî î!î îî"î î îîî îî î"î îîî î îîîî!îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî!î îîîîî îî%îîî îîîîîîî î îîî î îî îîî!î$ îî$ îîî!î îî îî îîî îî îî îî îîîîîîî$ îîî!îîîîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the geographical area. However , different power cords (international options) are available. (Cable part numbers ' chapter 10.) Choosing an Interface Cable (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Choosing an interface cable.) îîîîîî îîî &îîî&îî îî îîîîîî A short cable (less than 15 meters or 50 feet) is recommended for the RS Ä232ÄC interface. A longer cable is permissible, provided the load capacitance does not exceed 2500 picofarads. î îîîîîîî îîî& îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîîîîî Use a short cable (less than 2 meters or 6.6 feet) for the parallel interface. (Interface descriptions ' Service Manual, chapter 5, w Input/Output Interfaces.) (Pin specifications ' User's Guide, chapter 6, w Interface specifications.) (Cable part numbers ' Service Manual, chapter 10.)
2Ä3 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 Choosing a Suitable Plotter Environment (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w P ositioning the plotter .) Environmental Specifications Hardware: Environmental Class B2 Operating environment: Plotter With cartridges and media: Optimal print quality and media handling: T emperature Relative Humidity 0 to 55 _ C (32 to 131 _F) 20-80% 10 to 40 _ C (50 to 104 _F) 20-80% 15 to 30 _ C (59 to 86 _F) 20-80% Storage environment: Plotter/media Cartridges T emperature Relative Humidity â40 to 70 _C (â40 to 158 _F) 5-95% â40 to 60 _C (â40 to 140 _F) Acoustics:* Operating Idle Sound Pressure Sound Power 54 dB (Acoustic) 6.5 bels (A) < 20 dB (A) < 3.6 bels (A) î These specifications are typical sound pressures at a oneÄmeter bystander position. Idle specification assumes fan is off . Plotter Dimensions and Weight Plotter Model: C3180A/C3187A C3181A/C3188A Length Depth Height (window closed) Height (window open) Weight 1076 mm (42.36 in) 1375 mm (54.13 in) 380 mm (14.96 in) 380 mm (14.96 in) 355 mm (13.97 in) 355 mm (13.97 in) 505 mm (19.88 in) 505 mm (19.88 in) 39.1 kg (86.2 lbs) 46.7 kg (103.0 lbs)
2Ä4 Site Planning and Requirements C3187Ä90000 îîî îî
îîîî î î îîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî
3Ä2 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Unpacking and Assembling the Plotter When the plotter arrives at the user site: î Inspect the shipping container for damage. If the shipping container shows signs of damage, retain it until you have checked the contents of the shipment and verified the performance of the plotter . î Unpack and assemble the plotter , following the series of illustrations below . The packaging is due to change in late 1994. (P art number of future unpacking instructions î Chapter 10) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3Ä3 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Inspecting the Plotter for Damage V isually inspect the plotter for damage, scratches, dents, or other mechanical defects. If the plotter is damaged in transit, notify the carrier and the nearest HP Sales and Support Office. Retain the shipping container and insulation material for the carrier's inspection. The Sales and Support Office will arrange for the repair or replacement of the plotter . îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî Y ou can order a repacking kit if you need to repack the plotter and don't have the shipping container and insulation material. (P art numbers î chapter 10.) 9 1 2 10 11 1 2 1 2 A B 12 2 1 2 1 A A B 13 1 2 14 1
3Ä4 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Assembling the Legs and Media Bin (Optional) If the user has purchased the optional legs and media bin for the plotter , assemble them following the series of illustrations below: 1 2 3 45 kg (99 lb)
îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî 4 12 34 5 6 mm (0.25 in) 5 12 3 4 5 B A B A A B A B XX X
Error Final Draft Cartridges Paper T ransl Load Media Ready Busy V ellum Film Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Plot Quality Media T ype Cancel Error Draft Final Cartridges Paper T ransl Load Media Ready Busy V ellum Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Print Quality Media T ype Cancel = Both ON Both ON = Enhanced Film 3Ä6 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Installing the Plotter (Instructions î User's Guide, chapter 1, Setting up the plotter .) îîîîîîîîî îîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the geographical area. However , different power cords (international options) are available. (Cable part numbers î Service Manual, chapter 10.) Using the Plotter (Instructions î User's Guide, chapter 2, Using the plotter .) î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî
3Ä7 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 Configuring the Plotter (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w Reconfiguring the plotter .) The User's Guide describes how to D Switch Interface P orts D Configure the following settings using a setup sheet : - Language of demonstration plot and setup sheet - Baud rate and parity of serial interface - Graphics language - HP ÄGL timeout period - Plot orientation (rotate and mirror) - Line merging - P enÄpalette settings (width and density) An example of a setup sheet is given on the following page. V erifying Plotter Operation The plotters contain several types of internal operational checks and tests to ensure that the plotter is properly functioning and to help identify problems if any are detected. î îîîîîîî î îîîî î îîîî Whenever you switch the plotter on, it automatically performs a series of internal selfÄtests and mechanical initialization sequences. If a failure occurs, an error is indicated on the frontÄpanel LEDs. Y ou can perform a failure analysis by interpreting the LED error code. (Details ' chapter 8.) îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî Y ou can check proper plotter operation by plotting and examining the demonstration plot, which is resident in the plotters. This plot shows different plotter capabilities including pen line widths and shading. Y ou can set the demonstration plot, to plot in any of the languages listed in the Language box of the setup sheet on the following page. (Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Setting a language, ' User's Guide, chapter 1, w Plotting a demonstration plot .)
3Ä8 Installation and Configuration C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîî îî îî îîî îîî î î The following is a scaled version of a DesignJet 200 setup sheet:
îîîî î î îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî
4Ä2 Preventive Maintenance C3187Ä90000 Cleaning the Plotter T o maintain the plotter in good operating condition, keep it free of dust accumulation, ink, and other contamination. Cleaning intervals are determined by the plotter environment and by the types of plotter supplies used. As with any precision electronics equipment, proper maintenance will help to ensure reliability and prolong product life. Disconnect the plotter from the power source prior to performing any maintenance. DO NOT allow water to run on to electrical components or circuits, or through openings in the enclosure, as this can create a shock hazard leading to death or injury . WARNING General Cleaning Proper general cleaning should include the following: 1 Blow away dust accumulation with compressed air if available. 2 Clean the outer surface of the plotter with a damp sponge or cloth. Use a mild soap and water solution if necessary . Do not use abrasive cleaners on the window . 3 Wipe the plotter dry with a soft lintÄfree cloth. Cleaning the Drive Roller Due to the ink's reflectance, ink spilled on the roller can disrupt the plotter's edgeÄsensing function. T o remove any ink from the roller , perform the following procedure: 1 Connect the plotter to the ac power source. 2 Switch the plotter ON and wait for it to finish initialization. 3 With the window closed and no media loaded, press Form Feed repeatedly until the stained area of the drive roller is positioned at the top where it can be cleaned. 4 Turn the plotter OFF , disconnect it from the ac power source and raise the window . 5 Apply any common household cleaning solution to a soft, lintÄfree rag and apply it to the driveÄroller surface. 6 Thoroughly clean the roller surface. 7 If other areas of the roller have been stained by ink, repeat the above steps. 8 Allow the drive roller to dry . 9 Lower the window , reconnect the plotter to the ac source, turn the plotter on, and load paper to test that no ink reflections disrupt operation of media loading.
îîîî î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî
5Ä2 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Loading the Media îîîîî îîîîîî The media load path begins with the entry platen, which provides a loading surface. (Illustration ' page 10Ä23.) When you assemble the plotter , it is important to correctly position the entry platen to ensure that the dashed lines exactly indicate the permitted rightÄedge loading area. The left side of the entry platen should be pressed up against the left sideÄplate. (Details ' chapter 6.) (Loading Instructions ' User's Guide, chapter 2, w L oading media.) Sensing Media Presence îîîîî îîîîîî The media sensor is an optosensor and is mounted towards the right end of the entry platen. (Illustration ' page 10Ä23). Two articulated levers block the optical path between emitter and receiver when media is not loaded. When media is loaded, both levers are rotated, thus clearing the optical path and changing the sensor state from open to closed. This doubleÄlever system provides a leading and trailing edgeÄsensing capability (for mediaÄlength measurement) to the plotter . The media sensor is electrically connected to the main PC A. îî îîîîî îîî î îîîîî Primary flag Secondary flag Drive roller stopped Sensor housing Photo sensor area (cross-section)
5Ä3 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 The mediaÄnotÄloaded state can be summarized as follows: î Media: not inserted or has not yet reached the primary flag î Primary flag: vertical position (idle) î Secondary flag: resting on plastic detector housing (idle) î Optical sensor: optical path closed by both flags î Drive roller: stopped î Front panel: Load Media LED on î î îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî Media inserted Primary flag Secondary flag Photo sensor window Drive roller stopped î Media: inserted but has not yet reached the secondary flag î Primary flag: rotated 90 ° counter clockwise (active) î Secondary flag: resting on plastic detector housing (idle) î Optical sensor: optical path blocked by secondary flag î Drive roller: stopped î Front panel: Load Media LED on
5Ä4 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîîî îîîî î îîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Drive roller full speed inwards î Media: reaches the secondary flag î Primary flag: rotated 90 ° counter clockwise (active) î Secondary flag: rotated 35 ° counter clockwise (active) î Optical sensor: optical path cleared by both flags î Drive roller: full speed inwards, engaging media î Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on î Media Length Measurement: front edge detected When the secondary flag clears the optical path, the roller is activated. As the secondary flag is closer to the roller , paper skew is minimized allowing a deeper media insertion
5Ä5 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîî î îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Leading edge of media Drive roller slow speed inwards î Media: clears the primary flag î Primary flag: rotates 90 ° clockwise (original position Ä active) î Secondary flag: still in previous position (active) î Optical sensor: optical path blocked by falling edge of primary flag î Driver roller: slows down but still rotating inwards... î Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on î Media Length Measurement: rear edge detected As soon as the optical sensor detects that the primary flag is back in it's original position, the roller motion slows down but needs some time to overcome the system's inertia before being able to reverse the direction of rotation.
5Ä6 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îî î îîî î îîî îîîîîîîî Secondary flag Primary flag Photo sensor window Media inserted Leading edge of media Drive roller slow speed outwards D Media: pushes the primary flag D Primary flag: rotates 90 ° clockwise (active) D Secondary flag: still in previous position (active) D Optical sensor: optical path cleared by primary flag D Driver roller: rotates slowly outwards ... D Front P anel: L oad Media LED off , Busy LED on D Media Length Measurement: rear edge detected when primary flag clears the sensor The rear edge's position is located when the primary flag, pushed by the rear media edge, clears the optical path. If you pull the media parallel to the plotter length, while attempting to clear a media jam, you could break the flags. îîîîîîî Gripping the Media îîîîî îîîî When you load media, it is gripped by the pinchÄarms. (Illustration ' page 10Ä27.) îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The pinchÄarm sensor is an optical sensor that is attached to the right sideÄplate. It is used to detect the position of the pinchÄarm lever . Linkage, attaching the lever to a sensor flag, causes the flag to block and unblock the sensor as the pinchÄarms are raised and lowered. The pinchÄarm sensor is electrically connected to the main PCA.
5Ä7 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Advancing the Media î îîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî The media is advanced by the media drive (X Ädrive) system. Components include: D Media motor (X Äaxis motor) D W orm pinion and helical driveÄroller gear D Drive roller (Illustration ' page 10Ä23.) The main component of the drive system is a fullÄwidth, 6.4Äcm (2.5Äinch) diameter roller with an elastomer skin. This roller directly drives the media and provides the surface that references the media to the printÄhead. The mediaÄmotor position control uses an encoder feedback loop. The encoder wheel is mounted to the motor shaft, and the optical reader is mounted inside a bell housing attached to the back of the motor . î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî The main purpose of the media drive system is to accurately move media such that the alignment of adjacent print swaths is of high enough precision that the plotter specifications are met and print quality is maintained. The mediaÄdrive accuracy (endÄpoint accuracy , or X Äaxis accuracy) specifies how accurately a plotter can draw a line of a given length. (Specifications ' chapter 1.) The configuration plot draws crossÄhairs 500mm apart that you can use to measure the plotter's accuracy . (Details ' chapter 7, w Accuracy Calibration.) îîîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî All the above components of the media drive system contribute to the mediaÄdrive accuracy . The following also contribute: D Radius variations produced by the way the media wraps around the drive roller , and the way the pinchÄwheels and starÄwheels maintain this radius D Errors in the media motor's opticalÄencoder feedback system (this system gives feedback to the motorÄcontrol circuitry) Dimensional changes in the media will affect lines drawn in both axes either during plotting or after the plot is drawn. F or this reason, media other than polyester film does not support the mediaÄdrive accuracy specification. P olyester film is the only media that maintains dimensional stability to within the plotter specification ranges.
5Ä8 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Providing a F orce on T op of the Media îîîî The bail provides a normal force on top of the media. (Illustration î page 10Ä25.) When the pinchÄwheels grip the media and the drive roller advances it, the plotter raises the bail. This enables the leading edge of the media to pass below the bail. The plotter then lowers the bail and advances the media to the overdrive roller . The star wheels on the bail are coated with a substance resistant to wet ink, so that they do not leave marks on the media. îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The bail features an automatic lift mechanism driven by the media motor using a series of gears and actuated by the cartridge carriage. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î page 10Ä25) î The cartridge carriage presses down on the engaging lever . î The engagingÄlever gear and cam gear (which are always in contact) engage the driveÄroller gear on the left end of the drive roller . î The mediaÄdrive system drives the drive roller , and also the cam and engagingÄlever gears. The autoÄcam, which is attached to the cam gear , turns with the gear . î The autoÄcam contacts the left bail bracket and pushes up on the bracket. As the bracket is pushed, the bail lifts. î The bailÄsensor switch opens and the resulting bail logic level is sent to the main PC A. î The mediaÄdrive rotates the autoÄcam to a detent position. The detent position allows the bail bracket to rest on the autoÄcam after the carriage moves away from the engaging lever . î The mediaÄdrive drives the media through the media path. î Once the media has passed the bail, the carriage again engages the bailÄlift mechanism to lower the bail. îîîî îîîîîî The bail sensor informs the processor of the bail position (Up or Down). It is a mechanical microswitch located on the right sideÄplate. (Illustration î page 10Ä25)
5Ä9 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Stretching the Media îîîîîîîîî The overdrive roller stretches the media slightly as it is moved through the plotter . It thus reduces bubbling and media cockle caused by media expansion due to the absorption of waterÄbased ink into the media. Even though the geometry chosen for the plotters minimizes the occurrence of this phenomena, it still could occur on very dense plots. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î page 10Ä25) The overdrive roller is geared to the mediaÄdrive system and has a surface speed 10% greater than that of the drive roller . The lower star wheels on the bail provide a normal force between the media and the overdrive roller . The resulting friction force creates media tension in the area between the upper pinchÄwheels and the overdrive roller (the print zone). The overdrive roller is segmented into small rollers made of polyurethane. A clutch (overdrive gear assembly) is geared to the speedÄratio gear (overdrive gear cluster) and drives the overdrive roller in the forward direction only . Moving the Carriage îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The Carriage (Y Äaxis) drive consists of a DC motor driving the carriage by means of a dual, kevlar belt system incorporating three pulleys and two tensioner assemblies. îîîîîîîîî (P art illustrations î pages 10Ä19 and 10Ä21) î A gear pinion, pressed onto the carriageÄmotor shaft, drives a small belt tensioned with a selfÄcompensating, springÄloaded idler . î The small belt drives a double pulley which transfers the motor drive to the main belt. î The main belt is attached to the carriage via frictionÄfit belt clamps. It is tensioned using a selfÄcompensating, springÄloaded tensioner wedge and main idler . (Illustration î page 10Ä15.) The belt moves the carriage along slider rods, which are part of the chassis assembly . The carriage bearing system consists of three bushings. î P ositional feedback is obtained using a 150ÄlineÄperÄinch linear encoder strip that is spring loaded and passes through the carriage where the small slots are read by an optical encoder . The feedback is used by the carriageÄmotor servoÄcontrol system.
5Ä10 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Detecting the Media Edges îîîî îîîîîî The plotter detects the left and right media edges using the line sensor located on the carriage. The sensor is composed of D Red LED D Two lenses (caution required when handling) D Collector plate îîîîîîîîî î The sensor finds the left media edge when it detects the light from the red LED reflected off the media surface. The black surface of the drive roller absorbs the light. Excessive ink deposits on the driveÄroller can fool the sensor by reflecting the light. î The sensor goes on to find the right media edge. î The media is advanced and the sensor checks for media skew (crooked loading). îîîîî î îîîîîîîî The line sensor on the cartridge carriage is also used to D Detect and measure lines drawn on media when performing cartridge alignment D Detect and measure lines drawn on media when performing accuracy calibration D Scan the setup sheet îîîîî îîîîîîî HardÄclip side margins provide protection against writing on the drive roller due to media expansion/contraction or skew . Top and bottom margins are set according to the physical spacing between the pinchÄwheels, overdrive and writing head. (Specifications ' chapter 1.) îîîîî îîîîî Y ou can use a wide variety of media sizes, due to the D Continuous roller D Spacing of the pinchÄwheels and starÄwheels D EdgeÄdetection capability (Specifications ' chapter 1.)
5Ä11 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Providing Ink (Carriage Illustration ' page 10Ä21) îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The plotters use two HP DeskJetÄtype cartridges, each containing 50 nozzles. The cartridges are staggered such that two nozzles on each one are not used. The main components of a cartridge are the D Plastic housing D SpringÄbag ink reservoir D Flex circuit The spring bag provides a negative pressure inside the ink supply to prevent ink from flowing out through the nozzles. The print head (flex circuit), located on the cartridge, contains the cartridge interface (interconnect) and nozzles. îîîî îîîîîî Inkjet cartridges invoke a thermal dropÄonÄdemand technology . î î î î îîîîîî î A voltage is applied to a resistive area on the head superheating the bottom layer of the ink droplet and causing nucleation (similar to boiling water). î The ink boils producing a bubble of water vapor that forces the ink droplet out of the small nozzle orifice. î As the ink droplet leaves the orifice, the surface tension of the ink draws more ink into the chamber . î The bubble collapses as the water vapor cools.
5Ä12 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî The geometry of the nozzle is important to maintain drop shape and direction. The distance of the head from the writing surface can determine image sharpness. As the distance increases, the drop shape and directionality degrade and are more difficult to predict. îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The two black print cartridges snap into the cartridge chutes (carriage snaps). îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî A goldÄplated, dimpled flex circuit mates with the flat tab circuit on each cartridge to make the electrical contact between the plotter and the cartridges. The elastomer spring pads behind each flex circuit ensure the dimples contact the tab circuits with enough pressure. îîîîîîîî îîî The carriage PC A is part of the carriage assembly . It connects to the main PCA through the trailing cable, which passes through a split torroid to reduce radioÄfrequency interference. The Carriage PCA contains D Line sensor D Thermistor circuit D Linear encoder D Cartridge nozzle firing circuit The thermistor circuit informs the carriage processor if the temperature of the carriage PC A is above or below a certain value. (Further information ' later in this chapter , w Carriage PCA.)
5Ä13 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Producing an Image îîîîîî î îîîîîîîîî The plotters are raster based. They plot using dots to represent the data. Thus a line is made up of a series of dots. V ector B A C D 45 14 Raster 95 îîîîîîîîîî îî îîî î îî îîîîî The resolution of a raster plotter is the number of dots per inch (dpi) it can place along one of two orthogonal axes. îîîî î îî refers to the ability of the plotter to print a single dot at every location on a grid. îîîîîîîîîîî î îî is the ability of the plotter to selectivity position dots on a grid finer than the trueÄdpi grid. It is used to produce higher print quality output. 600 addressable dpi Enhanced Mode 300 dpi Final Mode Both DesignJet 200 and DesignJet 220 plotters use two 300Ädpi print cartridges. However , the DesignJet 220 has an Enhanced print mode enabling it to address a 600Ädpi grid.
5Ä14 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîî îîîî Each dot produced by a 300Ädpi cartridge has a diameter of 0.0055 in. The dot size must be larger than 1/300th of an inch (0.0033 in.) so that when a singleÄdotÄwide line is printed, dots overlap and the line appears to be continuous. î îî îîîî î îî A 600Ädpi grid contains four times as many dots as a 300Ädpi grid. This means that four times as much ink can be laid down on a 600Ädpi grid. Media cannot absorb that much ink effectively; it puddles, runs, and dries slowly . îîî îîîîîîîîî T o solve the ink problem, sophisticated algorithms produce asymmetrical dot arrangements to selectively reduce (deplete) the number of dots placed on the addressable 600Ädpi grid in enhanced mode. (The same happens on the 300Ädpi grid in draft mode, but to increase plotting speed.) Dot size is not varied in any of the print modes. îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî is fast and uses half the ink of true 300Ädpi resolution. Special algorithms control dot placement, creating a virtual 300Ädpi image, rather than skipping every other dot. The image appears considerably lighter than the true 300Ädpi print quality . îîîîî îîîî uses true 300Ädpi resolution. Plotters set to plot on a 300x300Ädpi grid directly map 90,000 raster image dots per square inch to 90,000 drops of ink. îîîîîîîî îîîî (on the DesignJet 220) uses addressable 600Ädpi resolution. This involves 300Ädpi cartridges on a 600x600Ädpi grid. Dot depletion results in the same amount of drops used as in true 300Ädpi mode. Print quality improves because the dot centers may be located anywhere on the 600Ädpi grid. This results in smoother curves, straighter lowÄangle lines, smoothÄedged area fills and easily readable small text.
î îîî î îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî Media T ype Print Quality Resolution (DPI) # of Passes Carriage Speed Swath Delay Pass Density Paper Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 1 16.7ips 1sec 100% V ellum/ T ransl Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% V ellum/ T ransl/Film Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 1sec 50% î îîîîîîîî îîî Media T ype Print Quality Resolution (DPI) # of Passes Carriage Speed Swath Delay Pass Density Paper Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 1 16.7ips 1sec 100% Enhanced addressable 600x600 2 16.7ips 0.5sec 50% V ellum/ T ransl Draft 300x300 1 24ips 0 50% Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 1sec 50% Enhanced addressable 600x600 4 16.7ips 0.5sec 25% Film Final 300x300 2 16.7ips 3sec 50% Enhanced addressable 600x600 4 16.7ips 1.5sec 25% A îîîîî is the amount of data printed in one pass of the carriage. The îîîîî îîîîî is the time between completing one swath and beginning to print the next swath.
5Ä16 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Aligning the Cartridges The cartridgeÄalignment system is composed of D Stepper motor D Adjustment linkage D Adjustment cam D Adjustable cartridge chute D Carriage drive (Illustrations ' pages 10Ä15 and 10Ä21.) î îîîîîîîî The following operation is used to align one cartridge with respect to the other in the X Äaxis (media axis). (Y Äaxis and ZÄaxis realignments are done by varying the firing timing of each nozzle resistor .) î The stepper motor presses up on the lower link of the three adjustmentÄlinkage pieces by means of the plastic actuator pressed onto the motor shaft. î This action lowers the top link of the adjustment linkage. î The carriage moves, and the adjustment cam, which comes into contact with the top link, is rotated. î The cam action causes the adjustable cartridge chute to move in either the plus or minus X Äaxis direction relative to the fixed cartridge chute. (Instructions ' chapter 7, w Cartridge Alignment.)
5Ä17 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Servicing the Cartridges îîîîîîî îîîîîîî (Illustration ' page 10Ä17.) V arious important cartridgeÄmaintenance operations are performed at the service station: D Cartridge wiping D Cartridge capping D Nozzle spitting îîîîîî During operation of the cartridge, ink accumulates on the nozzle plate along with paper dust and other substances foreign to the cartridge. If not removed, this buildup can affect nozzle directionality and lead to nozzle failure. P eriodically during operation of the cartridge, this buildup is removed by dragging a wiper across the nozzle plate. î îîîîîîîî (Illustration ' page 10Ä15.) î The stepper motor presses down on the lower link of the wiper assembly by means of the plastic actuator pressed onto the motor's shaft. î As the lower link is pushed down, the upper linkage is raised. î The carriage moves over the small rubber blade, attached to the top of the upper linkage, causing the blade to wipe excess ink and crusting from the nozzle plates.
5Ä18 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîî Ink evaporates if you expose nonÄfiring nozzle plates to the open environment. V apor loss changes the physical properties of the ink remaining in the area of the nozzle plate. The ink may form viscous plugs that fully or partially clog nozzles. T o reduce the loss of ink vapor and thus prevent the nozzles from drying out when the cartridges sit idle, the service station automatically places a cap over the nozzle plates. î îîîîîîîî î Aligning the Caps Alignment between the cartridge caps and the nozzles is necessary , because the cap seals on a very small area of the cartridge's plate. Misalignment can cause the ink to wick from the cartridge. The springÄloaded sled aligns directly to the carriage by means of a beveled plate that mates to a notch on the carriage. This notch establishes X and Y alignment. A flat feature on the sled butts against the carriage to establish the Z alignment. (Checking correct alignment ' chapter 8, w Frequent Cartridge F ailure .) î Sealing the Nozzles î The cartridge cap creates a closed volume of air around the nozzles, which is humidified by firing one drop per nozzle. î The air volume in the cap is compressed, resulting in a positive pressure at the nozzles. This pressure must be held within a set tolerance. Not enough pressure and the cartridges can leak, too much and the cartridges can deprime. îîîîîîîî The cartridge fires (spits) ink droplets periodically to keep a clean nozzle condition. Spitting also takes place to humidify the cartridges before capping and to detect missing nozzles. The cartridges spit into spittoons located in the service station area. Cooling the Electronics îî î A single DC fan provides cooling for all electronics inside the electronics enclosure. The fan is processor controlled and runs only when the plotter is plotting. The fan connects to the Main PC A.
5Ä19 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 System Data Flow Firmware Print-Engine Control Module Physical Input/Output Data I/O Interrupt I/O Buffer Parser Display List VRC, RRC Swath Holding Area Swath Manager Physical Swath Area Data characters 500 Bytes Data characters One at a time Graphic objects Graphic objects Swath Swath Rasterized object Firmware Graphics Module îîîîîîîîîîîî The user's computer is connected to the plotter through a physical input/output (I/O) connection. The I/O interrupt process removes data from the I/O port, 500 bytes at a time, and places it into the I/O buffer . î îîîîî The parser removes data from the I/O buffer , one byte at a time, interprets the data and transforms it into graphic objects, which are mapped onto the display list. The parser can interpret either raster or vector data. It adds positional information to the data indicating where it is placed on the display list. It continues building the display list until the entire plot has been sent or until memory is full. îîîîîîî î îîî The graphic objects are geometrical shapes (arcs, vectors, etc.), which are placed on the display list. The display list is a logical map. It is built in a swath format. The information that builds the display list is stored in DRAM (Dynamic R andomÄAccess Memory). The more DRAM the system contains, the larger and more dense the display list can be.
5Ä20 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî The vectorÄtoÄraster converter (VRC) or rasterÄtoÄraster converter (RRC), depending on the data format sent, rasterizes the data from the display list, swath by swath, and sends the swaths to a swath holding area. îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The swath holding area is part of the DRAM that is specially allocated for this purpose. The swath holding area is large enough to hold up to three swaths at a time. îîîîî îîîîîîî The swath manager firmware algorithm removes data from the swath holding area and reorganizes the data for more efficient plotting. This enables the plotter to sweep the carriage to areas that require ink and to conserve motion by not sweeping blank areas of the media. V ariables are calculated and stored during this optimization. The swath manager then replaces the data into the swath holding area. îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The printÄengine controller removes the organized data from the swath holding area and copies it to the physical swath RAM area. The plotter's microprocessor has a feature called î´burst mode," enabling data to be copied from one area of memory to another very quickly . The printÄengine controller uses the variables calculated by the swath manager to determine the stop and start positions of the swath and thus control the carriage movement. îîîîî îîî The swath RAM is dedicated RAM memory and not part of the DRAM. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî The cartridgeÄinterface ASIC (ApplicationÄSpecific Integrated Circuit) controls the shuffling of pure swath data to the actual firing order of the cartridge nozzles. It fetches pixels from the physical swath RAM and sends it serially through the trailing cable to the carriage ASIC . This sending of pixel data is initiated by means of a signal sent to the cartridgeÄinterface ASIC by the processorÄsupport ASIC , so as to synchronize the motion of the media motor and carriage motor with the firing of the printÄhead drivers. îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî The carriage ASIC generates the select and enable signals to drive the cartridgeÄdriver integrated circuits. The cartridge drivers provide the firing pulses for the printÄhead nozzles.
5Ä21 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Plotter Architecture The plotters have the multiprocessor architecture shown in the following diagram: 80960 bus Main Processor (80960KA) Internal Memory (ROM/RAM) Expansion Memory (SIMM DRAM) I/O (Centronics) (RSâ232) Shuffler ASIC Swath RAM (256 KB) Support ASIC Encoders Motor Drivers Nozzle T iming ASIC Carriage Processor (8051) Servo Processor (8052) EEPROM (256) Cartridge Drivers Line Detector Sensors Front Panel Plotter Architecture The plotter electronics, besides sensors and cables, consist of the following assemblies: î Main PCA î Carriage PCA î FrontÄP anel PCA î P ower Supply These are described on the following pages.
5Ä22 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Main PC A (P art illustration ' page 10Ä9.) PCA and Sensor Interconnections Centronics RSâ232 Media-axis encoder Front panel PCA Bail sensor Window sensor Media sensor Pinch-arm sensor Media motor Carriage motor MAIN PCA Carriage PCA Stepper motor Fan Power supply SIMM socket The main PC A contains most of the plotter electronics, that is: D Main processor system D Servo processor subsystem D Some power components
80960 CPU RS-232 Interface Shuffler ASIC Swath RAM Centronics Interface 2-MB DRAM 4x8-Mbit ROM Demultiplexed Bus Interface DRAM SIMM Socket T o Servo Processor System T o Carriage Processor System Processor Support ASIC 5Ä23 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The main processor system consists of the following: î Main processor (80960) î ROM î Processor support ASIC î Shuffler ASIC with swath memory î Input/output interfaces î DRAM Main-Processor-System îîîî îîîîîîîîî The main processor interprets graphicsÄlanguage commands received through the input/output (I/O), prepares a bit map of the data to be printed, and issues commands to the servo processor to synchronize the carriage and roller movements for each swath printed. î îî The firmware code is contained in either two masked ROMs or four EPROMs on the main PCA. The EPROM integrated circuits are socketed; Move them from the old Main PCA to the new one, when you replace the Main PCA.
5Ä24 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The processor support ASIC provides support for the main processor , and an interface between the main processor and the servo processor . îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî The shuffler ASIC and the swath memory shuffle the rowÄoriented image data in the system memory into columnÄoriented nozzle data needed by the print cartridges. The shuffling is accomplished by copying an entire swath of image data from the system memory into the swath memory , then fetching the pixel data from swath memory for each cartridge nozzle according to the shuffle pattern in the ASIC address sequencer . The shuffled data is transferred serially to the nozzleÄtiming ASIC located on the carriage. îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî The plotters have both a parallel (BiÄ Tronics) and a serial (RS Ä232) interface. These I/Os are controlled by the main processor . î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî The parallel interface is compliant with IEEE standard 1284 (BiÄ Tronics). The parallel port has a standard female 1284ÄB 36Äpin connector (the same connector as standard Centronics). Hosts with 1284Äcompliant parallel interfaces (including standard PCs with the appropriate parallelÄport software) are able to communicate with the plotter bidirectionally . Hosts with standard Centronics hardware (such as traditional PCs) are able to operate with the plotter as they do with standard Centronics devices. îîîî îî îî îîîîîîî BiÄ Tronics is a signaling method for a speedÄadaptive, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications channel between a peripheral and a host. The features of BiÄ Tronics are: î Provides the capability to send data from the host computer to the plotter at a higher speed, by shortening the signal timing values. î Provides a path for data to be sent from the plotter to the host, such as solicited and unsolicited status (media jam, plot finished, etc.) î Reduced user interaction: The host software can request information of the plotter directly (such as î½amount of available memory?") instead of prompting the user . î The specification allows PCs with existing parallelÄport hardware to participate in bidirectional communication with a peripheral by installing new parallelÄport driver software; no new PC hardware is necessary . The IEEE Ä1284 specification provides for two levels of compliance for the electrical characteristics of an interface. The interface for the plotters meets the Level 1 electrical requirements. The IEEE Ä1284 specification defines five modes of operations for an interface. The interface for the plotters implements Compatibility and Nibble modes. HostÄtoÄperipheral dataÄtransfer handshaking is performed by a hardware state machine. P eripheralÄtoÄhost handshaking is performed by the main processor in response to an interrupt.
5Ä25 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî î îîîîîîî The main processor controls the DTR (Data T erminal R eady) signal using a bit in the parallel I/O control register . Whenever the power to the plotter is on, R TS (Request T o Send) is set active. No other modem signals are controlled or monitored. îîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî The reset state of the DTR signal is undefined. During initialization, the main processor first sets the DTR control bit to 1, which signals the host that the interface cannot accept data. Later the processor sets the UAR T configuration register and the baudÄrate select register using the configuration data from the EEROM. îîîî Two MBytes of DRAM for system use and I/O data storage reside permanently on the Main PCA. In addition, a 72Äpin socket for the industryÄstandard DRAM SIMM is provided for optional memory . The socket supports a DRAM SIMM of 2 MB, 4 MB, or 8 MB. î îîîîîîî î îîîî îîîîîîî P owerÄon reset signals are used to initialize the processorÄsupport ASIC, shuffler ASIC and servo processor . The processor support ASIC generates a reset signal to initialize the main processor . A powerÄon reset signal disables the EEROM to prevent loss of data during power transitions. The components that generate the reset signals guarantee valid signals once the logic supply ( 5V) exceeds 2.0 V .
5Ä26 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîîîîî The servo processor system consists of the following: î Servo processor (8052) î Processor support ASIC î FrontÄpanel interface î StepperÄmotor driver î CarriageÄprocessor interface î V arious sensor inputs î EEROM Motor Position Encoders Front-Panel Interface Motor Drivers EEROM T o Main Processor System T o Carriage Processor System Processor Support ASIC Stepper-Motor Driver Sensors 8052 Servo Processor Servo Processor System îîîîî î îîîîîîîî The servo processor controls all of the plotter actuators. Executing the commands issued by the main processor , it reads the carriage and roller position from the processor support ASIC and writes the needed control data to the PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) generators in that ASIC . Through a serial link, the servo processor sends nozzleÄtiming data to, and receives carriageÄsensor data from, the carriage processor . î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî The processor support ASIC provides support for the servo processor , and an interface between the main processor and the servo processor .
5Ä27 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî The front panel consists of nine LEDs and eight switches. The servo processor interface to the front panel consists of nine control signals and two sense signals. îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî The servo processor controls a stepper motor used for printÄcartridge servicing and alignment. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The servoÄprocessor serial port is used to communicate with the carriage processor . îîîîîîî F our sensors provide input to the servo processor: D The îîîîîî îîîîîî is a mechanical switch that detects if the window has been raised. This serves the purpose of a safety interlock. While the window is raised, the servo processor halts any carriage movement. D The îîîîî îîîîîî detects the presence of media in the media path. It is also used to determine media size. D The îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî detects whether the pinchÄarms have been raised. The servo processor uses the sensor to determine the pinchÄarm position during the initialization sequence. D The îîîî îîîîîî detects whether the bail has been raised. The servo processor uses the sensor to determine the bail position during the initialization sequence. îîîîî A serial EEROM is used as nonvolatile storage for calibration and configuration data. This data is typically unique for the plotter . It includes the following information: D RS Ä232 configurations D Certain frontÄpanel selections D P enÄpallet information D Constants created during the various plotter calibrations The EEROM is soldered to the Main PCA (both new and rebuilt). Should the EEROM be cleared or the Main PCA replaced, perform all calibrations. (Details ' chapter 7.) The servo processor drives the EEROM control signals, chip select and shift clock. A reset signal disables the chip select during power transitions to reduce loss of data.
5Ä28 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 î îîîî îîîîîîîîîî The following are the power components on the main PC A: îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîî î îîîî îîîîîîî Two motor driver ICs and heatsinks. îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî î îîîîîî î îîîîîîîî T o regulate the amount of energy given to the printÄcartridge heating resistors, a precise voltage regulator controls the printÄcartridge voltage supply . The regulator power device is located on the main PCA, but the cartridge resistors and drivers are located on the carriage PCA. T o reduce the effect of the long path between the voltage regulator output and the cartridge resistors, an active sense circuit on the carriage PCA feeds back an error signal to the main PC A. On the carriage PCA, the cartridge supply voltage is sensed by a precision resistor divider and compared with 2.5V reference. This error is amplified, buffered, and transmitted to the main PCA through the trailing cable. The voltage is regulated by a regulator on a heatsink. î îî îîîîîî The plotter electronics are cooled by a fan, which may be turned on and off by the main processor . A twoÄpin connector is used for the fan. Pin 1 connects to the black wire of the fan harness and to the drain of a driver FET on the Main PCA. Pin 2 connects to the red wire of the fan harness and to 12V on the Main PC A.
5Ä29 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Carriage PC A The carriage PC A has four main functions: î The nozzleÄtiming ASIC controls the firing of the print cartridges, using data from the shuffler ASIC on the main PCA. î A linear encoder senses the carriage position. î A line sensor enables automatic printÄcartridge calibration. î A thermistor monitors the temperature near the print cartridges. The carriage PC A is installed in the carriage assembly , componentÄside down to accommodate the operation of the linear encoder . A long 28Äconductor cable (trailing cable) connects the carriage PC A to the main PC A. î îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî The carriage PCA require s5V@6 7 0m Aa n d2 0V@6 1t o2 1 8m A . The regulator for the 20Ä V supply is located on the main PCA, but an active sense circuit on the carriage PCA senses the voltage at the highÄfrequency bulk charge source capacitors. îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîî The carriage processor system consists of the following: î Carriage processor î Nozzle timing ASIC î Servo processor interface î AnalogÄtoÄDigital (A/D) Converter î Print cartridges î Line sensor îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The carriage processor's primary task is to configure the nozzleÄtiming ASIC . It receives the configuration data from the servo processor . It controls the A/D converter used in the line and temperature sensors, and senses printÄcartridge identity and continuity . It returns status and sensor data to the servo processor . T o Servo Processor System From Main Processor System 8052 Carriage Processor Thermistor Line Sensor Cartridge Cartridge Drivers Nozzle T iming ASIC A/D Converter Carriage-Processor-System
5Ä30 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî The carriage processor dedicates its address/data bus to interface with the nozzleÄtiming ASIC . The ASIC is also connected to the shuffler ASIC by a synchronous serial channel. The nozzleÄtiming ASIC applies the shuffled data it receives from the shuffler ASIC to the cartridge drivers, controlling the firing time and sequence of the printÄcartridge nozzles. The outputs controlling the print cartridge drivers are disabled while the reset signal is active. A voltage supervisor monitors the logic supply ( 5V) and generates a reset signal to prevent firing nozzles during power transitions. The falling threshold for reset is 4.71V worst case. îîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The carriageÄprocessor serial port is used to communicate with the servo processor . The servo processor controls the carriageÄprocessor reset signal. îîî îîîîîîîîî The carriage processor controls an eightÄchannel serial A/D converter . The processor drives the A/D Äconverter control signals, chip select and shift clock. îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîî The carriage processor can verify the firing of each printÄcartridge nozzle. Firing a nozzle causes a voltage drop at the ballast resistor for that nozzle. A comparator senses the voltage drop at each ballast resistor and outputs a pulse to a processor counter . This enables the processor to determine whether each print cartridge is inserted properly . î îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî A thermistor mounted on the carriage PC A allows the carriage processor to sense ambient temperature. The processor can adjust the amount of energy delivered to a print cartridge by changing the nozzle firing time though the nozzle timing ASIC . The plotters compensate for changes in ambient temperature and self heating of the print cartridges based on the data provided by the carriage processor . îîîî îîîîîî The plotters calibrate the writing system to compensate for alignment errors due to mechanical tolerances using an optical line sensor . The sensor is capable of precisely measuring, within the field of view of the sensor , the position of one line relative to another . The sensor measures both horizontal and vertical line positions. The plotters also use this sensor to determine the location of the media edges in the carriage sweep axis. îîîîîîîîî The sensor employs a quad photo diode array with illumination from a diffuse LED . A simple optical system employing two lenses forms an image of the test pattern on the photo diode array . A transimpedance amplifier converts the current generated in each photo diode to a voltage. The carriage processor samples the resulting voltage through the A/D converter . îîîîîîîî The accuracy of the line sensor after selfÄcalibration when measuring lines spaced at 1/300 inches is 0.3 mil. When determining the position of the left or right media edge, the sensor accuracy is 6 mil.
5Ä31 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 Front P anel PCA The plotters use the same frontÄpanel PC A as the DeskJet 550. The frontÄpanel consists of nine LEDs and eight switches, mounted on the PCA, which is deeply recessed behind a plastic housing containing the key pad. The keys act on the switches through push rods. Light pipes transmit the light from the LEDs to the display area. î îîî The LEDs are driven by drivers on the main board, under the control of the servo processor . The LED layout is shown below: led[1] led[4] led[7] led[2] led[5] led[8] led[3] led[6] led[9] Front-Panel LEDs îîî î îî The keypad layout is shown below: led[2] led[3] led[6] led[7] key[0] key[1] Switch[1] Switch[2] Switch[3] Switch[4] Switch[5] Switch[6] Switch[7] Switch[8] Front-Panel Key Pad The switches are connected as a 4x2 matrix. The switch matrix, when scanned, is driven by the four LED control signals led[2], led[3], led[6] and led[7]. The servo processor scans the switch matrix by setting, in turn, each of the four control signals to `0' while holding the other three at `1'. While driving the switch matrix, the processor reads the signals key[0], and key[1]. A `1' on a key signal indicates a closed switch.
5Ä32 Functional Overview C3187Ä90000 P ower Supply An autoÄranging power supply is located in the electronics enclosure. It accepts and automatically adjusts to an ac input of 90 V through 264 V and produces regulated voltages of 5 V , 12 V and -12 V , and an unregulated 24 V . These voltages are used as follows: V oltage Use 24 V Motor drivers and voltage regulator on the main PCA. (Regulated 20 V for cartridge circuits on the carriage PCA). 12 V Fan power and RS-232 driver . â12 V RS-232 driver . 5 V IC power and sensors. The primary portion of the supply contains fusing and input protection circuitry , line filters, and a rectifier . The primary output is converted to a pulseÄwidthÄmodulated (PWM), unidirectional current by a flyback dcÄtoÄdc converter . The secondary portion of the power supply contains the four secondary windings of the transformer that convert the PWM current in the primary to four ac voltages, which are rectified to the 5 V , 12 V , -12 V and 24 V dc voltages required by the plotter . Standard 12 V and -12 V regulators are included in the secondary portion of the power supply . îîî îîîîîî" îîîî îî îîî îî!îî îîîîî" îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîîîîî !îîî îîîîîîî î îî îî îîî îîîîîî î!îîîî îî îîî î îîîî î îîî îî!îî îîîî îîîîîî !îîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî î îîîî îîî î îîî îî!îî#îîîîî" îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî !îîî "îî îîîî îî !îîî îî îîî îîîî îîî îîî" î îîîî îî î
îîîî î î îîîîî î î îî î îîîî îîîîîî
6Ä2 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Safety Precautions (Safety symbols î Immediately after the table of contents.) Review W ARNING and C AUTION symbols and instructions before you service the plotters. F ollow these warnings and cautions for your protection and to avoid damaging the plotter . îî!îî$" "îîîî îî(î!î îîîîîîî #î îîî#î î! îîî$!' îî' !î"$î# îî 'î$ îî îî# #îîî #îî îîîîî&îîî î!îîî$#îîî"î îî"$!î #îî# #îî îî îî&î! î$#îî# îîîîî"î îî" î î!î#îî#î%î îî!#î îî!î$îîî #î!îîîîîî îî"îîîîîî# #îî îîî##î! î!îî #îî îî&î! "î$!îî î!îî! #î îî!îî!îîîî îî' îîîî#îîîîîîî î!î%îî# &î#î! î! î#îî! îî $îî" î!îî !$îîîîî îî#î îîîî#!îîîî îîîîîîîî#" î! îî!î$î#"î î! #î!î$îî îîîîîîî" îî #îî îîîîî"$!îî îîîîî îîîîîîîî ESD Precautions T o prevent damage to the plotter circuits from highÄvoltage electrostatic discharge (ESD) î Do not wear clothing that is subject to static buildÄup. î Do not handle integrated circuits (ICs) in carpeted areas. î Do not remove an IC or a printed circuit assembly (PCA) from its conductive foam pad or conductive packaging until you are ready to install it. î Ground your body while disassembling and working on the plotter . î After removing a cover from the plotter , attach a clip lead between the PCA common and earth ground. Touch all tools to earth ground to remove static charges before using them on the plotter . î After removing any PCA from the plotter , place it on a conductive foam pad or into its conductive packaging to prevent ESD damage to any ICs on the PC A. R eassembly Most of the procedures in this chapter describe how to disassemble the plotter . Unless otherwise specified, reassemble the parts in the reverse order of disassembly .
6Ä3 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 R equired T ools The following are the tools required to disassemble and repair the plotters. D Long T orx screwdriver with the indicated attachments: T8 T9 T10 T20 T15 T25 D 90 d T orxÄ15 key: D P ozidriv PZ1 screwdriver: D Small flatÄblade screwdriver:
6Ä4 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 D Nut driver with indicated attachments: 3/16 inch 5.5 mm and D NeedleÄnose pliers D Cutting pliers D Spring hook D Loopback connector (HP P art Number 07440Ä60302) D 10X Magnifier
î Ensure that the plotter is switched îîî and that the power cord and interface cable(s) are not connected to it. î At the back of the plotter , ensure that the two small wire clamps of the parallel port are positioned vertically . îî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî Power inlet: cord not connected î Remove the screws that attach the electronicsÄenclosure cover to the electronics enclosure. îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî î Gently lift open the electronicsÄenclosure cover to an angle of 45 d . T orx-20 or Flat 6Ä5 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 R epair Procedures îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Push the cover up so that its tabs can slide out of the slots at the top of the electronics enclosure. î Carefully pull the cover clear of the plotter . Ta b 6Ä6 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Read îî î îîîîîîîîîîî î page 6Ä2. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Locate the DRAMÄSIMM slot at the bottom of the main PCA. î While pushing the two metal springs apart at the ends of the slot, tilt the outer edge of the DRAM SIMM downwards. î Once the DRAM SIMM is released from the springs, gently pull it clear of the slot. Slot for DRAM SIMM 6Ä7 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî The user may have installed an optional DRAM SIMM in the plotter . P erform the following procedure, if you need to remove it:
Notch î Hold the memory module by its edges with the nonÄmetallic edge toward you and the notch to your left. î Tilt the nonÄmetallic edge downwards and firmly push the module into the slot. Gradually tilt the module upwards and push it in until it clicks into place. 6Ä8 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T o reinstall the SIMM, perform the following procedure:
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the two screws from the serial (RS Ä232ÄC) connector . î Remove the two screws from the parallel connector . î D/A1Äsize plotters only: Open the flexible, î·DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î Pozidriv PZ1 3/16 inch 6Ä9 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîî
Do not force the frontÄpanel PCA cable out of its clamp. First pull the clamp gently towards you to release the cable; then pull the cable easily out of the clamp. Window sensor Media sensor Media-axis encoder Front-panel PCA Bail sensor Pinch-wheel sensor X = Media motor Y = Carriage motor MAIN PCA Carriage PCA Stepper motor Fan Power supply î Disconnect all 12 cable connectors from the main PCA. CAUTION îî îîîî îîîîîî : Make sure to connect all cables in the correct orientation and to the correct socketsî î Remove the five screws that secure the main PCA to the electronics enclosure. îî îîîî îîîîîî : Temporarily leave the screws loose; tighten the serial and parallel connector screws first; then tighten the PCA screwsî î Lift the main PCA clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä10 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the original EPROMs or masked ROMs from their sockets, and install them on the new PCA. The original PCA contains î îîîî î four EPROMs îî two masked ROMs. The EPROMs each have one pair of pins less than the masked ROMs; if you are installing EPROMs, leave the rightmost pair of holes empty in each socket. î If a SIMM is installed on the original PCA, remove it and install it on the new PCA. EPROMs Masked ROMs Empty Empty îîîîîîîîîîîîî After having installed a new main PCA, perform the following calibrations in the given order (Details î chapter 7): 1. Bail calibration 2. MediaÄsensor calibration 3. Cartridge alignment 4. Accuracy calibration 5. SetupÄsheet calibration Empty pair of holes U28 U9 U29 U4 U28 U9 U29 U4 (Part numbers î chapter 10.) 6Ä11 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 If you are installing a new PC A, perform the following extra steps:
îî Disconnect the ac connector and the dc powerÄdistribution connector from the powerÄsupply PCA. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Open the flexible, î²DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î dc power-distribution connector ac connector 6Ä12 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîîî îîî
î Remove the six screws that secure the powerÄsupply PCA to the electronics enclosure. î Lift the powerÄsupply PCA clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä13 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Lift the fan clear of the plotter . î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. Fan connector î Open the flexible, î±DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Disconnect the fan connector from the main PCA and holding clip. î Remove the two screws that secure the fan to the electronics enclosure. T orx-20 îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî îî îîîî 6Ä14 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î îî
î Open the window . î îîîîîî the top screw of the right front trim (two full turns). î Carefully push the right endcover and the window apart, far enough to lift the window up so that the right pivot just clears its socket. îî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîîî îîî î îî îîîîîîî îî î îî î î îîî îî îîîî îî îî îîîî î îîî îîîî îîîîîî î Move the window to the right so that the left pivot slides out of its socket, and lift the window clear of the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîî T orx-15 6Ä15 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî
îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. îîîîî îîîîîîîî î Loosen the two latch screws on the underside of the center cover . î Slide the two latches horizontally towards the center of the plotter , clear of the two endcovers. T orx-15 6Ä16 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî
T orx-15 î Remove the screws from the back of the center cover . îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî î Slide the center cover vertically upwards, and lift it clear of the plotter . 6Ä17 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îîîîîîîîîîîîî When replacing screws on any plastic part, always begin by gently twisting the screw in anticlockwise with your hand, until the screw finds the thread path and clicks, and then twisting the screw in clockwise with your hand, before using a screwdriver . This is to avoid crossÄthreading. Do not overÄtighten the screws. î Remove the three screws from the left side of the left endcover . î Remove the window î page 6Ä15, and the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the two screws on the left front trim and the two screws on the left back trim. CAUTION T orx-15 T orx-15 î If the plotter is mounted on legs, îîîîîî the two leftÄhand screws that attach the plotter to the legs. î Maintaining an even pressure on the top and bottom of the endcover , pull it to the left, away from the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî îîî îî îîî îîî îîîîî î 6Ä18 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîî
îîîîîîîîîîîîî When replacing screws on any plastic part, always begin by gently twisting the screw in anticlockwise with your hand, until the screw finds the thread path and clicks, and then twisting the screw in clockwise with your hand, before using a screwdriver . This is to avoid crossÄthreading. Do not overÄtighten the screws. î Remove the three screws from the right side of the right endcover . î Remove the window î page 6Ä15, and the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the two screws on the right front trim and the two screws on the right back trim. CAUTION T orx-15 T orx-15 î If the plotter is attached to a plotter stand, îîîîîî the two rightÄhand screws that attach the plotter to the stand. î Maintaining an even pressure on the top and bottom of the endcover , pull it to the right, away from the plotter . îî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî î CAUTION Do not stress or apply pressure to the frontÄpanel assembly . îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî 6Ä19 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Detach the linkage spring from the Y Ätensioner bracket. Reassembling: îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî îî îî îîî îîîîîîîî î Remove the two shoulder screws that attach the automatic cartridgeÄadjust linkage to the left sideplate and lift the linkage clear of the plotter . CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screws. Reassembling: î îîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî Stepper-motor shaft Bottom arm of linkage T orx-15 6Ä20 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover ' page 6Ä18. î Open the flexible, î³DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE," insulation cover . îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî î î Disconnect the stepperÄmotor cable connector from the main PCA and the holding clip. Stepper-motor connector î Remove the bottom shoulder screw on the cartridgeÄadjust linkage, and lower the lever arm below the stepper motor . îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî T orx-15 6Ä21 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î Loosen the right screw and remove the left screw that attaches the stepper motor to the left sideplate. Loosen Remove CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screws. î Move the stepper motor toward the rear of the plotter . îî Pull the stepperÄmotor cable gently out from the electronics enclosure, through the hole in the left side of the electronics enclosure, and lift it and the stepper motor clear of the plotter . T orx-10 6Ä22 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover ' page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the pinchÄarmÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA and from the ferrite on the right sideplate. Pinch-arm- sensor connector î Remove the two screws that attach the pinchÄarm sensor to the right sideplate. î Lift the pinchÄarm sensor , with cable, clear of the plotter . T orx-10 Pinch-arm sensor KEEP THIS AREA FREE OF CABLES ÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃ Reassembling: îîî îîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî î îîîî î îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî Ferrite 6Ä23 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the windowÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA. Window-sensor connector Clip Clip îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîî Ferrite î Carefully feed the windowÄsensor cable out from the electronics enclosure and from under the motor assemblies, unclipping it from the holding clips and ferrite. î îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî 6Ä24 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî
î Slide the cable and connector up through the fastener near the right front trim. Fastener î Remove the screw that attaches the window sensor to the right front trim. î Lift the sensor , with cable, clear of the plotter . Sensor CAUTION îîîîîîîîîîîîî Do not crossÄthread or overÄtighten the screw . T orqu e=3l bi n .( â 0.35 Nm) T orx-8 6Ä25 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî If the plotter is mounted on legs, remove the four screws that attach it to the legs. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. Media-sensor connector î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Disconnect the mediaÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA, and from the holding clip and ferrite on the right sideplate. T orx 15 î Place the plotter on a flat surface and turn it on its back. It requires two people to lift the plotter î îîîîî îîîîîîîî î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî îîî îîî îî "î î The ferrite holder opens from the topî Reassembling: The cable goes through the same ferrite as for the window sensor î page 6Ä24î 6Ä26 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîî!îîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
î Remove the screws that attach the bottom cover to the plotter , and lift the cover clear of the plotter . D/A1Äsize plotters have 8 screws. E/A0Äsize plotters have 10 screws. T orx-20 Reassembling: Ensure that the two flags on the media sensor are correctly positioned (see following procedure). î Pull the media sensor straight out towards you, freeing it from the underside of the entry platen. î Cut the plastic tie that fastens the mediaÄsensor cable to the underside of the entry platen. îî Lift the media sensor and cable clear of the plotter îîîîîîî îîî T ake care not to cut the mediaÄsensor cable itself. CAUTION Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the mediaÄsensor calibration (Details î chapter 7). 6Ä27 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Insert the tÄshaped flag in the indicated position. î Let the tÄshaped flag rotate to its correct position. î Insert the bellÄshaped flag in the indicated position. î Let the bellÄshaped flag rotate to its correct position. 6Ä28 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î D/A1Äsize plotters only: Open the flexible, DANGER HIGH VOL T AGE, insulation cover . î Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the main PCA. î Remove the two screws that attach the toroid to the rear of the electronics enclosure. Flex the cover to open it. Do not detach the cover from the plotter . T railing-cable connector î Pull off the two endcaps of the toroid and remove the toroid from the trailing cable. T orx-10 If you are installing a new trailing cable, make sure the main PCA is compatible with it. (Details î chapter 9.) 6Ä29 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA. î If you need to change the trailing cable: î Cut the two plastic ties that hold the cable to the rear tray and bracket. î Free the cable from the rear tray and bracket, pulling it up through the slot at the top of the electronics enclosure assembly . Rear tray Plastic ties Bracket T railing-cable connector Cartridge-carriage PCA îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î Use the old trailing cable as a template to bend and crease the new trailing cable to exactly match the creases in the old trailing cable. 6Ä30 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî If you don't need to change the trailing cable, but do need to remove it to access other parts: î Remove the two screws that attach the trailingÄcable rear tray to the top of the electronics enclosure. î Carefully remove the rightÄhand cartridge spring from the cartridge carriage. î Remove the trailingÄcableÄbracket screw from the cartridge carriage. î Pull the trailing cable up through the slot at the top of the electronics enclosure assembly and lift it, with rear tray and bracket, from the plotter . Rear tray Rear tray Bracket T orx-20 T orx-10 6Ä31 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
Do not force the cable out of its clamp. First pull the clamp gently towards you to release the cable; then pull the cable easily out of the clamp. î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover ' page 6Ä5. î Remove the window ' page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover ' page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover ' page 6Ä19. î T ake note of the correct positioning of the frontÄpanel cable for reassembling. Incorrect positioning could cause obstruction of the cartridge carriage or motor gears. î Unclip the windowÄsensor cable and frontÄpanel cable from their holding clip on the underside of the frontÄpanel assembly . î Release the frontÄpanel cable from its clamp on the main PCA, and from its holding clip on the right side of the plotter . CAUTION î î îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî Front-panel connector clamp Clip Window-sensor cable Front-panel cable 6Ä32 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîî
î Carefully feed the frontÄpanel cable out from the electronics enclosure, through the flat ferrite on the right sideplate, and out from under the motor assemblies. î Remove the two screws and washers that attach the frontÄpanel assembly to the right sideÄplate, and lift the frontÄpanel assembly , with cable, clear of the plotter . T orx-20 6Ä33 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î On the underside of the frontÄpanel assembly , press the four transparent plastic tabs inwards and remove the PCA and LED assembly . îîî îîîîî!îîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî î îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî!îîîîî îî î îîî îîî îîîîîî 6Ä34 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîî
îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî î Carriage-motor connector 1 2 T ensioner wheel Small drive belt Motor gear Double pulley Loosen î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. T orx-15 î Disconnect the carriageÄmotor cable from the main PCA (connector labelled Y), and from the lowest ferrite holder on the rightÄhand side of the plotter . î Pressing the small drive belt against the tensioner wheel in the belt tensioner to loosen the belt, slide the belt off of the motor gear; then carefully release your hand from the the tensioner wheel. î Loosen the two carriageÄmotor screws about 1/2 cm (about 1/4 inch). 6Ä35 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîîî îîîîî
Rotate Pull î Rotate the motor in the indicated direction. î Pull the motor down, clear of its bracket. 6Ä36 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î Remove the carriage motor î page 6Ä35. î Disconnect the mediaÄmotor cable from the main PCA (connector labeled X) and from the uppermost ferrite holder on the rightÄhand side of the plotter . Paper-motor connector îîîîî îîîîîîîî îî $îî î îî 'îîî #$î!#î $îîî îî"î î $ $ î%$ ) %"#îîî î $îî îîî îî" #$"î!î î Remove the two screws that secure the driveÄroller gear to the driveÄroller shaft. T orx-10 Reassembling: îîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îî îî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî î Remove the driveÄroller gear from the driveÄroller shaft. î îî îîîî îîî îî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî 6Ä37 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîî &îîî $îî îîîîî îî *î(î#î î $ "
îî R emove the two screws that secure the media motor to the mediaÄmotor mount. îî Pull the media motor towards the rear of the plotter . îî Disconnect the flat encoder cable from the motor , and lift the motor clear of the plotter . T orx-15 Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the accuracy calibration (Details î chapter 7.) Reassembling: The worm pinion and driveÄroller gear mesh slightly during use. Don't install a new motor and an old gear , or vice versa: install the gear that comes with the motor . Apply the grease that comes with the new motor to the worm pinion and driveÄroller gear . 6Ä38 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî" îîîîî îîîîîî î!îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîî" î î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19 î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. WÄAÄRÄNÄIÄNÄG CAUTION The encoder strip is fragile. Do not damage it. Lay it on a flat surface when it is not in the plotter . î Remove the nut and washer that secure the encoder strip to the encoder springÄbracket on the right side of the plotter . 5.5 mm î Remove the nut and washer that secure the encoder strip to the service station on the left side of the plotter . 5.5 mm 6Ä39 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î Compressing the encoder springÄbracket to release tension on the encoder strip, carefully release the encoder strip from the service station. Compress Release 1 2 Service station Encoder strip Spring bracket î Carefully pull the encoder strip through and out of the carriage assembly . î Lay the encoder strip on a flat surface. îîîîîîîîîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî 6Ä40 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Ensure that the encoder strip is oriented with the transparent area up, and with three holes on the left side and one hole on the right side. î Thread the strip through the apertures in the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly . î With washer and nut, secure the encoder strip to the service station. î Press the forward end of the encoder springÄbracket slightly inward and place the encoder strip between the tabs and over the threaded post on the encoder springÄbracket. 5.5 mm Compress Spring bracket Threaded post T abs 6Ä41 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî
î With washer and nut, secure the encoder strip to the encoder springÄbracket. î Slide the carriage back and forth the length of its travel to ensure free movement. î îî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîî îî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî 5.5 mm 6Ä42 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î If the maintenance you need to perform requires you to remove the trailing cable as well as the trailingÄcable guide, then remove the trailing cable now î page 6Ä29. î Remove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable guide to the tensioner housing. T ensioner housing T railing-cable guide T orx-15 CAUTION Exercise care to avoid damaging the ferrite ring when carrying out the following instructions. î Cut the plastic tie, on the spring in the ferrite ring, located where the trailingÄ cable guide attaches to the Y Ädrive bracket. Ferrite ring Spring and tie T railing-cable guide î Using a screwdriver , compress and release the spring from between the inside surface of the ferrite ring and the trailingÄcable guide. CAUTION Handle the trailing cable and the trailingÄcable guide with care. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî î î îîî îîîîîîî îîîî 6Ä43 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî
î Remove the screw inside the ferrite ring. T orx-15 îî Slightly lift up the guide and carefully remove the ferrite ring. îî Move the trailingÄcable guide towards the rear of the plotter , rotate it to clear the arm of the cartridgeÄadjustment cam on the cartridge carriage, and lift the trailingÄcable guide clear of the plotter . CAUTION Be careful not to scrape the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA with the trailingÄcable guide if you are sliding the guide under the trailing cable. 6Ä44 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
The tensioner plate is under spring tension. Ensure that the plate does not spring back suddenly . Hold the right end (viewed from the rear) of the tensioner plate to keep the tensioner spring compressed. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Slide the cartridge carriage towards the center of the plotter in order to access the tensioner . î Remove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable guide to the tensioner housing. î Remove the tensionerÄplate screw . T ensioner housing T railing-cable guide T orx-15 T orx-15 CAUTION 6Ä45 R emoval and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî î î î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî
î Carefully move the tensioner plate to the right until it clears the slot in the housing. T ensioner plate Slot î Carefully move the right end of the tensioner plate up and clear of the retaining tab. T ensioner plate Ta b î Decompress the tensioner spring by allowing the tensioner plate to move toward the rear of the plotter . T ensioner plate T ensioner spring îî R emove the Y Ätensioner spring and Y Ätensioner from the housing. 6Ä46 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî î îîîîî the Y Ätensioner housing screw . T orx-15 Loosen îî Slide the Y Ätensioner housing out from the Y Ätensioner bracket. Y -tensioner bracket Y -tensioner housing îî R elease the main idler from the cartridgeÄcarriage belt. îî Lift the Y Ätensioner housing clear of the plotter . 6Ä47 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the encoder strip î page 6Ä39. î Remove the trailingÄcable guide î page 6Ä43. î Remove the Y Ätensioner and housing î page 6Ä45. î Remove the two screws that secure the encoderÄstrip bracket to the serviceÄ station housing. Encoder-strip bracket Service-station housing T orx-15 î Lift the encoderÄstrip bracket clear of the plotter . îî R emove the three screws that secure the serviceÄstation cover to the serviceÄstation housing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî î T orx-15 Cover If you are installing a new cartridge carriage or a new carriage PCA, ensure that the plotter firmware is compatible with it. Incompatibilities could destroy the cartridges. (Details î chapter 9.) CAUTION 6Ä48 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîîî
îî Holding the serviceÄstation sled about 1 cm (or about 1/2 inch) to the left of its normal position with one hand, tilt the forward edge of the serviceÄstation cover up and lift the cover clear of the serviceÄstation housing. Sled Cover 1 2 îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled up slightly and release the sled spring from the serviceÄstation housing. 6Ä49 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled clear of the serviceÄstation housing and the plotter . 1 2 T ensioner wheel Motor gear Double pulley îî Move to the right side of the plotter . Pressing the small drive belt against the tensioner wheel to loosen the belt, slide the belt off of the motor gear; then carefully release your hand from the the tensioner wheel. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîî î Small drive belt îî R emove the screw and washer that attach the encoderÄstrip spring to the spring bracket. Encoder-strip spring T orx-15 6Ä50 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî R emove the encoderÄstrip spring. îî R emove the double pulley from the Y Ädrive bracket. While doing this keep the palm of one hand beneath the double pulley to catch the doubleÄpulley bushing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî î îîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîî î Bracket Double pulley Bushing W asher îî Disconnect the trailingÄcable connector from the cartridgeÄcarriage PCA. T railing-cable connector Cartridge-carriage PCA 6Ä51 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî R emove the right spring from the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly . îî R emove the screw that attaches the trailingÄcable bracket to the carriage assembly . T orx-10 îî Lift the trailingÄcable and bracket clear of the carriage assembly . Bracket T railing cable îî Slide the cartridge carriage to the left side of the plotter . Cartridge carriage 6Ä52 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
In the following step, take care when moving the cartridgeÄcarriage over the plastic projection at the top left end of the serviceÄstation housing. T oo much force may damage the housing or the carriage. CAUTION îî Grasp the carriage rear preload bushing (rides on the rear slider rod), and move the carriage to the left and free of the slider rods. Cartridge carriage Rear preload bushing Slider rods îî Separate the rear bushing and preload spring from the carriage assembly , and carefully remove the carriage assembly and main drive belt from the plotter . Main drive belt Cartridge carriage Preload spring Rear bushing 6Ä53 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
îî Set the carriage assembly upsideÄdown on a flat surface. îî Using a small, standard screwdriver , remove the left and right belt clamps from the carriage assembly . Belt clamp îî R emove the main drive belt from the carriage assembly . Main drive belt CAUTION Be careful not to damage the clamps. Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the cartridgeÄalignment routine î chapter 7. Reassembling : Correctly install the clamps, so that they don't fall out during plotter operation! 6Ä54 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. Bail-sensor connector Bail sensor î Note the position of the bailÄsensor cable for reassembly . Incorrect positioning could cause obstruction of the cartridge carriage and motor gears. î Disconnect the bailÄsensor cable connector from the main PCA, and from its ferrite and holding clip on the right sideplate. î Carefully feed the bailÄsensor cable out from the electronics enclosure and from under the motor assemblies. î Unclip the bail sensor from its holder , and lift it, with cable, clear of the plotter . Calibration: After having reassembled the plotter , perform the bail calibration î chapter 7. The ferrite holder opens from the top. Reassembling: The cable goes through the same ferrite as for the window Äsensor cable î page 6Ä24. Bail sensor Bail-sensor holder 6Ä55 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî
îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î Open the window . î Move the cartridgeÄcarriage to the extreme left. Cartridge carriage îîîîî îîîîîîîî î Push both of the plastic ends of the bail towards each other to release them from the holes in the sideplates, and lift the bail up and clear of the plotter . 1 1 2 Push Push îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîî î îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîî îî îîîîîî îîîîî 6Ä56 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîî
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Move the cartridge carriage to the center of its travel. Cartridge carriage î Remove the nut and washer that attach the encoder strip to the encoderÄstrip bracket. 5.5 mm î Loosen the two screws that attach the encoderÄstrip bracket to the serviceÄstation assembly , until tension can be relieved on the encoder strip, and it can be detached from the bracket. 1 1 2 Bracket Encoder strip î Remove the encoderÄstrip bracket from the service station. îî îîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîîî îî îî îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî î îî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî 6Ä57 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî
î Remove the three screws that secure the serviceÄstation cover to the serviceÄstation housing. îî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî î îî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî î T orx-15 Cover î Holding the serviceÄstation sled about 1 cm (or about 1/2 inch) to the left of its normal position with one hand, tilt the forward edge of the serviceÄstation cover up and lift the cover clear of the serviceÄstation housing. Sled Cover 2 1 îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled slightly up and release the sled spring from the serviceÄstation housing. 6Ä58 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
îî Lift the serviceÄstation sled clear of the serviceÄstation housing and the plotter . îî R emove any wet ink from the wiper in the serviceÄstation housing. îî R emove the wiper from the top of the wiper rod by pulling the wiper up. Wiper îî R emove the screw and washer that secure the wiper rod and rocker to the left sideplate, and lift the rod and rocker clear of the plotter . wiper rod wiper rocker T orx-15 îî R emove the three screws that attach the serviceÄstation housing to the left sideplate. T orx-20 îî Lift the serviceÄstation housing slightly up and pull it clear of the left sideplate. 6Ä59 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
2 î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Lift the left front trim clear of the plotter . î Remove the bail î page 6Ä56. î Remove the clutch retaining ring that secures the overdrive clutch to the overdrive roller . Y ou can do this with a needleÄnose pliers, îîîîîî î having to remove the service station. (The service station is not shown in the diagram.) Note the position and orientation of the overdrive clutch. When correctly installed, the overdrive roller can be manually rotated forward only . î While flexing the media separator upwards, slide the overdrive roller horizontally to the right until the overdrive clutch and sideplate bushing can drop free of the roller . 1 3 Media separator Overdrive roller Sideplate bushing Overdrive clutch Clutch retaining ring Overdrive roller 6Ä60 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîî
î Move the overdrive roller to the right until it has completely cleared the left sideplate but not entered the hole in the right sideplate. î Release the overdrive roller from the overdrive bushing (small black clips underneath the media separator), and lift the overdrive roller clear of the plotter . 6Ä61 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. î Remove the three indicated screws from the left sideplate. 1 2 3 T orx-15 T orx-20 LEFT ÄHAND SIDE î Remove the two indicated screws from the right sideplate. 1 2 T orx-15 T orx-20 RIGHT ÄHAND SIDE î Lift the overdrive enclosure clear of the plotter . îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî Overdrive enclosure 6Ä62 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî
îîî îîîîî îî îîîî î îîî îîîîîî î îîî îî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîîî î P osition the overdrive enclosure between the two sideplates. î Replace the two indicated screws. (îîîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 1 2 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî T ake care not to damage the mediaÄsensor flags. The overdrive enclosure should not touch them. CAUTION 6Ä63 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîî î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî
î Insert the two indicated screws, but DO NOT tighten them. (îîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 3 4 T orx-20 î Replace the indicated screw and tighten it, thus aligning the overdrive enclosure with the left sideplate. LEAVE L OOSE LEFT ÄHAND SIDE RIGHT ÄHAND SIDE 5 î Tighten the two screws you inserted in step 3. T orx-15 LEFT ÄHAND SIDE T orx-15 6Ä64 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. î Unscrew the pinchÄarm lever and right front trim and lift them clear of the entry platen, taking care not to damage the window sensor . î Remove the overdrive enclosure î page 6Ä62. î Remove the three indicated screws from the left sideplate. 1 2 3 T orx-15 T orx-20 1 2 T orx-15 î Remove the two indicated screws from the right sideplate. îî Underneath the plotter , remove the screws from the îîîîî of the bottom cover . îî Unscrew the power switch from the left sideplate. T orx-20 îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî T orx-20 T orx-20 6Ä65 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
îî Pull the entry platen out from the plotter in order to access the media sensor . îî Detach the mediaÄsensor holder from the underside of the entry platen by pulling the holder straight out. îî Cut the plastic tie that fastens the mediaÄsensor cable to the underside of the entry platen. îî Lift the entry platen clear of the plotter . Plastic tie T ake care not to cut the mediaÄsensor cable itself. CAUTION îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî 6Ä66 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
The order in which you replace the screws on the entry platen is important. î If the plotter is attached to a support, detach it. î Turn the plotter on its back. î Reconnect the media sensor to the entry platen (see also page 6Ä26). î P osition the entry platen between the two sideplates. î Replace the indicated screw on the leftÄhand side. ( îîîî dogÄpoint screw .) Tighten this screw , making sure that the entry platen is aligned tight against the îîîî sideplate. 1 T orx-15 î Replace the indicated screw on the rightÄhand side. ( îîîî dogÄpoint screw .) There must be no space between the entry platen and the îîîî sideplate. It doesn't matter if there is a small space between the entry platen and the îî îîî sideplate. 2 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî P osition the top of the entry platen under all of the small pivots on the inside of both sideplates, except the back pivot. Rest the entry platen against the back pivot. P osition the bottom of the entry platen above the bottom cover of the plotter . 6Ä67 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîî
î Replace the indicated screw . î Replace the two indicated screws. (îîîî dogÄpoint screws.) 4 3 T orx-15 îîî î îîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîîî 5 T orx-20 î Replace the screws on the bottom cover . T orx-20 D/A1Äsize plotters have four screws. E/A0Äsize plotters have five screws. îîî î îîîîî îîîî Before reÄinstalling the overdrive enclosure, ensure that both flags on the media sensor move freely when you pass a sheet of media over them. îî Turn the plotter to its correct position. îîîî îîîîî îîî After having reassembled the plotter , perform the mediaÄsensor calibration. 6Ä68 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
î Remove the electronicsÄenclosure cover î page 6Ä5. î Remove the window î page 6Ä15. î Remove the center cover î page 6Ä16. î Remove the left endcover î page 6Ä18. î Lift the left front trim clear of the plotter . î Remove the right endcover î page 6Ä19. î Remove the frontÄpanel assembly î page 6Ä32. î Remove the carriage motor î page 6Ä35. î Remove the media motor î page 6Ä37. îî R emove the encoder strip î page 6Ä39. îî R emove the bail î page 6Ä56. îî R emove the service station î page 6Ä57. îî R emove the overdrive roller î page 6Ä60. In the following step, take care not to damage the bail sensor . CAUTION îî R emove the three screws that attach the mediaÄmotor mount to the right sideplate. îîîîîîîîîîîî î Press down on the media mount as you replace the three screws. This is to ensure correct spacing between the drive roller and the cartridge nozzles. (Details î chapter 9.) îîîîî î îîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî T orx-20 îî Unclip the cables from the holding clip underneath the mediaÄmotor mount. îî Lift the mount clear of the plotter . îî R emove the screw that attaches the media director to the chassis assembly and remove the media director . Media director T orx-15 îî Pull the pinchÄarm lever forward to raise the pinchÄarm assembly . Pinch-arm lever 6Ä69 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîîî
îî R emove the drive roller from the plotter . Reassembling: Ensure that the bearing assembly at the right end of the drive roller is seated in the right sideplate and completely on the right side of the axial bias plate. îîîîî î îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îî Calibration: P erform the accuracy calibration after installing the drive roller . (Details î chapter 7.) 6Ä70 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000
6Ä71 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî The camÄgear support is a new part, introduced with the DesignJet 220 to help solve failures in the bailÄlift mechanism. It replaces the T eflonÄwasher solution of the DesignJet 200. A service note describes how to remove the Teflon washers and install the camÄgear support and associated parts on a DesignJet 200. (Details î chapter 9.) Engaging lever EngagingÄlever spring Screw (Remove from inside) Left sideplate Y Ätensioner bracket CamÄgear support Auto cam T o remove the bailÄlift mechanism, perform the following procedure: î Remove the drive roller î page 6Ä69. î Remove the engagingÄlever spring. Reinstalling: Connect the spring to the upper rung on the leg of the Y Ätensioner bracket. Connecting to one of the lower rungs overtightens the spring and can cause failure of the bailÄlift mechanism. î Remove the two screws from the camÄgear support. (T orx 15) Reinstalling: a. Remove the screw from the front leg of the Y Ätensioner bracket. (T orx 20) b. Reinstall the two screws on the camÄgear support. (T orx 15) c. Reinstall the screw on the Y Ätensioner bracket. (T orx 20) î Slide the support to the left. î Remove the engagingÄlever screw from inside the left sideplate. (T orx 15) î On the inside of the left sideplate, pull the cam to the right and off the lever assembly . î Remove the engagingÄlever assembly from the plotter . Calibration: P erform the bail calibration after reassembling the plotter . (Details î chapter 7.)
6Ä72 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îî î Remove the drive roller î page 6Ä69. î Push the pinchÄarm lever (located on the right side of the entry platen) into the vertical position. î Remove the screws on the entry platen, î page 6Ä65, and pull it slightly forward. î On the right side of the plotter , disconnect the rockerÄplate tension spring to relieve any remaining tension on the pinchÄarm lift mechanism. îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî
6Ä73 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 î On the right side, loosen the camÄjournal screw 12 turns counterÄclockwise and push the screw in towards the center of the plotter . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîî T orx-8 î Repeat the previous step and try to pull the cam journal and rear wire link to the right and clear of the bar cam. î î îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîîî Do not overtighten the camÄjournal screw . Doing so could break the journal, cause the bar cam to enter the sideplate hole, and thus restrict the action of the pinchÄarm lever . CAUTION
6Ä74 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 î Grasp the cam journal on the left side of the plotter with your left hand. î Reach around to the front of the plotter and push the top of the bar cam slightly towards the rear of the plotter , simultaneously pulling the cam journal to the left, so that the bar cam can begin to slide out of the left sideplate. Cam journal Bar cam Left sideplate îî îîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîî îî îîî î î îîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî î While pressing the rightÄmost pinchÄarm assembly towards the rear of the plotter against its spring tension, slide the bar cam left until it clears that pinchÄarm assembly . îî Remove the pinchÄarm assembly and spring from the chassis. î îîî îîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî Pinch arm Spring Bushing PinchÄarm assembly îî Repeat the previous two steps until all of the pinchÄarm assemblies have been removed or until you have removed the pinchÄarm assembly that is to be replaced.
îîîî î îî îîîîî îîîîî
Align Cartridges 7Ä2 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 When to Calibrate the Plotter Indications or Repairs Performed Calibration Required Jagged lines on plots Cartridge Alignment Cartridges are reseated or replaced Cartridge Alignment Drive roller is removed or replaced Accuracy Calibration Media (X-axis) motor is replaced Accuracy Calibration Configuration-plot X-mark distance is not 500mm ( î1mm) Accuracy Calibration Carriage or carriage LED is removed or replaced Cartridge Alignment and Setup-Sheet Calibration Edge-detect failures occur Cartridge Alignment Bail failures occur during media loading Bail Calibration Bail sensor is removed or replaced Bail Calibration Bail-lift mechanism is removed or replaced Bail Calibration Media sensor is removed or replaced Media-Sensor Calibration Leading and trailing margins of a plot are greater than 17 mm (0.67 in) Media-Sensor Calibration Problems occur scanning a setup sheet. Setup-Sheet Calibration EEROM is cleared or main PCA is replaced (In this order:) 1. Bail Calibration 2. Media-Sensor Calibration 3. Cartridge Alignment 4. Accuracy Calibration 5. Setup-Sheet Calibration Service Mode î îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî î Switch the plotter off . î While holding the Align Cartridges key down, switch the plotter on. î Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Align Cartridges key . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî!îî îîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîî î îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîî îîî î î Draft, Final, Paper îîî Transl/V ellum î îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî
7Ä3 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 FrontÄP anel Keys in Service Mode Pressing any single frontÄpanel key in service mode performs the same operation as in normal mode. However , in service mode, you can also use combinations of keys, to perform the various service tests and calibrations. With this intent, the Replot key acts as a SHIFT key , and the Cancel key acts as an AL T key . The following illustration indicates which service tests and calibrations are assigned to which frontÄpanel keys. A frontÄpanel overlay is provided with this manual; you can place it over the actual keys on the plotter . The designation of keys for service tests is also shown on the service configuration plot. Service Configuration Electrical T est Accuracy Calib. Print Accuracy Calib. Read Input/Output T est Stepper Motor T est Bail Sensor T est Bail Cycle T est Bail Calibration Servo/Encoder T est Setup-Sheet Calibration Media-Sensor Calibration îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî î î îîîî îîî î î îîîî îî î îîîî îî î Service Monitor with Shift Alt T o check whether a DesignJet 220 plotter is in service mode, press the AL T and SHIFT keys together , and then release them. If the plotter is in service mode, four LEDs î Draft, Final, Paper and Transl/V ellum î flash. Press any key and they stop flashing. P erforming T ests and Calibrations The general procedure to perform a service test or calibration is as follows: , Once in service mode (see previous page), hold down the SHIFT or AL T key , whichever is appropriate for the service test you want to perform. . Without releasing the SHIFT or AL T key , press the key corresponding to the service test or calibration you want to perform. A Release the keys once the Busy LED lights up. Procedures specific to each calibration are given on the following pages. (Service tests î chapter 8.)
Paper Load Media Media T ype Paper Ready Align Cartridges 7Ä4 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 Cartridge Alignment îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî If you suspect that the plotter is not producing plots of the highest quality , you can run a simple cartridgeÄalignment routine that will ensure that the print cartridges are aligned. P erform this routine also after clearing a media jam. The alignment is also automatically performed after each time you replace or reseat the print cartridges. In this case, the plotter uses the first sheet of media that you load to perform the alignment. îîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî The cartridgeÄalignment routine includes calibration of the carriage LED. This is the optical sensor on the cartridge carriage, used to find the left and right media edges during media loading. (This calibration is independent of the setupÄsheet calibration. The setupÄsheet calibration calibrates the same LED , but the values stored are used only for scanning a setup sheet and are separate from the values strored during the cartridge alignment.) îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îî î î î îîî îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî î With the plotter îîîîîîîî îî, ensure the mediaÄjam lever (pinchÄarm lever) is îî and the window îîîî. The Load Media light should be on. î Choose the correct Media T ype on the front panel: If you are using plotting paper , as recommended in the following step, turn the Paper LED on. The Final and Draft lights have no significance for this procedure and either can be on. î Load an AÄsize or A4Äsize sheet of good quality plotting paper . (Y ou can also use larger media sizes.) The Ready LED lights up. î Press the Align Cartridges key . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîî î îî î îîîîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîî î î W ait one minute for the ink to dry and unload the paper .
7Ä5 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 îîî îîîîî îî îîî îîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî îî îî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîî î î îîîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîîîî î îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîîî Left cartridge Right cartridge } } Gap î If any of the leftÄcartridge or rightÄcartridge lines includes gaps, then the corresponding print cartridge should be either cleaned or replaced as appropriate.
7Ä6 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 Accuracy Calibration Purpose The accuracy calibration procedure is used to correct the endÄpoint accuracy of the media axis. The cartridge axis does not require calibration and is used to calibrate the media axis. P erform the accuracy calibration whenever the: î EEROM is erased î Main PCA is replaced î Drive roller is removed or replaced î Media (X Äaxis) motor is replaced What is the EndÄP oint Accuracy Specification ? The endÄpoint accuracy specifies how accurately a plotter can draw a given length of line. The endÄpoint accuracy specification for the plotters is ± 0.38 mm (0.015 in) or ± 0.2% of the specified vector length, whichever is greater , at 23 î C (73 î F), at 50Ä60% relative humidity on HP special polyester film. Use the following formula to calculate the plotter's accuracy: Measured length â Desired length Desired length x 100 = %Error What can A ffect the EndÄP oint Accuracy ? V arious part tolerances inside the plotter affect the accuracy (in particular the drive roller). Other outside influences include: î Media thickness. Thicker media creates longer lines. î Media expansion. As the media grows, so do the lines. î Application software. The software may be instructing the plotter to draw an incorrect line length. î The EEROM has been cleared. The accuracy constants are stored in this nonÄvolatile memory component. (Further information î chapter 5, î îîîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îî .)
SHIFT Accuracy Calib. Print 7Ä7 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 î îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Plot a service configuration plot î page 8Ä23. î Measure the distance between the centers of the îµX" marks on the configuration plot. An accuracy calibration is needed if this distance is not 500 mm (20 in) î1 mm (0.04 in) under normal environmental conditions. If the measured accuracy , media thickness, or environmental conditions vary greatly from the factory standards, recalibrate the plotter by continuing with the following steps. î Place a sheet of media (preferably inkjet polyester film) over the top of the plotter for 10 minutes to let the sheet stabilize to the environmental conditions. Use a sheet approximately 61 x 91 cm î24 x 36 inî. î Select the appropriate Media T ype on the front panel. î Load the media in portrait orientation into the plotter . If using inkjet polyester film, load the film with the matte îdullî side down. î When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Accuracy Calib. Print . The îîîî LED lights up and the plotter plots a calibration plot. The plotter ejects the sheet, and the Load Media LED lights up. î Unload the sheet. î Reload the sheet îîîîîîîî into the plotter , in the direction indicated by the arrows on the calibration plot. If the plotter is D/A1 size, the sheet does not fit in the entry slot in the orientation indicated by the arrows. In this case, cut the blank end off the media so that it fits. îCut along the long line on the plot; the cut must be very îîî îîîîî so that the sheet can be loaded.î For D/A1-size plotters, cut along this line
SHIFT Accuracy Calib. Read AL T Bail Calibration 7Ä8 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 îî When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Accuracy Calib. Read , The Busy LED lights up. The plotter takes about 3 minutes to read the calibration sheet, to calculate the calibration data, and to save the data in the EEROM. îDuring this time, the plotter appears almost motionless for short intervals.î The plotter then ejects the sheet. îî Unload the sheet. Bail Calibration In this procedure, the `up' position of the bail assembly is calibrated. A value is stored in the EEROM when the procedure is completed. P erform the bail calibration whenever the: î EEROM is cleared î Main PCA is replaced î Bail falls during media loading î Bail switch is replaced î BailÄlift mechanism is removed or replaced T o calibrate the bail, perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Hold down the îî î key and press îîîî îîîîîîîîîîî. The îîîî LED lights up and the bail begins cycles of being raised and lowered. During a number of the cycles, the bail is let fall instead of being gently lowered. The calibration ends after about a minute and a half .
AL T Media-Sensor Calibration 7Ä9 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 MediaÄSensor Calibration The mediaÄsensor calibration measures the position of the mediaÄsensor levers with respect to the drive roller . A value is stored in the EEROM when the procedure is completed. P erform the mediaÄsensor calibration whenever: î The EEROM is cleared î The main PC A is replaced î The media sensor is removed or replaced î The leading and trailing margins of a plot are greater than 17 mm (0.67 in). T o calibrate the media sensor , perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Hold down the AL T key and press Media Calibration . Any loaded media is ejected by the plotter . î When the Load Media LED begins to flash, load a sheet of media in landscape orientation. îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î When the Load Media LED begins to flash again, load the îîîî sheet in portrait orientation. îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îî îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî Ready îîî îîîîîî îîî
AL T Setup-Sheet Calibration 7Ä10 Calibrations C3187Ä90000 SetupÄSheet Calibration This calibration calibrates the power of the LED situated on the cartridge carriage, for better scanning of the setup sheet. P erform the setupÄsheet calibration whenever: î The EEROM is cleared î The cartridge carriage is replaced î The optical sensor on the cartridge carriage is replaced î Problems frequently occur with setupÄsheet scanning T o calibrate the LED, perform the following procedure: î Enter service mode î page 7Ä2. î Load a blank sheet of paper . î î îîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîî î î Hold down the AL T key and press Setup-Sheet Calibration . îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî î îîîîîî îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîî T o verify that the calibration has been performed correctly , plot a service configuration plot, î page 8Ä23, and look at the field entitled î±Setup Sheet LED Calibration formula." A formula appears in this field. If the calibration has not been performed correctly , a message, saying that the LED has not been calibrated for setup sheet, appears.
8Ä0 8 Troubleshooting
8Ä2 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 P ower On The plotters automatically perform a series of internal self tests and mechanical initialization sequences whenever the user switches the plotter on. These are completed after about 30 seconds. If a failure occurs, an error is indicated on the frontÄpanel LEDs. Y ou can perform a failure analysis by interpreting the LED error code. (Details î later in this chapter .) P owerÄOn Self T est The powerÄon self test does the following: 1 Initializes the servo processor . 2 Initializes the main processor . 3 T ests communication between the main processor and the servo processor . 4 T ests the ROM checksum. 5 Causes the main processor to initialize certain firmware modules and communicate with the carriage processor . 6 T ests the EEROM checksum. 7 T ests the servoÄprocessor transfer buffer and interruptÄtracking abilities. 8 T ests the communication between the processors again. 9 T ests the carriage ASIC . 10 Begins mechanical initialization of the plotter .
Access Cartridges 8Ä3 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Extended P owerÄOn Self T est P erform the extended powerÄon test whenever the plotter passes the normal powerÄon test, but does not function properly . T o begin the extended powerÄon test, perform the following procedure: , Switch the plotter off . . While holding the Access Cartridges key down, switch the plotter on. A Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Access Cartridges key . As well as carrying out the normal powerÄon tests, the extended powerÄon test does the following: , T ests the processorÄsupportÄASIC motion control circuitry . (These circuits control the media and carriage motors.) . T ests the swath RAM. A T ests the communication link between the cartridgeÄinterface ASIC and the carriage ASIC . 4 T ests the available DRAM not being used by the system. (The length of this test is dependent on how much DRAM is installed.) 5 Begins mechanical initialization of the plotter . Mechanical Initialization The automatic mechanical initialization of the plotter begins at the end of the powerÄon test. The initialization procedure does the following: , Checks the window sensor . . Locates the initial position of the stepper motor . A Initializes the carriage axis (Y Äaxis). 4 Ejects any loaded sheet of media. 5 Checks the pinchÄarm sensor . 6 Checks the media sensor . 7 Sets the plotter to accept media. 8 T ests the remainder of the DRAM.
8Ä4 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 What Y ou Should See and Hear When you turn on the plotter , the following happens: 1 All six LEDs light up for a brief moment; then the Busy LED remains on. îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîîî îîî îîî îî îî îîîîîî îîî îîî î îîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî îîî Busy îî î îîîîîî îîî 2 The stepper motor makes a buzzing noise. 3 The cartridge carriage knocks against the leftÄhand side. 4 The carriage moves across the plotter and knocks three times against the rightÄhand side. 5 The carriage returns to the leftÄhand side. 6 Any loaded sheet of media is ejected. 7 If either cartridge is not correctly positioned, the carriage moves to a position where you can access it; the Cartridges LED lights up indicating that you have to load, reseat or replace the cartridges. (Instructions î User's Guide.) 8 The cartridges are cleaned in the service station on the leftÄhand side of the plotter . During the cleaning process, the carriage moves slightly a number of times for the wiper to wipe the nozzles. 9 The carriage then parks in the service station on the leftÄhand side of the plotter . 10 If you have loaded or reseated the cartridges, the Cartridges and Load Media LEDs flash, indicating that the first sheet of media that you load will be used to run the cartridgeÄalignment procedure (Details î chapter 7.) 11 If the cartridges are already aligned, the Load Media LED lights up to indicate that the plotter is ready for you to load media.
Error Cartridges Error Ready Error 8Ä5 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Errors Indicated by LEDs The Error LED on the front panel works in combination with the other LEDs to specify the type of error that has occurred. The three possible states of any LED are represented like this: Off On Flashing îîîî îîîî îî User errors are associated with user settings or user actions and may be solved by the user without calling a Customer Engineer . They are indicated by the Error LED flashing. (Further Information D User's Guide, chapter 4, îîîîîîîîîîîîîîî .) Error and Cartridges flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action An error was detected during the cartridgeÄalignment routine. 1. Remove the cartridges. 2. Ensure that the protective tape has been removed and that the contacts are clean. 3. Replace the cartridges. 4. If the LEDs do not stop flashing when you lower the window , replace both cartridges with new ones. See also D later in chapter , w îîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîî î î îîîîî . An error was detected while scanning a setup sheet. 1. Check the quality of the media and print of the setup sheet. 2. If the quality appears acceptable, try loading the sheet again face down. If not, use a newly printed setup sheet. 3. If the error persists, perform the setupÄsheet calibration. Error and Ready flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The current plot is too large for the plotter's memory T o be able to perform this plot, you have to install more memory . (If the plot is a raster plot, it might work if you send it with a no negative motion RTL command.)
Busy Error Load Media Error 8Ä6 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Busy flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The serialÄinterface settings are different on the plotter and on the software. 1. Print a setup sheet and check the plotter's current settings for Baud Rate and Parity . 2. Compare these with the current settings of the same two items for your application software. They must be the same. 3. If necessary , change the plotter's settings. The serialÄinterface cable is not correctly connected. Connect the cable correctly . The computer is ignoring the plotter's handshake signals. If the computer is using hardware handshake, ensure that the serialÄinterface cable has a handshake wire. Error and Load Media flashing Possible Causes Corrective Action The media does not advance around the roller when loaded. Remove the media and reload it. Y ou loaded the media too far from the right side. Remove the media and reload it, aligning the right edge between the two dashed lines on the loading area. The leading edge of the media is not parallel to the roller . Reload the media, aligning it correctly . The media is too small for the plotter . Use an AÄsize or A4Äsize sheet or larger . Load in portrait orientation for setup and alignÄcartridge routines. See also D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîî îî î îî îîîî îîîîî .
8Ä7 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 îîîîîî îîîîîî System errors are associated with plotter hardware failure that needs to be repaired by a Service or Customer Engineer . System errors are indicated by the îî î îî LED lit and steady . In the tables on the following pages, the symbol represents the frontÄpanel LEDs, where, in this case, the Error , Paper and Ready LEDs are lit and steady , and the other LEDs are off . Error and Busy LEDs lit and steady: Input/output errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 336. RS Ä232ÄC data overflow . Data byte was not read before another was entered into the UA RT . At the time of printing of this manual, this error should be solved by replacing the main PCA. If the problem remains, consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 276. F ailure of RS Ä232ÄC loopback test. Ensure the loopback connector is the appropriate one. / R eplace main PCA. 340. F ailure of centronics READ . Replace main PCA. î îîîî î îî îî î îîîî Setup Access Cartridges Align Cartridges Replot Form Feed Plot Quality Media T ype Cancel
8Ä8 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Ready LEDs lit and steady: Memory errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 81. F ailure of ROM test Replace EPROMs. If problem remains, replace main PCA. 21. F ailure of DRAM quick test Replace main PCA. 85. F ailure of DRAM full test Replace main PCA 49. F ailure of Swath RAM test Replace main PCA 113. F ailure of EEROM test Replace main PCA. 53. DRAM SIMM failure Replace DRAM SIMM. If problem remains, replace main PCA. 117. Sensor structure - firmware failure At the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 145. Out of memory Install a larger DRAM SIMM.
8Ä9 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Load Media LEDs lit and steady: MediaÄpath/servo errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 82. Shutdown of media axis (X Äaxis) See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîîî . 22. Shutdown of carriage axis (Y Äaxis) See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîîîîîî . 86. CarriageÄaxis failure Check encoder strip, carriage assembly , trailing cable, main PCA. 50. CartridgeÄcap failure See D later in this chapter , w î îîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîî . / Check the service station, encoder strip and media motor . 114. Error detected in mediaÄaxis servo feedback loop. Check media motor , mediaÄmotor encoder cable, main PCA. 54. Error detected in carriageÄaxis servo feedback loop. Check encoder strip, carriage assembly , trailing cable, main PCA. 118. Bail sensor indicates the bail is up when it should be down or vice versa, or the bail drops suddenly (missing the notch on the auto cam). See D later in this chapter , w îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî / Use the bailÄsensor test to help troubleshoot. / Check for mechanical problems. / P erform the bail calibration. 146. AccuracyÄcalibration error Did you load the media in the correct orientation? / Ensure that the marks are visible on the plot. If not, check cartridges. / Ensure that the sheet is cut correctly . / P erform a cartridge alignment: if alignment is correct, the problem may be in the main PCA, media motor or media motor gear; if alignment is incorrect, the problem may be in the carriage. 210. MediaÄsensorÄcalibration error . One of the flags on the media sensor may be positioned too far forward or too far back. Replace the media sensor . If the error persists, there may be a problem with the LED on the cartridge carriage: P erform a cartridge alignment / R eplace LED.
8Ä10 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Error and Cartridge LEDs lit and steady: Miscellaneous errors. LEDs lit and steady Error Number and Description Corrective Options 88. Processor fault At the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . 28.Communication failure between the main and servo processors. Communication occurs through the processorÄsupport ASIC . Replace main PCA. 92. Servo interrupts not occurring or not reaching the main processor support ASIC . Replace main PCA. 56. Error in servoÄdrive calculations. Replace main PCA. 120. ServoÄprocessor communication error . Replace main PCA. 60. F ailed communications between the carriage and main processors. Check trailing cable connections and continuity . If needed, replace trailing cable, main PCA or carriage assembly . 124. The optical sensor on the carriage has failed to locate lines drawn during the cartridge calibration routine. Reduce ambient light. / If media is not clean and reflective, change media. / If lines are faint, replace cartridges. / Clean lens. / Replace LED. 152. F ailure of cartridgeÄinterface- ASIC test. Replace main PCA. 216. Firmware failure. A t the time of printing of this manual, this error should not occur . If it does occur , consult recent service notes for a possible solution. If no service note deals with this error , report the problem to the HP R esponse Center . Note conditions before error occurred. Include setup sheet and service configuration plot in report.
8Ä11 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 FirmwareÄCode R evision Level T o check the firmwareÄcode revision level that the plotter is using, print a setup sheet or a service configuration plot. Troubleshooting Tips Repair Calibrate After you have made a repair , consider if any calibrations have been affected. Print Quality Y ou can use the user demonstration plot to look at overall print quality including smoothness and straightness of lines, arcs, circles, and characters. The procedure for plotting the demonstration plot is given in the User's Guide. Diagnosing Problems Y ou can use the service configuration plot to help diagnose problems. The procedure for plotting the configuration plot is given on page 8Ä23. Other Tips On the following pages are tips about solving the following problems: D Servo controlÄsystem failures D Frequent cartridge failure D BailÄliftÄmechanism failure D Cartridge carriage rubbing against encoder strip D Premature wearing of drive belts D Sensor does not find media edge D Last swath is clipped when replotting D Ink smearing D Plots joined or not plotted D Incorrect line widths D Plotter won't read setup sheet; Plots solid black area fill D Problems in loading media
8Ä12 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Servo ControlÄSystem F ailures MediaÄAxis (X ÄAxis) Shutdown In the case of a mediaÄaxis shutdown, try one or more of the following corrective actions: î Clear any binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. (Do not pull the media along the carriage axis. Doing so could break the mediaÄsensor flags.) î Remove the two screws that attach the driveÄroller gear to the drive roller . This should enable you to manually spin the drive roller . If it does not, the roller is probably jammed. î P erform the servo/encoder service test to check for problems with the mediaÄaxis motor encoder and main PCA. CarriageÄAxis (Y ÄAxis) Shutdown In the case of a carriageÄaxis shutdown, try one or more of the following corrective actions: î Clear any binding in the carriageÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. î Turn the plotter off. This should enable you to manually move the carriage along the carriageÄaxis. Check for any areas where the carriage may be binding. î Ensure that the double pulley , small drive belt, small belt tensioner , main belt, main idler , and carriage bushings are in correct working order . î P erform the servo/encoder service test to check for problems with the servoÄfeedback and motor drive systems. Frequent Cartridge F ailure Remove T ape and Align Cartridges One frequent cause of cartridge problems is that the user has forgotten to remove the tape from new cartridges. Remove the tape and perform a cartridge alignment. Damaged Encoder Strip Another cause of apparent frequent cartridge failure may be a damaged encoder strip. If the small slots on the strip are damaged, the plotter cannot position the carriage correctly during cartridge checking. Try replacing the encoder strip. Incompatibility between Carriage and Firmware In combination, cartridge carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PCA C2847Ä60125) and plotter firmware A.01.00 destroy the cartridges. Update the plotter firmware and replace the cartridges. (Details î chapter 9 î îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîî.)
8Ä13 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî If a customer is complaining about shortened cartridge life or frequent cartridge failure, you should check the cartridgeÄcap alignment (procedure below). This is especially true if the problem is always happening to the same cartridge. A sure sign of a misaligned cap is excess ink around the cap and inside the ink reservoir . Y ou should clean the caps and reservoir using only water . Y ou should also clean the wiper . Cartridge caps Seating area îî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîî The cartridge caps (also called serviceÄstation caps) are located in the service station. Looking closely at a cartridge's printÄhead reveals two parallel rows of nozzles. The cap should form a seal that surrounds the rows. If the caps are mispositioned, the seal may be touching one or more of the nozzles. The result is premature cartridge failure and a messy service station. îîîî îîî îîî îî îîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî The most common cause is that the cap is not seated properly on the serviceÄstation sled. Any of the serviceÄstation parts could cause misalignment if defective or installed incorrectly . îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîî£îîî îîîîîîîîî The following tools are recommended for this procedure: D Soft lintÄfree wipes D NonÄpermanent ink marker (dry erase type works best) D 10X magnifier D Print cartridges T o check the alignment of the caps with respect to the printÄhead nozzles î Remove the window , center cover and left endcover . î Manually move the carriage out of the service station. î Load very clean cartridges into the carriage. îîî îîîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîîîî îîîî îîîîî îî î îîîî îîî î îîîîîîîîîî î Apply ink to the seating area of the cartridge caps with the ink marker . î Manually move the carriage îîîî¡îî¢ into the service station, then out again. î Remove the cartridges and observe where the ink mark is positioned with respect to the nozzles. A 10X magnifier is very useful for this step. If one is not available, you should look at how centered the mark is within the gold pad area. î If the ink mark is touching any nozzle, you need to check and reseat the cartridge caps and repeat the test.
8Ä14 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 BailÄLiftÄMechanism F ailure Normal BailÄLift Sequence The following is what should happen during a normal bailÄlift sequence: , The cartridge carriage positions over the engagement lever . This connects the autoÄlift mechanism to the driveÄroller gear . The media motor becomes the driving force for the autoÄlift. . The media motor drives the drive roller , which in turn drives the bail autoÄlift. The bail begins raising up until the î¸UP" position is reached. A The carriage moves away from the engagement lever so that the media may be driven by the drive roller without affecting the position of the bail. (The bail is kept in the up position by the left bail arm resting in the notch on the gear cam.) 4 After the media is moved forward, the carriage again positions over the engagement lever . The media motor then drives the bail autoÄlift and the bail lowers to the down position. When the bail is down, it presses on the bail sensor switch. This is how the plotter knows the position of the bail. Problems î The cam gear and engaging gear detach from the driveÄroller gear even though the carriage is still actuating the engaging lever . This can happen due to excessive part tolerances or wear . î The engaging lever spring is installed on the lower rung of the Y Ädrive bracket, creating too much spring tension. Excessive spring tension accentuates any looseness in the bail lift parts. Install the spring on the upper rung. î The carriage does not properly locate the engagement lever , preventing the gears from engaging. Any problems with the carriageÄmotor control system (for example, the encoder strip) or associated mechanics could cause this problem. Also, if the carriage cannot find the true left stop during initialization (caused by interference), the engaging lever cannot be located. P ossible causes of interference are the serviceÄstation sled and the main tensioner bracket. î The bail falls from the up position. This can result if the cam is over or underÄrotated. The notch on the cam, used to catch the left bail bracket, is not properly located for the î¸bail up" condition, and the bail falls abruptly . A bail calibration may correct this problem. T eflon W ashers versus CamÄGear Support Problems can arise if the lift mechanism is too loose or too tight. The solution in the DesignJet 200 involved the use of teflon washers. A new solution comes with the introduction of the DesignJet 220 and involves a new part called the camÄgear support. (Details î chapter 9, î î îî îîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîî.)
8Ä15 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Cartridge Carriage Rubbing against Encoder Strip When properly installed, the encoder strip should pass through the cartridgeÄcarriage assembly without touching it. Sometimes excessive rubbing may be experienced, causing the encoder strip to buckle or vibrate, and thus causing errors in the carriageÄaxis servo feedback system and poor carriageÄaxis position tracking. Y ou can adjust the encoderÄstrip position by adjusting the position of the encoder spring bracket. To do this, perform the following procedure: î Remove the power cord from the plotter . î Remove the window , center cover and right endcover . î Manually position the carriage assembly in the center of the plotter . î Loosen the top and bottom screws of the adjustable encoderÄspring bracket. î Manually move the bottom of the bracket about the bracket's top screw until the encoder strip is centered in the carriage; then tighten the screws. Premature W earing of Drive Belts The main belt or the small Y Ädrive belt may wear prematurely if the plotter is placed near a diazo copier that uses ammonia to produce blueÄline copies. The material used in the belts is very reactive to ammonia vapor . The vapor is very corrosive and can damage other parts as well. It is recommended to move the plotters away from such copiers. Sensor does not Correctly Find Media Edge Excessive ink deposits on the driveÄroller surface can fool the sensor by reflecting the light. (Cleaning roller î chapter 4.) Last Swath is Clipped when R eplotting This bug on DesignJet 200 plotters will be solved in firmware revision A.01.02. (Details î chapter 9.)
8Ä16 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Ink Smearing Add Starwheel Mount Ink may smear in DesignJet 200 plotters and early DesignJet 220 plotters due to cockle in the media caused by the geometry of the media path. The problem is more evident when loading A/A4Äsize media. (Solution D chapter 9, w Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts .) Change Carriage Rear Bushing Another reason for ink smearing in DesignJet 200 plotters is an insufficient distance between the cartridges and the media. This problem is solved in the DesignJet 220 plotters, using a new rear bushing on the cartridge carriage. Y ou can order this bushing for a DesignJet 200. (P art number D chapter 10.) Plots Joined or Not Plotted HP ÄGL Timeout If the user is using an HP 7586B (HP ÄGL) driver , it may not end files properly with the result that several plots may be joined, or not plotted at all. In this case you need to choose an HP Ä GL Timeout period. (Instructions D User's Guide.) The timeout tells the plotter how long to wait before assuming a plot is complete. Short timeout period: A timeout setting that is too short results in incomplete plots. Long timeout period: If the plotter has finished receiving the plot data ( Busy LED stops flashing and remains on) and is waiting for the timeout period to finish before plotting, you can command it to plot immediately by pressing Form Feed . Incompatibility between Trailing Cable and Main PCA The shielded trailing cable C3180Ä60033 (blue and white) is NOT compatible with old main PCAs (C3180Ä60101, C3180Ä68101, C3180Ä69101). Nothing is printed if you use them in combination. Update the main PCA. Incorrect Line Widths DesignJet 200 plotters with firmware version A.01.00 may plot line widths that are inconsistent with the selected values if an IN command is absent in the plot files. Update the firmware. (Details D chapter 9, w Problems Corrected by Firmware Release A.01.01.)
8Ä17 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Plotter won't Read Setup Sheet; Plots Solid Black Area Fill This problem can occur on DesignJet 200 plotters with the oldÄstyle cartridge carriage. Install a new carriage. (Details D chapter 9, w îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî.) Problems in Loading Media User's Guide The Troubleshooting section of the User's Guide lists mistakes you may be making if the plotter continually rejects your media. Long Media doesn't Load DesignJet 200 plotters with firmware version A.01.00 cannot load 1.6Äm media. Update the firmware. (Details D chapter 9, w îîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî î îîîîîî.) Translucent Media doesn't Load Some DesignJet 200 carriage PCAs have problems sensing translucent media. The solution is to install a new cartridge carriage. (Further Information D chapter 9, w îîîîîî îî îîîîîîîî.) Binding, or Missing Sensor Flags MediaÄload failures can also occur due to binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics or missing mediaÄsensor flags. Clear any binding in the mediaÄaxis mechanics due to a media jam. (Do not pull the media along the carriage axis. Doing so could break the mediaÄsensor flags.) Media Skews Badly Ensure that the media diverters (part number D page 10Ä26) are correctly installed. If one is missing or broken, replace it. T o access this part, you need to remove the drive roller !
8Ä18 Troubleshooting C3187Ä90000 Service T ests T est Description Bail Cycle T est This tests the following: D Bail D Bail sensor switch D Drive Mechanics D Main PCA Bail-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Bail sensor switch D Main PCA D Mechanical interference Electrical T est The electrical test performs all of the following: D Carriage communications test D Carriage ASIC test: V alues stored in the carriage ASIC registers are temporarily stored. All registers are tested by writing, then reading, the numbers AA(hex) and 55(hex). When the test is complete, previously stored values are restored. D Cartridge interface ASIC test: V erifies the functionality of the cartridge interface ASIC. D Cartridge ASIC / carriage ASIC link test D EEROM checksum D On-board SIMM RAM test D ROM CRC test: Performs a ROM checksum and compares it to a checksum value previously stored. D Swath RAM test: T ests the RAM used by the cartridge interface ASIC to store the swath. Input/Output T est The input/output test performs the following: D Parallel input/output test: Reads the data and status registers of the Bi-T ronics P AL. (T ests only a small portion of the Bi-T ronics input/output functionality .) D Serial input/output test: V erifies the ability of the RS-232 interface to send and receive data. This test uses a special loopback connector (part number 07440-60302) to connect the output to the input.
8Ä19 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T est Description Media-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Media sensor on entry platen D Main PCA D Media opacity Pinch-Arm- Sensor T est This tests the following: D Pinch-arm sensor D Pinch-arm-sensor cable D Main PCA Service Configuration Plot The service configuration plot contains the following: D Hard-clip border around the plot enabling you to measure the margins. D Unique bar patterns enabling you to detect print-quality problems D Four X-shaped marks (crosshairs) for measuring the accuracy of the media-axis calibration. (The centers of the crosshairs should be 500 mm apart.) D Contents of EEROM, dumped in hexadecimal format. D Explanation of important EEROM parameters, including a mileage monitor and information on the last system error . D Designation of front-panel keys for service tests. Service Monitor (Data Display) Use the service monitor to compare the code sent by the computer with that received by the plotter . Instead of plotting the drawing that you send, the plotter prints part of the code that would otherwise have been used to plot the drawing. This code is useful when you suspect that there is a problem with the communication between the computer and the plotter . Servo/Encoder T est The servo/encoder test performs the following: D MediaÄaxis encoder test : V erifies the operation of the servo loop (Media-axis feedback). D CarriageÄaxis encoder test : V erifies the operation of the servo loop (Carriage-axis feedback). D Records the maximum pulse-width modulations used. Y ou can view this information on the service configuration plot.
8Ä20 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 T est Description Stepper-Motor T est The stepper-motor test continuously cycles the stepper motor , thus raising and lowering the wiper and the lever mechanism. It tests the following: D Stepper motor D Main PCA D Cartridge-adjust linkage D Wiper linkage Window-Sensor T est This tests the following: D Window sensor D Window-sensor cable D îîîî î îî
8Ä21 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 î îîîî îîîîîîî î îîî îî î îîîîîî The following table indicates the service tests that you can perform on particular assemblies: Assembly T ested by ... Bail Bail cycle test Bail-sensor Bail-sensor test, Bail cycle test Carriage-axis encoder/motor Servo/encoder test Carriage-axis encoder cable Servo/encoder test Cartridge-adjust linkage Stepper-motor test Cartridge carriage Electrical test Communication between computer and plotter Service monitor Double pulley Servo/encoder test DRAM SIMM Electrical test Drive belt Servo/encoder test Drive mechanics Bail cycle test Drive roller Servo/encoder test EEROM Electrical test Main belt Servo/encoder test Main idler Servo/encoder test Main PCA Electrical test, Input/output test, Stepper-motor test, Servo/encoder test, Bail-sensor test, Media-sensor test, Window-sensor test, Pinch-arm-sensor test, Bail cycle test Mechanical interference Bail-sensor test Media-axis encoder/motor Servo/encoder test Media-axis encoder cable Servo/encoder test Media sensor Media-sensor test Overdrive Servo/encoder test Pinch-arm sensor Pinch-arm-sensor test Pinch-arm-sensor cable Pinch-arm-sensor test ROM Electrical test Slider rods Servo/encoder test Stepper motor Stepper-motor test T railing cable Electrical test Window sensor Window-sensor test Window-sensor cable Window-sensor test Wiper linkage Stepper-motor test
AL T Bail Cycle T est AL T Bail Sensor T est SHIFT Electrical T est 8Ä22 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 P erforming the Service T ests The following paragraphs describe how to perform the various service tests. Y ou know that a test has failed if a system error is indicated by means of the frontÄpanel LEDs. Bail Cycle T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the AL T key and press Bail Cycle T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîîî îîîîîî îî îîîîî îîîî îî îîîîîî îîî îîîîîîîî A Press the AL T (Cancel) key when you want to stop the test. BailÄSensor T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the AL T key and press Bail Sensor T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îîî A Open the window within 120 seconds. îîîîîîîîî îîî Busy îîî îîîî îîî îîî îîî îîîî îîîîî 4 Manually raise the bail. îîî Ready îîî îîîîîîîî 5 Press the AL T (Cancel) key when you want to stop the test, and lower the window . Electrical T est , Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). . Hold down the SHIFT key and press Electrical T est . îîî Busy îîî îîîîîî îî îîî îîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîî îî îîîîîîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîîîîîîîî
SHIFT Input/Output T est SHIFT Service Configuration 8Ä23 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Input/Output T est 1 Connect a loopback connector (part number 07440Ä60302) to the serial port of the plotter . If a connector is not available, you can place a jumper between pins 2 and 3 of the serial port for the test. 2 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 3 Hold down the SHIFT key and press Input/Output T est . An error is displayed on the front panel if the test fails. MediaÄSensor T est When the Load Media LED is lit, manually insert a sheet of media, so that it covers the media sensor . The Load Media LED should turn off , and the Busy LED should light up. îThe plotter then loads the sheet.î PinchÄArmÄSensor T est 1 With the window closed and the Load Media LED lit, pull the mediaÄjam lever (pinchÄarm lever) forward. This raises the pinch arms. The Ready LED should flash. 2 Push the mediaÄjam lever back to its original vertical position. This lowers the pinch arms. The Ready LED should stop flashing, and the Load Media LED should light up again. Service Configuration Plot 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Set the Plot Quality to Final on the front panel. 3 Load a sheet of A1Äsize or D Äsize media in portrait orientation. If you use a smaller sheet (minimum A4 or A size), all information will be plotted, except theî¹X" marks, used for accuracy calibration in chapter 7. 4 When the Ready LED lights up, hold down the SHIFT key and press Service Configuration . The Busy light first begins to flash and then remains on and steady . The plotter plots the service configuration plot and ejects the media. 5 Unload the media. 6 See î¹Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot" on page 8Ä25 for how to analyze the bar pattern and how to read the EEROM text block.
SHIFT Service Monitor AL T AL T Servo/Encoder T est SHIFT Stepper Motor T est 8Ä24 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Service Monitor (Data Display) 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the SHIFT and AL T keys and press Service Monitor . 3 Send the file or files from the computer through the serial or parallel ports. 4 Press any frontÄpanel key when the file(s) have been transferred to the plotter . 5 Load a sheet of media (A3 size or B size minimum) in portrait orientation. Instead of plotting the drawings that you sent, the plotter plots the first and last Kbytes of the code for those drawings. The code is printed in hexadecimal and ASCII format. îIf the total size of the fileîsî sent is not bigger than one Kbyte, only the first buffer is printed.î The plotter exits the service monitor mode if the fileîsî sent contain PJL universal exit language. 6 Compare the code printed with the code sent from the computer to check if communication between the computer and the plotter is functioning correctly . Servo/Encoder T est 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the AL T key and press Servo/Encoder T est . The îîîî LED lights up and the carriage moves to the center of the plotter . Both the carriage and the roller then move backwards and forwards in cycles of six short steps, changing direction between cycles. 3 Press any frontÄpanel key to stop the test. StepperÄMotor T est 1 Enter service mode (see page 7Ä2). 2 Hold down the SHIFT key and press Stepper Motor T est . The Busy LED lights up and the stepper motor switches on, continuously raising and lowering the wiper and the lever mechanism. 3 Press the AL T key when you want to stop the test. WindowÄSensor T est 1 With the Load Media LED lit, open the window . The Ready LED should flash. 2 Close the window again. The Ready LED should stop flashing, and the Load Media LED should light up again.
8Ä25 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 Interpreting the Service Configuration Plot îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî î îîîîîî The configuration plot has special builtÄin diagnostic features. It includes seven bars printed along the top that enable you to detect printÄquality problems. îîîîî î îîî îîîî Use the first four bars (from left to right) to detect î Problems with nozzle firing direction î Missing nozzles These bars are a series of straight horizontal lines, four pixels apart. Different nozzles are used to create each of the four bars. Use a 10X magnifier to look at the patterns. P erfect patterns should be parallel lines equally spaced. Some slight errors in direction (meaning the ink dots are not being fired straight) are due to nozzle imperfections and cannot be fixed. Others may be caused by nozzle contamination. Y ou can sometimes correct these by cleaning the nozzles ( î User's Guide). îîîîî îîî îîîîî îîîî Use the fifth and sixth bars to detect î Banding î Problems with nozzle firing direction î Misalignment between the cartridges In the following two diagrams, î denotes a dot and î denotes a white space. The fifth bar is a 25% area fill pattern that looks as follows, îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî The sixth bar is also a 25% area fill pattern that looks as follows: îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîîîîîî These bars should look solid gray . îîîîîîî îîî Use the seventh bar to detect misalignment between the cartridges. This bar is a series of vertical lines, 8 pixels apart. The lines should be straight with a deviation of no more than 2 mils.
8Ä26 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 P arameters Printed Below EEROM T ext Block (Decimal V alues) Number of P ower Cycles îNumber of times plotter has been switched on.î Number of P ages Printed Number of Bail Lifts Number of Bail Errors Number of System Errors Last System Error îSee System Errors earlier in this chapter for correspondence of numbers to errors.î Last System Error Data Bail Up P osition Offset îCalculated during bail calibration.î Bench Run îWhether the bench run has been performed or not.î Bench Run Maximum Y ÄAxis PWM îY Äaxis = carriage axis.î Bench Run Maximum X ÄAxis PWM îX Äaxis = media axis.î Encoder T ests Maximum Y ÄAxis PWM Encoder T ests Maximum X ÄAxis PWM Last X ÄAxis Calibration îX Äaxis calibration = accuracy calibrationî F actory Calibration F actor îThis is the driveÄroller correction factor , calculated during accuracy calibration.î Setup Sheet LED Calibration formula. îThe values in the formula are calculated during the setupÄsheet calibration.î Reading the EEROM T ext Block The contents of the EEROM integrated circuit are printed in hexadecimal form in a text block on the service configuration plot. T o read the EEROM text block, perform the following procedure: , Examine the EEROM memory map in T able 8Ä1 to find the memory address of the data you want to read. . Use the memory location key in T able 8Ä2 to locate the position of the memory address on the service configuration plot. A Read the contents of the memory address from the service configuration plot. Example: Searching for the mediaÄsensor correction factor 1 The EEROM memory map îT able 8Ä1î indicates that the memory address of the mediaÄsensor correction factor is 1b. 2 The memory location key îT able 8Ä2î indicates that address 1b is located in the second row from the top, in the fifth column from the right. 3 On the sample EEROM text block îTable 8Ä3î, address 1b contains the number 0. Therefore, in this case, the mediaÄsensor correction factor is hexadecimal 0 î= decimal 0î.
8Ä27 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 T able 8-1. EEROM Map Address Li Definition Location 00 V alue=55 if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 01 V alue=AA if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 02 V alue=5A if EEROM has been initialized (Read by servo processor) 10 Byte 0 of the number of bench-run cycles completed 1 1 Byte 1 of the number of bench-run cycles completed 15 Number of stepper cycles per bench-run cycle 16 Byte 0 of the total number of bench-run cycles 17 Byte 1 of the total number of bench-run cycles 18 Number of waits per bench-run cycle 19 Number of bail cycles per print in bench run 1a Number of swaths per bench-run cycle 1b Media-sensor correction factor . (Calculated during media-sensor calibration) 33 (bit 6) Bit 1 (MSB) of bail-calibration (00 = not calibrated; 1 1 = calibrated; status.. 01 and 10 = calibration in process) 33 (bit 7) Bit 0 (LSB) of bail-calibration status. 36 (bit 7) Need-cartridge-alignment flag. (1 = needs cartridge alignment) 37 (bit 0) V alid-cartridge-alignment flag. (1 = alignment performed OK) 39 PWM for carriage LED (calculated during cartridge alignment) 3d Byte 1 of media-axis alignment distance. (Positions engagement lever .) 3e Byte 0 of media-axis alignment distance. Constants at address locations 3F through 4D are loaded when the cartridge-alignment routine is performed. 3f V alue used to correct position of carriage LED relative to media axis. 40 V alue used to correct position of carriage LED relative to carriage axis. 41 Cartridge offset. (Used to correct distance between the two cartridges.) 42 Bi-directional of fset in columns. (Used to compensate for dif ferences between ink-drop trajectory when carriage is moving from left to right and that when carriage is moving from right to left.) 4b High-velocity factor , scaled by 64. (Used to adjust the bidirectional offset when the plot quality is set to draft mode.) 4d Cartridgesâ first nozzles (Not all of the nozzles are used; there may be an overlap between the two cartridges to allow for alignment. Bits 0 and 1 indicate the first nozzle used on the right cartridge. Bits 2 and 3 indicate the first nozzle used on the left cartridge.) 4e Drive-roller correction factor . (Calculated during accuracy calibration.)
8Ä28 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 T able 8Ä2 is a key to the EEROM memory text block on the service configuration plot. The first column is the same as on the plot; the remaining columns show the memory location number instead of the contents at each position on the text block. T able 8-2. Memory Location Key EEROM T ext Block Memory Locations 0: 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 â 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 10: 10 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 â 18 19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20: 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 â 28 29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30: 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 â 38 39 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e 3f 40: 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 â 48 49 4a 4b 4c 4d 4e 4f 50: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 â 58 59 5a 5b 5c 5d 5e 5f 60: 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 â 68 69 6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 6f 70: 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 â 78 79 7a 7b 7c 7d 7e 7f 80: 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 â 88 89 8a 8b 8c 8d 8e 8f 90: 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 â 98 99 9a 9b 9c 9d 9e 9f a0: a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 â a8 a9 aa ab ac ad ae af b0: b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 â b8 b9 ba bb bc bd be bf c0: c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 â c8 c9 ca cb cc cd ce cf d0: d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 â d8 d9 da db dc dd de df e0: e0 e1 e2 e3 e4 e5 e6 e7 â e8 e9 ea eb ec ed ee ef f0: f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 â f8 f9 fa fb fc fd fe ff
Cancel Replot 8Ä29 Removal and R eplacement C3187Ä90000 The block of text on the service configuration plot that shows the contents of the EEROM, appears in the form shown in T able 8Ä3. This table is a text block from a sample plot. The contents of the EEROM that you are testing will differ from this sample. T able 8-3. Sample EEROM Contents T ext Block EEROM contents: 0: 55 aa 5a 0 20 0 0 0 â 2b 0 0 0 3a 0 0 0 1 0 : 004 4 3 1 0000â00000000 20: 3 20 3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 â a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 3 0 : a 3 a 3 02 1 0008 1 â8 8 3 5 000e 0 f e 1 d 4 0 : f 2 022 5 2 7 f 2 f 2 9â9e 0 e 1 f 0 0500 5 0 : 000008 d 01âd e e d 5 7 3 e d 3 8 e d b 3 d 6 0 : ee d b3 a 1 6 000â200c a c 43 9 0 7 0 : 00000000â0000000c 9 80 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 90 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff a0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff b0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff c0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff d0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff e0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff f0 : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff â ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff Clearing the EEROM Careful: If you clear the EEROM, you will then need to perform all of the plotter calibrations. (Details î chapter 7.) T o clear the EEROM, perform the following procedure: 1 Switch the plotter off. 2 While holding both the Cancel and Replot keys down, switch the plotter on. 3 Once the Busy LED lights up, release the Cancel and Replot keys.
8Ä30 Removal and Replacement C3187Ä90000 îîî îî
9Ä0 9 Product History and Service Notes
9Ä2 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Introduction This chapter describes the differences between earlier versions of the plotters and the latest version documented in this manual. SerialÄNumber F ormat The plotter serial number is composed of 10 letters and digits, for example ESA4800248. D In the first two positions is the code for the country of manufacture of the plotter . In the example above, this is ES , which is the code for Spain. D In the third position is the revision letter of the plotter . The letter A identifies the original version of the plotter . The next revision would have the letter B and so on. All DesignJet 200 plotters have revision letter A. The original version of the DesignJet 220 also has revision letter A. D In the fourth position is the last digit of the year of manufacture. This is 4 for plotters made in 1994, as in the example above. D In the fifth position is the month of the year . (October is represented by the letter A, November by B, and December by C .) In the example above, the digit is 8, that is, August. D The remaining five digits distinguish the plotter from others manufactured in the same country in the same month. In the example above, these are 00248.
9Ä3 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Identifying a Printed Circuit Assembly DesignJet 200 and DesignJet 220 PCAs have the following major identification features: î îîî î îîîîî PCAs having the same part number are directly interchangeable. If a PC A is revised in any way that makes it nonÄinterchangeable with previously issued PC As of a particular part number , a new part number is assigned to the revised PCA. îîîîîîîî îîîîîî This letter identifies the most recent revision to the etched circuit pattern. The original issue is identified with the letter A. If the master artwork for a printed circuit board is revised in order to alter performance or manufacture, the revision letter is changed to the next letter in the alphabetical sequence. îîîîîîîî î îîîîîîî îîîî The firmware revision code is printed on the EPROMs or masked ROMs on the main PC A, for example B.02.01. This code is also printed by the plotter on the setup sheet and on the service configuration plot. The DesignJet 200 old firmware revision A.01.00 is not forward compatible with the new carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PC A C2847Ä60125). In combination they destroy the cartridges. The DesignJet 200 old main PCA C3180Ä60101 is not forward compatible with the new shielded trailing cable C3180Ä60033 (colored blue on one side). îîîîîîî
9Ä4 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 P otential Ink Smearing Problem Date: 29 July 1994 Service Note: C3180AÄ01 C3181AÄ01 Supersedes: None Products: HP C3180A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (D/A1 Size) HP C3181A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (E/A0 size) Serial Numbers: ESA30000000/ESA3C99999 P arts required: None Situation: The mediaÄmotor mount, C1633Ä20006, must be removed to troubleshoot several assemblies associated with the media path of the DesignJet 200. This service note is intended to describe the printÄquality problem resulting from incorrect reassembling of this part and to provide a cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance specification for the DesignJet 200. Solution/Action: 1) Impact of CartridgeÄtoÄRoller Distance on Print Quality This distance is a critical parameter that dramatically impacts the print quality of the DesignJet 200. The acceptable height range is from 0.9 mm (0.035 in) to 1.3 mm (0.05 in). V alues below the lower limit are likely to cause inkÄsmearing, especially when using A or A4 media sizes. V alues above the upper limit result in ink spraying and overall poor print quality . 2) How does the MediaÄMotor Mount Affect this Distance ? If this part is not mounted correctly , the drive roller may be assembled slightly higher than its correct position, thus decreasing the cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance on the right side of the unit.
9Ä5 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 A) How/Where to Measure the Distance a) P ower off the unit. b) Ensure that the pinchÄarm lever is in the UP position. c) Open the window and remove the bail. d) Slide the carriage (with both cartridges loaded) to the right until the right black and yellow strip of the carriage is above the right sideplate (see figure 1.c). e) Carefully try to insert, one at a time, the following gauges below the left cartridge, (figure 1.b): * 0.6 mm (0.025 in) - gauge should enter without any effort * 0.7 mm (0.027 in) - gauge rubs slightly * 0.8 mm (0.031 in) - gauge may enter but the carriage is lifted when you insert the gauge. If the results are as described above, the distance is within specifications b Figure 1 90 d Right Side Cover Cartridge Front V iew Cartridge Chute a b c Drive Roller Surface a) Insert the gauges centered below the left (fixed) cartridge. Gauge Carriage side-view 90 d Drive Roller side-view b) c) Ref. Description specs (mm) a ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ nozzle platen to roller 0.9 to 1.3 ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ glue bed to platen 0.2 c ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ ÃÃÃÃÃÃÃÃ glue bed to roller 0.7 to 1.1
9Ä6 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 4) What to Do with Units Exhibiting InkÄSmearing Problems If the unit is exhibiting an ink Äsmearing problem using HP Ärecommended media and under proper environmental conditions, do the following: i) Ensure the glue bed of each cartridge is as specified in item (b) of the table in figure 1. ii) If both cartridges are okay , do the following: a) V erify the carriageÄtoÄroller height as in (3) above: * If within specs refer to note below . * If out of specs continue the procedure. b) R emove the right endÄcover c) R emove the carriage and media motors from their support. d) Loosen (one turn) the three screws holding the mediaÄmotor mount in place. e) R etighten them while applying a downward pressure as shown in the figure 2. Apply pressure while tightening screws 1, 2 & 3 Figure 2 1 2 3 f) Check the carriage height as in (3) above. g) If the value is within specs, reassemble the unit. If still out of specs redo steps (b) to (f). h) V erify proper operation of the unit by plotting a demo plot on A/A4Äsize media. Note: This procedure is intended to troubleshoot only those inkÄsmearing problems caused by incorrect cartridgeÄtoÄroller distance. Make sure that proper humidity conditions are met and also check for mediaÄrelated factors that may influence this distance (for example wetÄcockle effect). Administrative Information Classification: Information Only Author/Entity: PP/F900
9Ä7 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Problems Corrected by Firmware R elease A.01.01 Date: 29 July 1994 Service Note: C3180AÄ02 C3181AÄ02 Supersedes: None Products: HP C3180A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (D/A1 size) HP C3181A DesignJet 200 Drafting Plotter (E/A0 size) Serial Numbers: ESA30000000/ESA3C99999 T o be performed by: HP ÄQualified P ersonnel P arts required: C3180Ä18006 A.01.01 EPROM (U28) C3180Ä18007 A.01.01 EPROM (U29) C3180Ä18008 A.01.01 EPROM (U9) C3180Ä18009 A.01.01 EPROM (U4) Situation: Firmware version A.01.00 of the DesignJet 200 exhibits the following problems: 1) The unit is not able to load 1.6 m cutÄsheet media. 2) In the absence on an IN command in the plot files, the resulting line widths are not consistent with the selected values. 3) Carriage startÄup pulses may damage the print cartridges causing early cartridge failures. Solution/Action: Whenever a unit exhibits a problem as described above, replace firmware version A.01.00 by firmware version A.01.01. Production units may have the A.01.00 code implemented in two different sets of devices: 1) EPROM/OTP devices: P/Ns: 1818Ä5724 A.01.00 (U28) 1818Ä5725 A.01.00 (U29) 1818Ä5726 A.01.00 (U9) 1818Ä5727 A.01.00 (U4) 2) Mask ROM devices: P/Ns: 1818Ä5484 A.01.00 (U28) Mask 1818Ä5485 A.01.00 (U29) Mask
9Ä8 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 All the part numbers associated with both A.01.00 implementations are obsoleted and replaced by A.01.01 part numbers. Usage of a DIP Ä40 IC Äextracting tool or similar is highly recommended to prevent damage to the Main PC A traces. Note that firmware version A.01.01 is available only on EPROMs. Make sure that proper ESD safety procedures are followed and that the devices are correctly plugged into their sockets, leaving the rightmost pair of holes free. Administrative Information Classification: Modification recommended Standards: Labor hours 0.5, Travel authorized Action Category: On specified failure Location Category: OnÄsite Service Inventory: Scrap Used P arts: Scrap HP Responsible Until: 15ÄJuneÄ96 Author/Entity: PP/F900 Problems that will be Corrected by Firmware Release A.01.02 Date: 29 July 1994 Bug Fixing R TL: Fix bitmap on negative Y Äcoordinates. (Jail effect) ST ARSHIP: PJL enter language = HPGL/2 was going back to HPGL; now goes to HPGL/2. REPLOT : Replot clips last swath. When doing replot (same size as the original plot), sometimes the last swath of the plot is clipped. This is because the mediaÄload sheet length measurement is not exact, so the plotter recognizes the sheet as shorter than it actually is. Fixed by increasing the tolerance on sheet length before clipping by 0.15 in. when replotting. The previous tolerance was only 1/1200 in. CANCEL: In firmware versions A.01.01 (DesignJet 200) and B.02.00 (DesignJet 220) the user could not cancel while plotting nonÄflowÄmode plots (plots that don't exceed maximum memory available in plotter). Fixed. îîîî îîîîîîîî îî îîî îîî îîîîîîî îî îî îîî îîîî îî îîîîîîîî îî îîîî îîîîîîî
9Ä9 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 EPROMs and Masked ROMs 1818Ä5484 cd: 0 1818Ä5726 cd: 3 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.00, obsolete) Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 Masked ROMs (Firmware code A.01.00, obsolete) 1818Ä5727 cd: 4 1818Ä5724 cd: 1 1818Ä5725 cd: 2 1818Ä5485 cd: 1 C3180Ä18008 cd: 9 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.01) C3180Ä18009 cd: 0 C3180Ä18006 cd: 7 C3180Ä18007 cd: 8 1818Ä5971 cd: 0 C3187Ä18016 cd: 6 U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 EPROMs (Firmware code B.02.00, obsolete) Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.00, obsolete) C3187Ä18017 cd: 7 C3187Ä18014 cd: 4 C3187Ä18015 cd: 5 1818Ä5972 cd: 1 1818Ä6016 cd: 6 Empty Empty U28 U9 U29 U4 DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.01) 1818Ä6017 cd: 7 The DesignJet 200 old firmware revision A.01.00 is not forward compatible with the new carriage C2847Ä60071 (carriage PCA C2847Ä60125). In combination they destroy the cartridges. CAUTION
9Ä10 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 R eÄinstalling T eflon W ashers Normally , you should not have to reÄinstall teflon washers on a DesignJet 200. Instead, you should install a camÄgear support and the associated parts as described later in this chapter . The following note is given in case you need to reassemble the plotter while you wait for these parts to arrive. Problems can occur if the bailÄlift mechanism is too loose or too tight. Typically the number of teflon washers to install is two. However , the ideal reassembly procedure is as follows: î ReÄinstall the lift mechanism using î îî washers. î With the engagingÄlever spring installed, press down on the lever and slowly let it rise. î If the lever does not completely lift up using the spring tension alone, remove one washer . î îî îîî îîîîîîî
9Ä11 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 New BailÄLiftÄMechanism Support Date: 01 August 1994 Service Note: Draft Supersedes: None Products: HP DesignJet 200 C3180A & C3181A Serial Numbers : C3180A ESA0000000/ESA4507951 C3181A ESA0000000/ESA4508541 T o Be P erformed By: HP ÄQualified P ersonnel P arts Required: C2858Ä60209 Bail Mechanism Assembly Situation : The bail features an automatic lift mechanism driven by the media motor using a series of gears and actuated by the carriage. The lift mechanism is composed of the engagement lever , cam gear , engagement gear , autoÄcam and teflon washers. When it is necessary to lift the bail, the carriage positions itself over the engaging lever , pressing it down (the lever is spring loaded). As the lever is pressed down, the gear cam and the engaging gear are connected to the left drive roller gear . Once connected, the driver roller rotates (via the MediaÄdrive motor), causing the cam to rotate. As the cam rotates, it pushes against the left bail pivot, raising the bail. The teflon washers are installed between the autoÄcam and the sideÄplate to act as shims which reduce looseness between the different parts of the assembly . Typically the number of T eflon W ashers to install on a DesignJet 200 is two. However problems can occur if the bail lift is too loose or too tight. In some cases, it may be necessary to install between 1 and 3, thus complicating the repair procedure. Solution A new solution has been introduced in order to improve the serviceability of the bailÄlift mechanism and which avoids the use of teflon washers. The looseness of the mechanism is reduced by a new part, the camÄgear support. This part attaches to the Y Ätensioner bracket and fits into the center of the cam gear preventing the movement of this gear during the engaging process. A new liftÄmechanism kit has been created that includes all the necessary parts to implement this new solution. The part number of the kit is C2858Ä60209. It is expected to be available at the beginning of September 1994.
9Ä12 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîîî îîî îîî îîîîîîîîî î îîîîîîîî Engaging lever EngagingÄlever spring Screw (Remove from inside) Left sideplate Y Ätensioner bracket CamÄgear support Auto cam IMPOR T ANT : Y ou need a scissors as well as the tools listed in chapter 6. 1. R emove the window assembly and the left endÄcover . 2. R emove the the bail assembly , the encoder strip and the service station. 3. R emove the primer assembly . 4. R emove the Y Ätensioner bracket and related assemblies. 5. Using scissors or a cutter , cut the teflon washers. 6. Using needleÄnose pliers, remove the teflon washers. IMPOR T ANT : Ensure that you have removed all the teflon washers and that you are not leaving any fragment between the sideÄplate and the autoÄcam. If you are not able to remove them, perform the following additional steps: a. Disassemble the plotter to access the automatic bailÄlift mechanism following the procedure described in chapter 6. b. ReÄinstall the bailÄlift mechanism WITHOUT the teflon washers. 7. Place the camÄgear support into the slot on the NEW Y Ätensioner bracket included in the bailÄmechanism assembly . 8. Install the Y Ätensioner bracket on the left sideplate. Tighten the two left screws and leave the right one loose.
9Ä13 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 9. While softly pushing the camÄgear support all the way into the center of the gear , tighten the two screws that attach the camÄgear support to the Y Ätensioner bracket. IMPOR T ANT : Ensure that the bailÄlift mechanism easily performs the engaging and disengaging movement, by pushing the cam gear with your fingers. 10. Tighten the right screw of the Y Ätensioner bracket. 11.ÄReÄassemble the plotter and perform the calibrations in the following order: a. Cap alignment (chapter 9) b. Bail calibration (chapter 8) c. Accuracy calibration (chapter 8) Administrative Information DRAFT SER VICE NOTE Classification: Modification available Reason: Serviceability & Reliability Enhancement Action Category: Location Category: OnÄSite A vailability: Product Support Life Author/Entity: EV/F900 Change in Trailing Cable Early DesignJet 200 plotters were manufactured with the following trailing cable and associated parts: D Unshielded Trailing Cable, C3180Ä60007 (colored white on both sides) D TrailingÄCable Rear Tray , C3180Ä00006 D F our F errites, 9170Ä1535 (two inside electronics enclosure, two on trailingÄcable rear tray) D F our F errite Clamps, 9170Ä1533 Later DesignJet 200 plotters, and DesignJet 220 plotters, have a new trailing cable and associated parts, improving electromagnetic compatibility and rendering unnecessary the ferrites on the trailingÄcable rear tray: D Shielded Trailing Cable, C3180Ä60033 (colored white on one side, blue on the other side) D TrailingÄCable Rear Tray , C3180Ä00040 D Two F errites, 9170Ä1535, inside the electronics enclosure D Two F errite Clamps, 9170Ä1533 The shielded trailing cable is NOT compatible with old main PC As (C3180Ä60101, C3180Ä68101, C3180Ä69101).
9Ä14 Product History and Service Notes C3187Ä90000 Change in Carriage Early DesignJet 200 plotters were manufactured with the following cartridge carriage: î Cartridge Carriage, C1633Ä60120 (including Carriage PC A, C2847Ä60103), now obsolete. Later DesignJet 200 plotters, and DesignJet 220 plotters, have a new cartridge carriage: î Cartridge Carriage, C2847Ä60071 (including Carriage PC A, C2847Ä60125). The new carriage is not compatible with the DesignJet 200 firmware revision A.01.00. In combination, they destroy the cartridges. If you install a new carriage, ensure that the firmware revision of the EPROMs or masked ROMs on the main PCA is later than A.01.00. Later firmware revisions can be installed with either carriage. Change in Bail and Overdrive P arts DesignJet 200 plotters, and early DesignJet 220 plotters, were manufactured with 9 starwheel mounts on D/A1Äsize models, and 13 starwheel mounts on E/A0Äsize models. T o reduce the risk of the mediaÄpath geometry sometimes causing media to cockle and ink to smear , later DesignJet 220 plotters include an extra starwheel mount towards the rightÄhand side of the bail. (The problem was greatest when loading A/A4Äsize media.) If you are ordering a new bail, overdrive roller or overdrive enclosure, ensure that you order the appropriate part corresponding with the number of starwheel mounts on the plotter . A service rework kit is available if you need to replace îîî 9Ä or 13ÄstarwheelÄmount parts with 10Ä or 14ÄstarwheelÄmount parts respectively . (P art numbers î page 10Ä24b.)
10Ä1 10 P arts and Diagrams
10Ä2 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Exchange Assemblies Exchange assemblies are factoryÄrepaired and tested assemblies that you can order; they are listed in the following table. Exchange assemblies are available only on a tradeÄin basis; therefore, you must return the defective assemblies for credit. Exchange Assemblies HP Part Number CD Qty Description C3180-69102 1 1 Main PCA (Rebuilt)
10Ä3 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 R eplacement P arts P arts shown in the drawings in this chapter are listed in the corresponding part lists. Match the appropriate number on the drawing with the same number in the parts list for information on that part. The total quantity for each part on the drawing is given as well as the part number and check digit. T o obtain replacement parts, address an inquiry to the nearest HP Support Office. Y ou must include the part number , check digit and part description in the order you send. Also include the plotter model and serial number .
10Ä4 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: L egs and Media Bin Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C2847-60002 6 2 Leg Assembly (D/A1 Size) C2848-60002 7 2 (E/A0 Size) 2 C3185-00034 9 1 Stand Brace (D/A1 Size) C3186-00034 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 3 C2847-60061 7 1 Hardware Kit 4 1492-0145 8 4 Caster Assembly 5 C2847-00006 4 1 Media Bin Front (D/A1 Size) C1633-00020 2 1 (E/A0 Size) 6 C2847-00012 2 1 Media Bin Adjust (D/A1 Size) C1633-00044 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 7 C2847-00005 3 1 Media Bin Back (D/A1 Size) C1633-00019 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 8 no part number 4 M3 Thread-Forming Screw îîîîîîîî îîîî îîî î îîîî îîî P art Number C3185A = Complete legs and media bin for D/A1Äsize plotters. P art Number C3186A = Complete legs and media bin for E/A0Äsize plotters.
10Ä5 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Legs and Media Bin 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 1 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 8 8
10Ä6 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: W indow, Center and Bottom Covers Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-00005 9 1 Center Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-00005 0 1 (E/A0 Size) 2 0515-0380 2 2 Screw (D/A1 Size) 4 (E/A0 Size) 3 and 4 C3180-40019 9 2 Center-Cover Latch Assembly 5 C3180-80001 3 2 W indow-Pivot Spring 6 C3180-60039 5 1 W indow (D/A1 Size) C3181-60039 6 1 (E/A0 Size) 7 0515-2278 1 2 Screw (D/A1 Size) 4 (E/A0 Size) 8 C3180-60033 9 1 Shielded T railing Cable î Not compatible with main PCAs: C3180-60101, C3180-68101, C3180-69101. î DesignJet 200 î chapter 9. C3180-60064 6 Shielded T railing-Cable Assembly . (Includes shielded trailing cable, three plastic ties, and trailing-cable bracket.) 9 C3180-00040 2 1 T railing-Cable Rear T ray . (DesignJet 200 î chapter 9.) 10 1400-0577 7 2 Trailing-Cable T ie 1 1 C1633-00015 5 1 T railing-Cable Bracket 12 0624-0647 5 1 T orx-10 Screw 13 0515-2248 5 6 T orx-20 Screw 14 C3180-60008 8 1 Bottom Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-60008 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 15 0624-0771 6 8 Plastite Screw (D/A1 Size) 10 (E/A0 Size)
10Ä7 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Window , Center and Bottom Covers. T o Carriage
10Ä8 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Electronics Enclosure Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-68102 9 1 Main PCA (New) 1 C3180-69102 1 Main PCA (Rebuilt, Exchange Assembly) 2 0515-2253 2 11 Machine Screw 3 See illustration 4 / 2 4 EPROMs or 2 Masked ROMs 4 C2064A 3 DRAM SIMM (Optional) (2 Mbytes) C2065A 4 (4 Mbytes) C2066A 5 (8 Mbytes) 5 2200-0145 2 2 Machine Screw , 4-40 6 0570-1316 2 2 Female Screwlock (RS-232) 7 C3180-00003 7 1 Electronics Enclosure (D/A1 Size) C3181-00003 8 1 (E/A0 Size) (Associated part: 8160-0770 RFI strip, attaches to the enclosure to improve electromagnetic compatibility of the plotter .) 8 1400-1648 5 1 Cable Clip 9 3160-0814 7 1 Tubeaxial Fan 10 0515-2405 6 2 T apite Fan Screw 1 1 0950-2417 2 1 Power Supply 12 C3180-60006 6 1 AC Power Receptacle Assembly 13 0515-2149 5 4 Screw , M3.0X0.5X8 14 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 15 C2847-60005 9 1 Cable Assembly: Power supply to main PCA 16 C3180-60013 5 1 Power Supply Insulator (with label and tie) 17 C3180-00004 8 1 Electronics-enclosure Cover (D/A1 Size) C3181-00004 9 1 (E/A0 Size) 18 0515-2429 4 4 T orx-15 Screw (D/A1 Size) 5 (E/A0 Size) 19 9170-1533 6 2 Ferrite Clamp 20 See page 10-6. 1 Trailing Cable 21 9170-1535 8 2 Split Ferrite
10Ä9 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 3 3 Electronics Enclosure 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 4 13 2 Empty Empty 1818-6016 cd: 6 1818-6017 cd: 7 î îî î î î îî î î DesignJet 220 Masked ROMs (Firmware code B.02.01) Empty pair of holes C3180-18007 cd: 8 C3180-18008 cd: 9 î îî î î î îî î î DesignJet 200 EPROMs (Firmware code A.01.01) C3180-18009 cd: 0 C3180-18006 cd: 7 20
10Ä10 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: L eft Endcover and T rim Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-40003 1 1 Left Endcover 2 C3187-00015 8 1 Serial-Number Label 3 C3180-40005 3 1 Rear Left T rim 4 0624-0771 6 4 T orx-15 Screw 5 C3180-00010 6 1 Nameplate 6 0515-2282 7 1 T apite Screw 7 C3180-40012 2 1 Switch Mount 9 5041-1203 0 1 Power Key Cap 10 C3180-60006 6 1 AC Power Receptacle Assembly 1 1 C3180-40008 6 1 Front Left Trim 12 0515-2337 3 3 Endcover Lower Screw
10Ä11 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Left Endcover and T rim
10Ä12 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Right Endcover and T rim Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0771 6 4 T orx-15 Screw 2 C3180-40006 4 1 Rear Right T rim 3 1400-0293 4 1 Cable Guide (Fastener) 4 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 5 â â 1 Right Sideplate (Not Orderable) 6 07090-20020 4 2 Shoulder W asher 7 C3180-40007 5 1 Front Right T rim 8 C3180-60009 9 W indow-Sensor Assembly 9 0624-0745 4 1 T orx-8 Screw 10 C3180-40004 2 1 Right Endcover 1 1 C3180-40014 4 1 Front-Panel Bezel 12 0515-2282 7 2 T apite Screw 13 C3180-40015 5 1 Front-panel Door 14 C3180-60010 2 1 Keyboard Assembly 15 C3180-40016 6 1 Help-Cards Lock 16 and 17 see below 1 Overlay and Help Cards 18 C3180-00033 3 1 Media-Load Label Front-Panel Overlay and Help Cards DesignJet 200 Check DesignJet 220 Check Chinese C3180-60030 6 C3187-60010 9 English C3180-60021 5 C3187-60001 8 French C3180-60025 9 C3187-60005 2 German C3180-60024 8 C3187-60004 1 Italian C3180-60027 1 C3187-60007 4 Japanese C3180-60028 2 C3187-60008 5 Korean C3180-60022 6 C3187-60002 9 Portuguese C3180-60029 3 C3187-60009 6 Spanish C3180-60026 0 C3187-60006 3 T aiwanese C3180-60023 7 C3187-60003 0
10Ä13 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Right Endcover and T rim
10Ä14 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: CarriageÄ Axis Drive (Left End) Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 2 07570-60105 1 1 Main Idler Assembly 3 07570-40105 9 1 Main T ensioner 4 1460-2139 7 1 T ensioner Spring 5 C1633-40065 9 1 Main-T ensioner Housing 6 0515-0380 2 4 T orx-15 Screw 7 C1633-00068 8 1 T ensioner-Housing Door 8 C2847-00014 4 1 T railing-Cable Front Tray (Guide) (D/A1 Size) C1633-00056 4 1 (E/A0 Size) 9 0515-2248 5 3 T orx-20 Screw 10 C2847-00051 9 1 Y -T ensioner Bracket 1 1 1400-1021 8 3 Cable Clip 12 C1633-80016 4 1 Linkage Spring 13 C1633-20021 5 1 Shoulder Screw 14 C1633-60033 3 1 Automatic Cartridge-Adjust Linkage 15 0624-0647 5 2 T orx-10 Screw 16 C3180-60005 5 1 Stepper Motor Assembly 17 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 18 C3180-60014 6 1 W iper Assembly (W iper , Wiper Rod, and Rocker) 19 C1633-40006 8 1 W iper Only 20 C1633-40093 3 1 Encoder-Strip Bracket 21 C2858-60208 7 1 Encoder Strip (D/A1 Size) C2859-60208 8 1 (E/A0 Size) 22 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2mm 23 0535-0031 2 2 Nut, Hex, W/LKWR M3
10Ä15 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Carriage-Axis Drive (Left End)
10Ä16 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Service Station Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0704 5 12 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 2 C1633-40003 5 1 Service-Station Cover 3 C1633-40005 7 2 Service-Station Cap 4 C1633-40001 3 1 Service-Station Housing 5 C1633-80002 8 1 Sled Spring 6 C1633-40004 6 2 Cap Fitting 7 C2847-4001 1 5 1 Service-Station Sled
10Ä17 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Service Station 1 2 3 3 4 5 7 6 6
10Ä18 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: CarriageÄ Axis Drive (Right End) Reference Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 see page 10-21 1 Cartridge Carriage 2 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 3 see page 10-14 1 Trailing-Cable Front T ray 4 9170-1536 9 1 Ferrite Ring 5 C1633-80003 9 1 Blade Spring 6 0515-0380 2 4 T orx-15 Screw 7 07570-601 12 0 1 Drive-Pulley Idler 8 07550-40104 4 1 Drive-T ensioner Cam 9 1460-2061 4 3 Drive-T ensioner Spring 10 0515-1349 5 1 M3 Machine Screw 1 1 07575-40125 8 1 Drive-T ensioner Bracket 12 C1633-00132 7 1 Encoder-Spring Bracket 13 C1633-60029 7 1 Y -Drive-Assembly Bracket 14 C1633-00002 0 1 Encoder Spring 15 C2858-60208 7 1 Encoder Strip (D/A1 Size) C2859-60208 8 1 (E/A0 Size) 16 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2mm 17 0535-0031 2 2 Nut, Hex, W/LKWR M3 18 C1633-20034 0 1 Double-Pulley Bushing 19 1500-0855 6 1 Carriage-Axis Small Drive Belt 20 C3170-60009 7 1 Double Pulley 21 0515-2248 5 4 Y -Arm Screw 22 C2858-60206 5 1 Carriage Motor (includes item 26) 23 1400-0577 7 1 Cable T ie 24 See table opposite Ferrite Assemblies 25 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 26 0515-0433 6 2 Screw , M4.0 X 0.7 X 8 mm
10Ä19 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Carriage Axis Drive (Right End). Reference 24: Ferrite Assemblies HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 9170-1400 6 1 Flat Ferrite 9170-1594 9 2 Lar ge Ferrite 9170-1593 8 4 Small Ferrite 9170-1596 1 1 Lar ge-Ferrite Holder 9170-1595 0 2 Small-Ferrite Holder 0515-2299 6 3 Holder Screw
10Ä20 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Carriage Assembly Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description C2847-60071 9 1 Cartridge Carriage (Not compatible with plotter firmware version A.01.00.) Includes all items below except items 9, 10, and 13. 1 0624-0704 5 1 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 2 2190-0760 4 1 W asher 5.1mm 3 C1633-80013 1 1 Cam Preload Spring 4 C1633-00079 1 1 Act Cam W asher 5 C1633-40009 1 1 Cartridge-Adjust Cam 6 1460-2061 4 2 Cartridge-Adjust T ensioner Spring 7 C1633-40055 7 1 Cam Base 8 0624-0647 5 5 T apping Screw 4-20 9 C3180-40025 7 1 Rear Bushing 10 C1633-80014 2 1 Carriage Spring 1 1 C1633-40066 0 2 Front Bushing 12 1990-1615 5 1 Hi-Intensity Red Led 13 C2847-00029 1 1 Main Drive Belt (D/A1 Size) 1500-0856 7 1 (E/A0 Size) 14 07575-40014 4 1 Right Belt Clamp 15 07575-40013 3 1 Left Belt Clamp 16 1000-0909 1 2 Lens 17 0624-0745 4 10 Plastite Screw 2-28x0.375 18 C1633-40070 6 1 Line-Detect Cover 19 C2847-60204 0 2 Cartridge Chute (also called carriage snap) 20 C1633-00104 3 1 Carriage W arning Label 21 C1633-00107 6 3 Carriage Striped Label
10Ä21 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 * 6 8 11 17 21 20 Carriage Assembly
10Ä22 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Media Drive Assemblies Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 C3180-00002 6 1 Entry Platen (D/A1 Size) C3181-00002 7 (E/A0 Size) 2 C2858-60054 1 1 Drive-Roller Assembly (D/A1 Size) C2859-60004 2 (E/A0 Size) 3 C3180-40010 0 1 Secondary Lever 4 C3180-4001 1 1 1 Media-Sensor Holder 5 0515-2337 3 4 T orx-15 Screw 6 C3180-60001 1 1 Media-Sensor Assembly 7 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 8 C1633-00009 7 1 Axial Bias Plate 9 C2847-60019 5 1 Media-Axis Encoder Cable Assembly 10 C2848-60003 8 1 Media Motor Assembly (includes item 15) 1 1 0515-2248 5 4 T orx-20 Screw 12 1400-1021 8 1 Cable Clip 13 C1633-20006 6 1 Media-Motor Mount 14 0515-0382 4 4 T orx-15 Screw 15 C2847-20013 5 1 Helical Gear (Drive-Roller Gear) 16 0515-1349 5 2 T orx-10 Screw 17 C3180-40009 7 1 Edge-Measuring Lever
10Ä23 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Media Drive Assemblies
10Ä24 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 (P arts List: Bail and Overdrive Assemblies î pages 10Ä24a and 10Ä24b)
10Ä24a P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: Bail and Overdrive Assemblies Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0624-0647 5 1 T orx-10 Screw 2 3050-0026 0 3 W asher 3.2 mm 3 C1633-40028 4 1 Cam Gear 4 C1633-40027 3 1 Engaging-Lever Gear 5 C2847-40013 7 0 Engaging Lever 6 C1633-80006 2 1 Engaging-Lever Spring 7 0510-0083 2 1 Ring Retainer , 0.25 Diameter 8 C1633-60030 0 1 Overdrive Gear Assembly (Includes item 7) 9 C3180-40024 6 1 Sideplate Bushing 10 C1633-20021 5 5 Shoulder Screw 1 1 C1633-40019 3 1 Overdrive Gear Cluster 12 3050-1415 3 1 W asher 13 0515-2337 3 2 T orx-15 Screw 14 C2847-00051 9 1 Y -T ensioner Bracket 15 C1633-40052 4 1 Auto Cam 16 0624-0520 3 5 Screw 6-19 0.50 17 C3180-40013 3 1 Bail-Switch Holder 18 0515-2278 1 1 T orx-20 Screw 19 C3180-60002 2 1 Bail-Switch Assembly 20 0624-0704 5 14 Plastite Screw #6-19x.375 21 C1633-40038 6 1 Left Bail Bracket 22 C1633-60034 4 9 or 10 Starwheel Mount Assembly (D/A1 Size) 13 or 14 (E/A0 Size)
10Ä24b P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 23 1 Bail (Includes items 20, 21, 22, 23, 24) C3180-60017 9 with 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60065 7 with 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60017 6 with 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60065 8 with 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 24 C1633-40037 5 1 Right Bail Bracket 25 0624-0400 8 4 Screw , Pozidriv 2 (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 26 1 Overdrive Roller C3180-60004 4 for 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60035 1 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60004 5 for 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60035 2 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 27 Overdrive Enclosure (includes items 25, 27, 29) C3180-60015 7 1 for 9 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3180-60061 3 1 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60015 8 1 for 13 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) C3181-60061 4 1 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size) 28 C3180-40002 0 2 Overdrive Bushing (D/A1 Size) 3 (E/A0 Size) 29 C3180-40018 8 2 Media Guide (D/A1 Size) C3181-40018 9 2 (E/A0 Size) 30 0515-2248 5 1 T orx-20 Screw 31 C3180-20001 7 2 Alignment Screw 32 C2847-40015 9 1 Cam-Gear Support 33 C2858-60209 8 1 Bail-lift-mechanism rework assembly î chapter 9. (includes items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 14, 15, 16, 20, 32) 34 1 Overdrive and bail rework kit î chapter 9. (includes items 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29) C3180-60062 4 for 10 starwheel mounts (D/A1 Size) C3181-60062 5 for 14 starwheel mounts (E/A0 Size)
10Ä25 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Bail and Overdrive Assemblies
10Ä26 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 P arts List: PinchÄ Arm Assembly Reference on Drawing HP Part Number Check Digit Quantity Description 1 0515-1992 4 2 T orx-9 Screw 2 C3190-40053 3 2 Cam Journal 3 0535-0026 5 2 Hex Nut, DBL-CHAM 4 C2847-20005 5 1 Pinch-Arm Bar Cam (D/A1 Size) C1633-20012 4 1 (E/A0 Size) 5 C1633-60039 9 4 Pinch-Arm Assembly (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 6 C1633-80005 1 4 Pinch-Arm Spring (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 7 C1633-40082 0 4 Pinch-Arm Bushing (D/A1 Size) 6 (E/A0 Size) 8 0515-0380 2 21 T orx-15 Screw 9 C1633-00100 9 1 Media Director 10 C1633-00076 8 1 Rear W ire Link 1 1 C1633-40079 5 1 Rocker Plate 12 C1633-80007 3 1 Rocker Spring 13 C1633-20021 5 1 T orx-15 Shoulder Screw 14 0624-0647 5 11 T orx-10 Screw 15 C3180-60034 0 1 Pinch-Arm Sensor 16 C1633-00075 7 1 Front W ire Link 17 0515-2414 7 1 Pinch-Arm-Lever Screw 18 2190-0760 4 1 W asher 5.1mm 19 C3180-40020 2 1 Pinch-Arm-Lever Cam 20 3050-1415 3 1 Shoulder W asher 21 C3180-40017 7 1 Pinch-Arm Lever (Media-Jam Lever) 22 C1633-00059 7 1 Media Diverter
10Ä27 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Pinch-Arm Assembly
10Ä28 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Accessories Description HP Part Number Unpacking Instructions Until 30 Sept 1994: C3180-90020 ( î chapter 3) From 01 Oct 1994: C2847-90030 (new packaging) Repacking Instructions From 01 Oct 1994: C2847-90032 (new packaging) Repackaging Kit C3180-60016 (D/A1 size) C3181-60016 (E/A0 size) User â s Guide DesignJet 200 DesignJet 220 Chinese C3180-90010 C3187-90010 English C3180-90001 C3187-90001 French C3180-90005 C3187-90005 German C3180-90004 C3187-90004 Italian C3180-90007 C3187-90007 Japanese C3180-90008 C3187-90008 Korean C3180-90002 C3187-90002 Portuguese C3180-90009 C3187-90009 Spanish C3180-90006 C3187-90006 T aiwanese C3180-90003 C3187-90003 AutoCAD Driver , 3.5-inch Disk Documentation Chinese C3187-60060 English C3187-60051 French C3187-60055 German C3187-60054 Italian C3187-60057 Korean C3187-60052 Spanish C3187-60056 T aiwanese C3187-60053
10Ä29 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Description HP Part Number W indows Driver , 3.5-inch Disk Documentation English C3187-60031 French C3187-60035 German C3187-60034 Italian C3187-60037 Japanese C3187-60081 Spanish C3187-60036 HP CAD Plotters Software/Hardware Guide Europe 5963-0997LE Elsewhere 5963-0998E Software Application Notes C3187-90080 Print Cartridge 51626A Supplies Source (booklet) USA 5091-7378EUS Elsewhere 5091-7690E Supplies Source Update USA 5091-9802EUS Elsewhere 5091-9799E Upgrade Kit (DesignJet 200 to DesignJet 220) C3189A includes User â s Guide, Drivers, Help Cards, Overlay and: Upgrade Instructions C3187-90028 Nameplate C3187-0001 1 Upgrade Label C3189-00001 ROM Memory Kit C3189-60001 Plug-In Memory (DRAM SIMM) 2-Mbyte SIMM C2064A 4-Mbyte SIMM C2065A 8-Mbyte SIMM C2066A HP JetDirect EX, External Network Interface Ethernet J2382B T oken Ring J2383B
10Ä30 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 îîîî îîîî îîî The power cord supplied with the plotter should meet the plug requirements for the area. However , different power cords (international options) are available (see following table). Note the following abbreviations used in the powerÄcord options table below: î -ÄLine or Active Conductor (also called î¯live" or î¯hot") î -ÄNeutral or Identified Conductor î -ÄEarth or Ground Plug T ype Country HP Part Number E L N NEMA 5-15P Latin America North America Korea Philippines T aiwan 8120-1378 MITI 41-9692 Japan 8120-4753 CEE 7-VII E L N Continental Europe Egypt India Saudi Arabia 8120-1689 BS 1363A E L N Hong Kong Ireland United Kingdom 8120-1351 ASC1 12 E N L Argentina Australia China (mainland) New Zealand 8120-1369
10Ä31 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 Plug T ype HP Part Number Country SEV 101 1 N E L Switzerland 8120-2104 L N DHCR-107 E Denmark 8120-2956 E N L SABS Republic of South Africa 8120-421 1
10Ä32 P arts and Diagrams C3187Ä90000 îîîîîîîîî îîî îîî Parallel (Bi-T ronics/Centronics) Interface Cables Computer HP Part Number Cable length Connector type at computer end of cable HP V ectra with HP 24540A/B serial/parallel interface card using the parallel connector . HP 9000 workstations, series 300, 400, 700. IBM A T , IBM PS/2, IBM PC/XT and compatible computers. 92284A 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 25 - pin male Serial (RS-232-C) Interface Cables Computer HP Part Number Cable length Connector type at computer end of cable HP V ectra or HP 24541A/B serial interface card (9 - pin connector). HP 9000 workstations using 9 -pin connectors. IBM A T and compatible computers using 9 -pin serial connectors. 24542G 3.0 m (9.8 ft) 9 - pin female HP V ectra PC with HP 24541A/B dual serial interface card using the 25 - pin connector . HP Apollo workstation using an SPE (Serial/Parallel Expansion) option and supplied adapter cable. DEC V AX. Sun workstation. 17255M 1.2 m (3.9 ft) 25 - pin male IBM PC, PC/XT , IBM PS/2 and compatible computers 17255D 1.2 m (3.9 ft) 25 - pin female DEC V AX using DEC BC22D, BC03M, or equivalent 17355M 3.0 m (9.8 ft) Apple Macintosh Plus, SE, II 17302A 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 8 - pin male mini -DIN Apple Macintosh 128K and 512K 92219M 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 9- pin male Extension cable 31391A 5 m (16.4 ft) 25 - pin female
îîîî îî îîîîîî
GÄ2 Glossary C3187Ä90000 ac Ä Alternating current accuracy calibration Ä X Äaxis calibration A/D Ä Analog to Digital converter addressable dpi Ä A resolution higher than the nominal value of the cartridges, giving a finer grid on which the plotter can selectively position dots and improve print quality . ANSI Ä American National Standards Institute ASCII Ä American Standard Code for Information Interchange. An 8Äbit code that uses 7 bits to represent character data such as letters, punctuation, symbols, and control characters. Bit 8 can be used for parity . ASIC Ä ApplicationÄSpecific Integrated Circuit baud rate Ä F or the RS Ä232ÄC interface, the data transmission rate between the computer and the plotter (bits per second). BiÄ Tronics Ä A parallel interface standard. CAD Ä ComputerÄAided Design CAM Ä ComputerÄAided Manufacturing carriage LED Ä Line sensor cartridge Ä Print cartridge (pen) CD Ä Check Digit Centronics Ä A parallel interface standard. cockle Ä W rinkling of media due to ink saturation. CRC Ä Cyclic Redundancy Check D/A1Äsize plotters Ä Models C3180A and C3187A dc Ä Direct current display data Ä Monitor mode DIP Ä Dual InÄline P ackage dpi Ä Dots per inch, the plotter's resolution of raster images on the media. DRAM Ä Dynamic RandomÄAccess Memory driver Ä Configuration data used by software to control input and output between the computer and the plotter . drive roller Ä Platen roller DTR Ä DataÄ T erminal R ead E/A0Äsize plotters Ä Models C3181A and C3188A EPROM Ä Erasable Programmable ReadÄOnly Memory EEROM Ä Electrically Erasable R eadÄOnly Memory EPROM Ä Erasable Programmable ReadÄOnly Memory ESD Ä Electrostatic discharge FET Ä FieldÄEffect Transistor HP ÄGL/2 Ä HewlettÄP ackard's standard graphics language for its plotters. HP ÄR TL Ä HewlettÄP ackard R aster Transfer Language
GÄ3 Glossary C3187Ä90000 IC Ä Integrated Circuit IEEE Ä Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ISO Ä International Standards Organization Kanji Ä A Japanese character set. LED Ä LightÄEmitting Diode legs and bin Ä Plotter stand and media bin line sensor Ä Carriage LED LSB Ä Least Significant Bit media axis Ä XÄaxis (paper axis) mediaÄlength calibration Ä MediaÄsensor calibration mediaÄsensor calibration Ä MediaÄlength calibration MSBÄ Most Significant Bit NVRAM Ä Nonvolatile RandomÄAccess Memory PA L Ä Programmable Array Logic palette Ä A set of pens for which width and % shading are defined using the setup sheet or the graphics software. paper axisÄ Media axis (X Äaxis) parity Ä An errorÄchecking method for information transfer between a computer and a peripheral device. P arity is used to check the accuracy of binary data. PC Ä P ersonal Computer PCA Ä Printed Circuit Assembly pen Ä 1. Even though the inkjet plotter has no physical pens, the lines it draws match the attributes for pens numbered 1 through 8 in the application software. (See also î»palette.") 2. Sometimes used instead of î»print cartridge" pinchÄarm sensor Ä pinchÄwheel sensor PJLÄ Printer Job Language, developed by HewlettÄP ackard to give software applications more jobÄlevel device control and to provide device status information to the application. platen rollerÄ Drive roller P/N Ä P art Number PNP Ä P ositive Negative P ositive PWM Ä PulseÄ Width Modulation RAM Ä RandomÄAccess Memory raster Ä 1. A matrix of dots, or pixels, where each pixel is defined by a bit. A bit that is î»on" will print a dot on the paper . A bit that is î»off " will leave the area blank. 2. A method for defining a plot directly in terms of the pixels rather than as vectors. resolution Ä A measure of image sharpness expressed as a number of lines per unit length. When referring to plotters, addressable resolution means the smallest move the plotter can make programmatically . rms Ä Root mean square ROM Ä ReadÄOnly Memory
GÄ4 Glossary C3187Ä90000 RS Ä232ÄC interface Ä A serial interface standardized by the Electronic Industries Association Standard RS Ä232ÄC. RT L Ä see î°HP ÄRTL " RT S Ä R equest T o Send SIMM Ä Single InÄline Memory Module SMT Ä SurfaceÄMount Technology stand Ä Plotter legs and media bin TCP/IP Ä Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol Transl. Ä Translucent media UA RT Ä Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter X Äaxis Ä Media axis X Äaxis calibration Ä Accuracy calibration Y Äaxis Ä Carriage axis
îîîî îîîî îîîî î
IndexÄ2 C3187Ä90000 î A/D converter , 5Ä30, G Ä2 ac, GÄ2 accessories, part numbers, 10Ä28 accuracy , 1Ä3, 5Ä7 calibration, 7Ä6, G Ä2 acoustics, 2Ä3 addressable dpi, 5Ä13, GÄ2 advancing the media, 5Ä7 aligning cartridges. îîî cartridges, alignment ANSI, GÄ2 Apple Ethertalk, 1Ä2 application notes, part number , 10Ä29 applications of the plotter , 1Ä2 architecture, microprocessor , 5Ä21 ASCII, GÄ2 ASIC , G Ä2 carriage, 5Ä20 cartridgeÄinterface, 5Ä20 nozzle timing, 5Ä30 processor support, 5Ä24, 5Ä26 shuffler , 5Ä24 assembly instructions, 3Ä2 legs and bin, 3Ä4 auto cam, part number , 10Ä24a autoÄbail. îîî bail, lift mechanism automatic bail lift mechanism. îîî bail, lift mechanism automatic cartridgeÄadjust linkage. îîî cartridges, alignment î bail, 5Ä8 calibration, 7Ä8 change in, 9Ä14 cycle test description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 lift mechanism, 5Ä8, 9Ä10 failure, 8Ä14 new support, 9Ä11 normal sequence, 8Ä14 removing, 6Ä71 teflon washers, 9Ä10 part numbers, 10Ä24b removing, 6Ä56 sensor , 5Ä8, 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä24a removing, 6Ä55 test îîîîîîîîîîîî î îîî îîîîîîîîîîî î îîî bar cam, part number , 10Ä26 bar pattern, analyzing, 8Ä25 baud rate, 3Ä7, G Ä2 belt, main drive, part number , 10Ä14 premature wearing, 8Ä15 removing, 6Ä48 small, part number , 10Ä18 benchÄrun information, 8Ä27 BiÄ Tronics, 2Ä2, 5Ä24, GÄ2. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces bottom cover , part number , 10Ä6 Busy and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä7 buttons. îîî keys
IndexÄ3 C3187Ä90000 î cables, interface, choosing, 2Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä32 power , part numbers, 10Ä30 CAD, G Ä 2 calibrations, chapter 7 CAM, G Ä2 cam gear , part number , 10Ä24a cam journal, part number , 10Ä26 Cancel key , bug fixed, 9Ä8 capping cartridges, 5Ä18 misalignment, 8Ä13 part numbers, 10Ä16 cards, help, part numbers, 10Ä12 carriage, ASIC , 5Ä20 change in, 9Ä14 drive, mechanics, 5Ä9 part numbers, 10Ä14, 10Ä18 shutdown, 8Ä12 LED , 5Ä10, GÄ2 calibration, 7Ä4, 7Ä10 motor , 5Ä9 part number , 10Ä18 removing, 6Ä35 part numbers, 10Ä20 PCA, 5Ä12, 5Ä29 processor , 5Ä29 interface, 5Ä27 removing, 6Ä48 rubbing against encoder strip, 8Ä15 speed, 5Ä15 cartridges, 5Ä11, 5Ä30, G Ä2 alignment, 5Ä16, 7Ä4 errors, 8Ä5, 8Ä12 removing linkage, 6Ä20 cartridges (cont.), capping, 5Ä18 caps, misaligned, 8Ä13 part number , 10Ä16 carriage. îîî carriage distance to roller , 9Ä4 drivers, 5Ä20 frequent failure, 8Ä12 interface ASIC , 5Ä20 part number , 10Ä29 servicing, 5Ä17 spitting, 5Ä18 wiping, 5Ä17 Cartridge and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä10 caution symbols, xi CD , G Ä2 center cover , part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä16 centronics, 2Ä2, 5Ä25, G Ä2. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces character sets, 1Ä2 cleaning drive roller , 4Ä2 plotter , 4Ä2 clearing the EEROM, 8Ä29 clipped plots when replotting, 8Ä15 cockle, GÄ2 code, firmware revision. îîî firmwareÄcode revision configuration plot, service, description, 8Ä19 interpreting, 8Ä25 plotting, 8Ä23 configuring the plotter , 3Ä7 connections, PCA and sensor , 5Ä22
IndexÄ4 C3187Ä90000 converters, analogÄtoÄdigital, 5Ä30 vectorÄtoÄraster , 5Ä20 rasterÄtoÄraster , 5Ä20 cooling the electronics, 5Ä18 covers, part numbers, bottom, 10Ä6 center , 10Ä6 electronics enclosure, 10Ä8 left end, 10Ä10 right end, 10Ä12 CRC , G Ä2 current, maximum, 2Ä2 D D/A1Äsize plotters, GÄ2 damage, inspecting the plotter for , 3Ä3 data flow , 5Ä19 dc, GÄ2 delay , swath, 5Ä15 demonstration plot, 3Ä7 density of passes, 5Ä15 depth of plotter , 2Ä3 description of plotters, 1Ä2 DesignJet 200, upgrading to DesignJet 220, 1Ä4 detecting the media edges, 5Ä10 diagrams, chapter 10 dimensions, media, 1Ä4 plotter , 2Ä3 DIP ,G Ä 2 display data. See service monitor display list, 5Ä19 distance between cartridges and roller , 9Ä4 documentation, user , part numbers, 10Ä28 dot depletion, 5Ä14 size, 5Ä14 dots per inch, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä15 double pulley , part number , 10Ä18 dpi. See dots per inch Draft mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 DRAM, GÄ2. See memory , random access drive belt, premature wearing, 8Ä15 main, part number , 10Ä14 small, part number , 10Ä18 drive roller , 5Ä7, G Ä2 distance to cartridges, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä69 drive tensioner , part number , 10Ä18 drivers, GÄ2 fan, 5Ä28 motor , 5Ä28 software, part numbers, 10Ä28 stepperÄmotor , 5Ä27 drop growth, 5Ä11 DTR, G Ä2 E E/A0Äsize plotters, G Ä2 edges, media, detecting, 5Ä2, 5Ä10 not found, 8Ä15 EEROM, 5Ä27, GÄ2 clearing, 8Ä29 text block, 8Ä26 (EEROM î EPROM)
IndexÄ5 C3187Ä90000 electrical specifications, 2Ä2 electrical test description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 electronics enclosure, part numbers, 10Ä8 cover , removing, 6Ä5 electronics overview , chapter 5 electrostatic discharge, precautions, 6Ä2 encoder , media motor , 5Ä7 strip, 5Ä9, 10Ä14, 10Ä18 carriage rubbing against, 8Ä15 damaged, 8Ä12 installing, 6Ä41 removing, 6Ä39 spring, 10Ä18 test, 8Ä19, 8Ä24 endÄpoint accuracy . See accuracy endcovers, left, part number , 10Ä10 removing, 6Ä18 right, part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä19 engaging lever , part number , 10Ä24a Enhanced mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 entering service mode, 7Ä2 entry platen, 5Ä2 installing, 6Ä67 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä65 environmental specifications, 2Ä3 EPROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9, G Ä2 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8 (EPROM î EEROM) Error and Busy LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä7 Error and Cartridge LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä10 Error and Load Media LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä9 Error and Ready LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä8 errors, indicated by LEDs, 8Ä5 input/output, 8Ä7 media path, 8Ä9 memory , 8Ä8 miscellaneous, 8Ä10 servo, 8Ä9 system, 8Ä7 user , 8Ä5 ESD , GÄ2 precautions, 6Ä2 Ethernet, 1Ä2 Ethertalk, 1Ä2 exchange assemblies, part numbers, 10Ä2 expanding memory . See memory , random access exploded views, chapter 10 extended powerÄon self Ätest, 8Ä3 î fan, 5Ä18 driver , 5Ä28 part number , 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä14 ferrite, part numbers, on sideplate, 10Ä19 on trailing cable, 10Ä8 ring, 10Ä18 FET , G Ä2 Film , 5Ä15
IndexÄ6 C3187Ä90000 Final mode, 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15 firmwareÄcode revision, 8Ä11, 9Ä3 revision A.01.00, 9Ä7 revision A.01.01, 9Ä7 revision A.01.02, 9Ä8 îîî îî îî EPROMs flow of data, 5Ä19 frequency , 2Ä2 front panel, 3Ä6 errors indicated on, 8Ä5 interface, 5Ä27 part numbers, 10Ä12 PCA, 5Ä31 PCA and LED assembly , removing, 6Ä34 removing, 6Ä32 service mode, 7Ä3 technical information, 5Ä31 functional overview , chapter 5 G graphic languages, 1Ä2 gripping the media, 5Ä6 growth of drops, 5Ä11 H hardÄclip limits. îîî media, margins height of plotter , 2Ä3 help cards, part numbers, 10Ä12 history of product, chapter 9 HP JetDirect EX, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 HP ÄGL, 1Ä2 timeout, 3Ä7, 8Ä16 HP ÄGL/2, 1Ä2, GÄ2 HP ÄR TL, 1Ä2, G Ä2 bug fixed, 9Ä8 humidity , 2Ä3 I IC , G Ä3 idler , driveÄpulley , part number , 10Ä18 main, part number , 10Ä14 IEEE, GÄ3 initialization, 8Ä2 mechanical, 8Ä3 ink, cartridges. îîî cartridges smearing, 8Ä16, 9Ä4 too much, 5Ä14 input/output interfaces, 2Ä2, 5Ä19, 5Ä24 cables, choosing, 2Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä32 errors, 8Ä6, 8Ä7 networks, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 switching ports, 3Ä7 test, description, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä23 installing encoder strip, 6Ä41 entry platen, 6Ä67 EPROMs, 6Ä11 legs and bin, 3Ä4 masked ROMs, 6Ä11 mediaÄsensor flags, 6Ä28 memory module, 6Ä8 overdrive enclosure, 6Ä63 plotter , 3Ä2, 3Ä6 teflon washers, 9Ä10 insulator , power supply , part number , 10Ä8 interconnections, PCA and sensor , 5Ä22 interface, carriageÄprocessor , 5Ä27 frontÄpanel, 5Ä27
IndexÄ7 C3187Ä90000 interface (cont.), input/output. îîî input/output interfaces servo processor , 5Ä30 I/O . îîî input/output interfaces ISO , G Ä3 J jam, media, 8Ä12 JetDirect EX, HP , 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 joined plots, 8Ä16 K Kanji, GÄ3 keys, front panel, 3Ä6 assembly part number , 10Ä12 service mode, 7Ä3 technical information, 5Ä31 L label, media load, part number , 10Ä12 serial number , part number , 10Ä10 LAN manager , 1Ä2 language demonstration plot, 3Ä7 graphics, 1Ä2, 3Ä7 setup sheet, 3Ä7 LEDs, GÄ3 carriage, 5Ä10 front panel, 3Ä6 assembly part number , 10Ä12 errors indicated by , 8Ä5 technical information, 5Ä31 left endcover , part number , 10Ä10 removing, 6Ä18 legs and bin, GÄ3 assembly instructions, 3Ä4 part numbers, 10Ä4 length of plotter , 2Ä3 liftÄmechanism, bail. îîî bail, lift mechanism lights, front panel. îîî LEDs, front panel line merging, 3Ä7 sensor , 5Ä10, 5Ä29, 5Ä30, GÄ3 widths incorrect, 8Ä16, 9Ä7 line cord, part numbers, 10Ä30 linkage, cartridge adjust, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä20 Load Media and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä6 lit and steady , 8Ä9 loading media functional overview , 5Ä2 problems, 8Ä6, 8Ä17 long media, 9Ä7 LSB, GÄ3 M main drive belt, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä48 main PC A, 5Ä22 part numbers, 10Ä2, 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä9 main processor system, 5Ä23 manual, user's, part numbers, 10Ä28 margins, media, 1Ä4 masked ROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8
IndexÄ8 C3187Ä90000 mechanical initialization, 8Ä3 mechanical overview , chapter 5 media, axis, GÄ3. îîî media drive bin, part numbers, 10Ä4 director , part number , 10Ä26 diverter , part number , 10Ä26 drive, calibration. îîî accuracy , calibration mechanics, 5Ä7 part numbers, 10Ä22 shutdown, 8Ä12 edges, detecting, 5Ä2, 5Ä10 not found, 8Ä15 guide, 10Ä24b jam, 8Ä12 lever , part number , 10Ä26 length calibration. îîî media, sensor , calibration loading functional overview , 5Ä2 problems, 8Ä6, 8Ä17 long mediaî 9Ä7 margins, 1Ä4 motor , 5Ä7 mount problems, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä37 path errors, 8Ä9 sensor , 5Ä2, 5Ä27, 10Ä22 calibration, 7Ä9, G Ä3 flags, installing, 6Ä28 removing, 6Ä26 test descriptionî 8Ä19 performingî 8Ä23 sizes, 1Ä4 types, 1Ä3, 5Ä15 memory , EEROM, 5Ä27, GÄ2 clearing, 8Ä29 text block, 8Ä26 EPROMs, 5Ä23, 9Ä9, GÄ2 installing, 6Ä11 part numbers, 10Ä8 memory (cont.), errors, 8Ä5, 8Ä8 expansion module. îîî memory , random access random access (RAM), 1Ä2, 5Ä25 installing, 6Ä8 part numbers, 10Ä8 removing, 6Ä7 swath, 5Ä20, 5Ä24 merging lines, 3Ä7 mirror , 3Ä7 monitor , service, accessing, 8Ä24 description, 8Ä19 motor , carriage, 5Ä9 part number , 10Ä18 removing, 6Ä35 media, 5Ä7 mount, problems, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä37 stepper , 5Ä16 test, 8Ä20 drivers, 5Ä28 moving the carriage, 5Ä9 MSB, GÄ3 î nameplate, part number , 10Ä10 network interface, 1Ä2 part numbers, 10Ä29 Novell Netware, 1Ä2 nozzle problems, analyzing, 8Ä25 nozzle timing ASIC , 5Ä30 number , serial, format, 9Ä2 label, part number , 10Ä10 number of passes, 5Ä15 NVRAM, GÄ3
IndexÄ9 C3187Ä90000 O operation, verifying plotter , 3Ä7 options, part numbers, 10Ä28 orientation, plot, 3Ä7 overdrive, 5Ä9 change in, 9Ä14 enclosure, installing, 6Ä63 removing, 6Ä62 part numbers, 10Ä24a roller , removing, 6Ä60 overlay , frontÄpanel, part numbers, 10Ä12 service mode, 7Ä3 îîî îî îî front panel P P/N , G Ä3 P AL, GÄ3 palette, GÄ3 Paper , 5Ä15 paper axis. îîî media drive parallel interface, 2Ä2, 5Ä24 îîî îî îî input/output interfaces parity , 3Ä7, GÄ3 parser , 5Ä19 parts and diagrams, chapter 10 passes, density , 5Ä15 number of , 5Ä15 PC , GÄ3 PCA, G Ä3 carriage, 5Ä12, 5Ä29 frontÄpanel, 5Ä31 main, 5Ä22 identifying a, 9Ä3 part numbers, 10Ä2, 10Ä8 pen, GÄ3. îîî cartridges pen palette, 3Ä7 pinch arms, 5Ä6 lift mechanism, removing, 6Ä72 part numbers, 10Ä26 sensor , 5Ä6, 5Ä27, GÄ3 removing, 6Ä23 test descriptionî 8Ä19 performingî 8Ä23 PJL, 1Ä2, GÄ3 bug fixed, 9Ä8 planning, site, 2Ä1 platen roller . îîî drive roller plot, clipped when replotting, 8Ä15 files not plotted, 8Ä16 joined, 8Ä16 orientation, 3Ä7 quality , 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15, 8Ä11, 8Ä25, 9Ä4 plotter architecture, 5Ä21 plotting time, 1Ä3 PNP ,G Ä 3 ports, switching interface, 3Ä7 power , components, 5Ä28 cord, part numbers, 10Ä30 requirements, 2Ä2 supply , 5Ä32 part number , 10Ä8 PCA, removing, 6Ä12 power on, reset signals, 5Ä25 selfÄtests, 8Ä2, 8Ä3 preventive maintenance, 4Ä1 print cartridges. îîî cartridges quality , 1Ä3, 5Ä14, 5Ä15, 8Ä11, 8Ä25, 9Ä4 printÄengine controller , 5Ä20 printÄmode characteristics, 5Ä15
IndexÄ10 C3187Ä90000 printed circuit assembly . îee PCA problem solving, chapter 8 processor , carriage, 5Ä29 main, 5Ä23 servo, 5Ä26 processor support ASIC , 5Ä24, 5Ä26 product history , chapter 9 pulley , double, part number , 10Ä18 PWM, GÄ3 Q quality , print. îee print quality R RAM. îee memory , random access random access memory . îee memory , random access raster technology , 5Ä13, GÄ3 rasterÄtoÄraster converter , 5Ä20 Ready and Error LEDs flashing, 8Ä5 lit and steady , 8Ä8 reassembly , 6Ä2. îee îlso installing removing bail, 6Ä56 bailÄlift mechanism, 6Ä71 bail sensor , 6Ä55 carriage, 6Ä48 carriage motor , 6Ä35 cartridgeÄadjust linkage, 6Ä20 center cover , 6Ä16 drive roller , 6Ä69 electronicsÄenclosure cover , 6Ä5 encoder strip, 6Ä39 entry platen, 6Ä65 fan, 6Ä14 removing (cont.), frontÄpanel assembly , 6Ä32 frontÄpanel PCA and LED assembly , 6Ä34 left endcover , 6Ä18 main drive belt, 6Ä48 main PCA, 6Ä9 media motor , 6Ä37 media sensor , 6Ä26 memory module (DRAM SIMM), 6Ä7 overdrive enclosure, 6Ä62 overdrive roller , 6Ä60 pinchÄarm lift mechanism, 6Ä72 pinchÄarm sensor , 6Ä23 powerÄsupply PCA, 6Ä12 service station, 6Ä57 stepper motor , 6Ä21 trailing cable, 6Ä29 trailingÄcable guide, 6Ä43 window , 6Ä15 window sensor , 6Ä24 Y Ätensioner and housing, 6Ä45 repacking, kit, part number , 10Ä28 instructions, 3Ä3 part number , 10Ä28 replot clips plots, bug fixed, 9Ä8 requirements, power , 2Ä2 reset signals, powerÄon, 5Ä25 resolution, 1Ä3, 5Ä13, 5Ä15, G Ä3 revision, firmware. îee firmwareÄcode revision PCA, 9Ä3 right endcover , part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä19 rms, GÄ3 rocker plate, part number , 10Ä26 roller , drive, 5Ä7 distance to cartridges, 9Ä4 part number , 10Ä22 removing, 6Ä69 ROM, GÄ3. îee EEROM înd EPROMs
IndexÄ11 C3187Ä90000 rotate, 3Ä7 RS Ä232ÄC , GÄ4. îîî input/output interfaces R TL, 1Ä2, GÄ4 bug fixed, 9Ä8 RT S, G Ä 4 î safety precautions, 6Ä2 symbols, xi self test, powerÄon, 8Ä2, 8Ä3 sensors, 5Ä27 bail, 5Ä8 part number , 10Ä24a line, 5Ä10, 5Ä29, 5Ä30 does not find media edge, 8Ä15 media, 5Ä2 calibration, 7Ä9 part numbers, 10Ä22 PCA connections, 5Ä22 pinchÄarms, 5Ä6 part number , 10Ä26 window , 10Ä12 serial interface, 2Ä2, 5Ä25, 8Ä6. îîî îî îî input/output interfaces serial number , format, 9Ä2 label, part number , 10Ä10 service configuration plot, description, 8Ä19 interpreting, 8Ä25 plotting, 8Ä23 mode, 7Ä2 monitor , accessing, 8Ä24 description, 8Ä19 notes, chapter 9 tests, 8Ä18 performing, 8Ä22 service station, 5Ä17 caps, misaligned, 8Ä13 part numbers, 10Ä16 removing, 6Ä57 servicing cartridges. îîî service station servo errors/failures, 8Ä9, 8Ä12 processor , 5Ä26 interface, 5Ä30 test, description, 8Ä19 performing, 8Ä24 setting up the plotter , 3Ä6 setup sheet calibration, 7Ä10 error , 8Ä5 example of , 3Ä8 not read, 8Ä17 shuffler ASIC , 5Ä24 SIMM, GÄ4. îîî memory , random access site planning, chapter 2 size of dots, 5Ä14 of media, 1Ä4 small drive belt, part number , 10Ä18 smearing of ink, 8Ä16 SMT , GÄ4 software/hardware guide, part number , 10Ä29 solving problems, chapter 8 sound power , 2Ä3 sound pressure, 2Ä3 specifications, accuracy , 1Ä3 electrical, 2Ä2 environmental, 2Ä3 resolution, 1Ä3 speed of carriage, 5Ä15 spitting, 5Ä18 stand. îîî legs and bin
IndexÄ12 C3187Ä90000 starwheel mounts, change in number of, 9Ä14 part number , 10Ä24a stepper motor , 5Ä16 driver , 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä21 test, description, 8Ä20 performing, 8Ä24 storage environment, 2Ä3 stretching the media, 5Ä9 supplies source, part number , 10Ä29 swath, 5Ä15 delay , 5Ä15 holding area, 5Ä20 manager , 5Ä20 memory , 5Ä20, 5Ä24 switches, 5Ä27 switching interface ports, 3Ä7 symbols, safety , xi system data flow , 5Ä19 errors, 8Ä7 T TCP/IP , 1Ä2, GÄ4 teflon washers, reÄinstalling, 9Ä10 temperature, operating, 2Ä3 tensioner , main, part number , 10Ä14 tests, service, 8Ä18 time, plotting, 1Ä3 timeout, HP ÄGL, 3Ä7, 8Ä16 T oken Ring, 1Ä2 tools, 6Ä3 trailing cable, change in, 9Ä13 guide, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä43 part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä29 Transl. îîî Translucent T ranslucent , 5Ä15 troubleshooting, chapter 8 true dpi, 5Ä13 U UA RT , G Ä 4 unpacking instructions, 3Ä2 part number , 10Ä28 updates, firmware. îîî firmwareÄcode revision upgrading a Designjet 200, 1Ä4 kit part number , 10Ä29 user errors, 8Ä5 user's guide, part numbers, 10Ä28 using the plotter , 3Ä6 this manual, ii V vectorÄtoÄraster converter , 5Ä20 V ellum , 5Ä15 voltage, 5Ä32 regulator , 5Ä28 requirements, 2Ä2
IndexÄ13 C3187Ä90000 W warning symbols, xi washers, reinstalling teflon, 9Ä10 weight of plotter , 2Ä3 width of lines, incorrect, 8Ä16, 9Ä7 window , part number , 10Ä6 removing, 6Ä15 sensor , 5Ä27 part number , 10Ä12 removing, 6Ä24 test descriptionî 8Ä20 performingî 8Ä24 wiper , part number , 10Ä14 wiping cartridges, 5Ä17 X X Äaxis. îîî media drive Y Y Äaxis. îîî carriage drive Y Ätensioner and housing, bracket, part number , 10Ä14 removing, 6Ä45
îîîîîîîî îîîîî îîîîîî îîî îî
îî îîî îîîî îîîîîîî îîî! î! "îî !îîîîî îîî"îîî îî "îî! !î $îîî îîî#îîî î" #îîî"î! îîîî îî"îîî îî î!îîî" "î "îî îî îî!îîîîî" îîî îîî îî" îî#îî! "îî îî îî!îîîîî" îîîî î !" îîî"îîîî "î"îîî îî îîîîîîîîîîîîî îîîîîîîîî î îî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î î#î#!" î îîî îîî îîî"îîîî "î"îîî îî îîîîîîîîî î î î îîî îî îîîîîîîîî î îî îîîîîîîî îîîîîîî îîîîîî î îîî"îîîî î îîî
What's in This Book This manual contains information necessary to test, calibrate and service î HP DesignJet 200 plotters (models C3180A and C3181A) î HP DesignJet 220 plotters (models C3187A and C3188A) F or information about using these plotters, refer to the corresponding user guides. The procedures described in this manual are to be performed by HP Äqualified service personnel only . Recycled paper Printed in France 9/94 HP Internal Order Number C3187Ä90000. î